ANH NGữ SINH ĐộNG BÀI 81

Đây là chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Động New Dynamic English bài 81; Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Mở đầu bài học là phần Câu Đố Trong Tuần, Question of the week, trong đó quí vị nghe những "đầu mối," nghĩa là clues, để đoán xem mùa này là mùa gì. Thanksgiving dinner=bữa ăn tối mừng Lễ Tạ Ơn. To bloom=nở. The flowers are blooming=hoa nở.

Cut 1

Question of the Week: answer

Larry: Question of the Week!

The Question of the Week is: What Season is It?

UPBEAT MUSIC

Max: It's time to answer last week's question. The question was: What Season is It? Are you ready to play?

Kathy: Yes, I am.

Max: OK. Listen carefully to these clues.

Question 1. What season is it?

Larry: It is cool. The leaves are turning colors.

People are having a Thanksgiving dinner.

Max: What season is it?

Kathy: Thanksgiving? Americans have Thanksgiving in the fall.

Max: That's right. It's fall.

Question 2. What season is it?

Larry: It is hot. The days are long and the nights are short. People are going swimming.

Max: What season is it?

Kathy: Let's see. It's hot. And people are swimming. It's summer!

Max: That's it!

Now question 3. Again, what season is it?

Larry: It is warm.

The grass is green.

The flowers are blooming.

Max: What season is it?

Kathy: That's easy. It's spring.

Max: Right. Now for the last question. What season is it?

Larry: It is cold.

People are skiing.

There is snow on the ground.

Max: What season is it?

Kathy: Winter. It's winter.

Max: Right. People go skiing in the winter.

Thanks for playing.

Kathy: I had fun.

MUSIC

Larry: A Question for You

Max: Now here's a question for you.

Larry: Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max: In your country, when do most children learn to read? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: Hmm. Thanks for telling us.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Câu chuyện giữa bài, ta nghe Larry nói về chuyến đi câu của ông ta. Larry talks about his fishing trip. Did you wear your lucky fishing hat? Bạn có đội cái mũ đi câu may mắn của bạn không?

It's bad luck to talk when you are fishing=trong khi đang câu, nếu nói chuyện thì xui. It scares the fish! Nói to làm cho cá sợ.

To scare=làm sợ. I'm scared=tôi sợ.

Did you have fun with your friends= Ông và bạn ông có vui không?

Jokes=chuyện khôi hài.

To tell a joke=kể một chuyện buồn cười.

The best way to fish=cách câu được nhiều cá nhất.

Cut 2

Story Interlude

Larry talks about his fishing trip.

Larry: A-a-a-nd that's it. We're off the air.

Kathy: So, Larry, tell us. How was your weekend?

Max: Yes, how was your fishing trip?

Larry: I had a great time.

Kathy: Larry, what about your lucky hat? Did you wear your lucky fishing hat?

Larry: Of course!

Kathy: And did it work? Did you catch a lot of fish?

Larry: [laughs] Oh, yes. The fishing was very good.

Kathy: Did you have fun with your friends?

Larry: Oh, we always have fun!

Kathy: What do you do?

Larry: Well, we always talk about the best way to fish. And we tell lots of jokes. But we only talk at the end of the day, in the evening.

Kathy: Why is that?

Larry: It's bad luck to talk when you are fishing! It scares the fish!

Elizabeth enters

Kathy: Oh hi Elizabeth. Are you ready for your show?

Eliz: Yes, thanks. We're about to begin.

Kathy: OK. Good luck.

Larry: Alri-i-i-ght. Quiet please, everyone. Cue Music...

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, Functioning in Business, Anh Ngữ Thương Mại Trung cấp, ta nghe phần đàm thoại ở tiệm ăn, phần 1-At the Restaurant, Part 1. Bài này chú trọng vào cách nhận và từ chối đề nghị hay lời mời, This program focuses on Accepting and Refusing Offers.

An offer=lời mời, đề nghị.

To offer=mời, đề nghị.

I offered two thousand dollars for his old car=tôi đề nghị trả hai ngàn mỹ kim cho các xe hơi cũ của ông ta.

Formal=có vẻ trịnh trọïng, trang nghiêm.

It was nice, but not too formal=tiệm ăn lịch sự, nhưng không quá trang nghiêm.

We wanted a comfortable place to discuss business=chúng tôi muốn một nơi ấm cúng để bàn công chuyện.

Trade show=cuộc triển lãm thương mại.

Ông Epstein mô tả nhà hàng nơi ông ăn trưa với Ông Blake và Bà Graham.

Cut 3

Eliz: Hello, I'm Elizabeth Moore. Welcome to Functioning in Business!

Larry: Functioning in Business is an intermediate level business English course with a focus on American business practices and culture.

Today's unit is "At the Restaurant, Part 1." This program focuses on Accepting and Refusing Offers.

MUSIC

Interview: Mike Epstein, at restaurant

Larry: Interview

Mr Epstein describes the restaurant where he had lunch with Mr. Blake and Ms. Graham.

Eliz: On today's program I'll be talking with Mike Epstein.

Mr. Epstein is at a trade show in Florida. He is talking to us by phone.

Phone bleep

Eliz: Hello, Mr. Epstein

Epstein: Hello, Elizabeth.

Eliz: How's the weather down there?

Epstein: Warm and sunny, as always.

Eliz: Last time we listened to your conversation at Mr. Blake's hotel. ... when Mr. Blake first met Ms. Graham.

Epstein: Yes. After that, we went from his hotel to the restaurant.

Eliz: Was it a nice restaurant?

Epstein: Yes, it was nice, but not too formal. We wanted a comfortable place to discuss business.

Eliz: Today, we're going to listen to your conversation with the waiter at the restaurant.

Epstein: OK.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta học về cách gọi các món ăn ở nhà hàng-Ordering in a restaurant. To order=gọi món ăn (ở nhà hàng).

Salad dressing=dầu trộn rau sống.

Lowfat Italian=dầu trộn rau sống kiểu Y,Ù ít chất béo, gồm có dầu, và dấm.

Olive oil=dầu ô-liu.

Cream=váng sữa.

Are you ready to order?=bạn đã sẵn sàng gọi món ăn chưa?

I'm watching my weight=[tôi phải để ý đến sức nặng của tôi]=tôi ăn khem để khỏi mập (béo).

Large green salad=món rau sống đĩa lớn.

Blue cheese=phó mát mềm có nấm màu xanh như phó mát rố-cơ-fo.

Rich=béo.

Blue cheese is a rich cheese=Blue cheese là món phó mát nhiều chất béo.

Seafood sauté=món đồ biển xào lăn.

Sauté=fry quickly=sào nhanh trên chảo mỡ hay bơ. [chữ sauté gốc từ chữ Pháp sauter (nghĩa là nhảy); quá khứ phân từ viết là sautéed].

Pesto pasta=món mì Ý có đổ nước xốt nghiền kiểu Ý. Pesto là thứ nước xốt nghiền gồm rau húng basil tươi, tỏi (garlic), Parmesan cheese, và dầu ô-liu (olive oil).

Parmesan cheese=thứ phó mát làm ở tỉnh Parma bên Ý, cứng, được bào mỏng để rắc lên mì hay súp.

Dressing=dầu hay phó mát lỏng để trộn rau sống.

New York steak=thịt bò nướng kiểu New York.

Để ý cách nói cho nhà hàng nướng thịt bò steak vừa ý mình: Medium rare=thịt nướng chín vừa bên ngoài nhưng còn hơi hồng bên trong.

Well done=chín kỹ; medium=chín vừa; rare=còn sống bên giữa.

The waiter comes to their table=người hầu bàn lại chỗ họ ngồi.

Waiter=người hầu bàn (nam);

waitress=người hầu bàn (nữ).

Cut 4

Dialog: Ordering in a Restaurant

Larry: Dialog

Ms. Graham, Mr. Blake, and Mr. Epstein order their meals at the restaurant.

Larry: Ms. Graham, Mr. Blake, and Mr. Epstein are at the restaurant. The waitress comes to their table.

Waitress: Are you ready to order?

Graham: Yes, I think we're all ready. I'll have the large green salad.

Waitress: And what kind of dressing would you like?

Graham: Just oil and vinegar please.

Waitress: OK. (pause)

Blake: Which do you recommend, Ms. Graham: the seafood sauté or the pesto pasta?

Graham: Hmmm, do you like rich sauces?

Blake: Yes, very much, but I'm watching my weight.

Graham: I understand. I suggest the pesto pasta; it has olive oil and no cream.

Blake: Good idea! And I'll also take a small salad with the lowfat Italian dressing. (pause)

Epstein: I'll have the small green salad and the New York steak, medium rare.

Waitress: And what dressing would you like?

Epstein: I'd like blue cheese dressing.

Waitress: Thank you.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, Language Focus, Variations, ta nghe những câu cùng diễn tả một ý giống nhau.

Cut 5

Language Focus: Listen and Repeat: Variations

Larry: Variations. Listen to these variations.

Eliz: Are you ready to order?

Larry: Can I take your order? (pause)

Eliz: I'll have the large green salad.

Larry: I'd like the large green salad. (pause)

Eliz: What kind of dressing would you like?

Larry: What kind of dressing would you prefer? (pause)

Eliz: I suggest the pesto pasta.

Larry: I recommend the pesto pasta. (pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần cuối bài học, ta nghe mẩu phỏng vấn Mike Epstein ở nhà hàng. They seem to have a nice variety of food at that restaurant=nhà hàng ấy có nhiều món khác nhau.

A lot of choices=có nhiều món cho khách chọn.

To order=gọi món ăn.

An order=một món khách gọi. [Nhận xét: order=còn có nghĩa là hàng đã đặt.]

Business discussions=cuộc thảo-luận về công việc kinh doanh.

Cut 6

Interview: Mike Epstein, at restaurant

Larry: Interview

Eliz: They seem to have a nice variety of food at that restaurant.

Epstein: Yes, they do. They have a lot of choices. But I always order the steak. It's always very good.

Eliz: After you ordered, you began discussing business.

Epstein: That's right.

Eliz: We'll listen to those business discussions on our next show. Thank you very much for being with us today.

Epstein: It's been my pleasure.

Eliz: Let's take a short break.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 81 trong chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Động New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 82.

Đây là Chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Động New Dynamic English, bài 82. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Mở đầu bài học, quí vị luyện nghe hiểu bằng cách nghe một câu hỏi, rồi nghe một mẩu đàm thoại có câu trả lời; sau đó nghe lại câu hỏi và trả lời.

Ôn lại: dressing=dầu hay phó mát lỏng trộn rau sống.

Pesto pasta=mì kiểu Ý có nước sốt rau húng basil nghiền, dầu ô-liu (olive oil) và rắc bột phó mát Parmesan.

Lowfat Italian dressing=dầu dấm kiểu Ý, ít chất béo.

Cut 1

Language Focus: Questions Based on FIB Dialog

Larry: Questions.

Larry: Listen to the question.

Eliz: What does Ms. Graham order? (short pause)

Larry: Now listen to the dialog.

Waitress: Are you ready to order?

Graham: Yes, I think we're all ready. I'll have the large green salad.

Waitress: And what kind of dressing would you like?

Graham: Just oil and vinegar please.

Waitress: OK.

Eliz: What does Ms. Graham order? (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: She orders a large green salad, with oil and vinegar dressing. (short pause)

Eliz: Does Mr. Blake order the seafood sauté? (short pause)

Larry: Now listen to the dialog.

Blake: Which do you recommend, Ms. Graham: the seafood sauté or the pesto pasta?

Graham: Hmmm, do you like rich sauces?

Blake: Yes, very much, but I'm watching my weight.

Graham: I understand. I suggest the pesto pasta; it has olive oil and no cream.

Blake: Good idea! And I'll also take a small salad with the lowfat Italian dressing.

Eliz: Does Mr. Blake order the seafood sauté? (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: No, he doesn't. He orders the pesto pasta. He also orders a small salad. (short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Culture Tips, Mách giúp văn hoá, quí vị học về nhiều lựa chọn trong văn hoá Hoa-Kỳ. Phần Mách giúp văn hoá trả lời câu hỏi: "When I go to an American restaurant, why does the waitress ask me a lot of questions?" tại sao khi tôi vào một nhà hàng Mỹ, người hầu bàn lại hỏi tôi nhiều câu hỏi?

Freedom=sự tự do.

Individual=cá nhân.

For most Americans, having choices is a kind of freedom=đối với phần đông người Mỹ, có nhiều lựa chọn là một thứ tự do.

A choice=một sự lựa chọn. [Động từ bất qui tắc: To choose/chose/chosen=chọn.]

Most Americans don't want to be exactly the same as everyone else=phần lớn người Mỹ không muốn giống y như những người khác.

As long as=miễn là, với điều kiện làø.

Cut 2

Culture Tips: Choice in American Culture

Larry: Culture Tips This Culture Tip answers the question: "When I go to an American restaurant, why does the waitress ask me a lot of questions?"

Eliz: Hello, everyone and welcome again to "Culture Tips" with Gary Engleton. Today we have an e-mail question about American restaurants. The question is: "When I go to an American restaurant, why does the waitress ask me a lot of questions?" "Why are there so many choices?"

Gary: That's a very important question, because it is part of the larger issue of choice in American culture. For most Americans, having choices is a kind of freedom. Most Americans don't want to be exactly the same as everyone else.

Eliz: They want to be individuals.

Gary: That's right. So Americans like to have a lot of choices when they go to a restaurant.

Eliz: Can you give an example?

Gary: Sure. When you go to a restaurant in the United States, the waiter or waitress will ask you what kind of dressing you want on your salad. You may be able to choose from five or six different dressings.

Eliz: That many?

Gary: Yes, the more choices the better. You know, as an American, I sometimes feel strange when I go to restaurants in other countries.

Eliz: Why?

Gary: In many foreign restaurants, you don't have a lot of choices. For example, everyone has the same salad dressing. Maybe I don't like that kind of salad dressing.

Eliz: Gary, that's very important information. After the show, why don't we go out for a salad and discuss it some more?

Gary: Great idea, as long as we go to a place that has blue cheese dressing. I only eat blue cheese dressing.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe một câu rồi xem câu ấy đúng hay sai, tùy theo nghĩa trong bài đã học, True or False.

Cut 3

Language Focus: True/False

Larry: True or False.

Larry: Listen. Is this statement true or false?

Eliz: In American restaurants, the waiters or waitresses may ask a lot of questions. (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: True. For example, they may ask what kind of salad dressing you want. (pause)

Eliz: Most Americans want to be exactly like other Americans. (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: False. Most Americans want to be individuals. (pause)

Eliz: For most Americans, having choices is having a kind of freedom. (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: True. For example, Americans like to have a lot of choices when they go to a restaurant.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe cách gọi món ăn ở nhà hàng.

A diner: quán ăn nhỏ; diner còn có nghĩa là thực khách; toa tầu có nhà hàng. Trong bài, Jane Tucker, một nữ thương gia, đang gọi các món ăn ở một quán ăn nhỏ.

Sunny side up=món trứng rán một mặt, còn lòng đỏ lộ bên trên.

Plain (toast)=bánh mì nướng không có quệt bơ.

I'll have the one-egg and toast special=tôi muốn món đặc biệt có một quả trứng và bánh mì nướng.

How would you like your egg?=Bạn muốn trứng của bạn làm kiểu gì?

Would you like butter and jam on your toast?=Bạn có muốn quệt bơ và mứt trên bánh mì không?

I like it plain=tôi không muốn bánh mì quệt bơ hay mứt.

Plain=giản dị.

Large, medium or small?=lớn, trung bình hay nhỏ?

What kind of toast would you like?=Bạn thích thứ bánh mì gì?

White, whole wheat or rye?=Trắng, toàn bột mì hay có hạt lúa mạch đen rye.

Whole wheat bread=bánh mì có trộn cả cám (bran).

Cut 4

Business Dialog: Ordering in a Restaurant

Larry: Business Dialog

Jane Tucker, a businesswoman, is ordering breakfast in a diner.

Eliz: Let's listen to today's Business Dialog. Jane Tucker, a businesswoman, is ordering breakfast in a diner.

Jane: Excuse me! Could I order now? I'm in a little bit of a hurry.

Waiter: Certainly. Would you like to start with some coffee?

Jane: No, thanks. Could I have some orange juice?

Waiter: Sure. Large, medium, or small?

Jane: Medium, please. And I'll have the one egg and toast special.

Waiter: OK.

How would you like your egg?

Jane: Sunny side up, please.

Waiter: And what kind of toast would you like: white, whole wheat, or rye?

Jane: Whole wheat, please.

Waiter: And would you like butter or jam on your toast?

Jane: Neither. I'd like it plain.

Waiter: Very good. I'll be right back with your orange juice.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe những món đề nghị đểå khách chọn (offerings).

Menu=thực đơn.

A customer=khách hàng.

The choices are usually listed on the menu=các món để khách chọn thường có liệt kê trên thực đơn.

The waiter first asks the customer if she would like to start with some coffee=người hầu bàn thoạt tiên hỏi khách hàng có muốn bắt đầu bằng cách gọi trước một ly cà-phê không.

Nhận xét: ở Mỹõ khi gọi cà phê, nếu trả lời, I'd like it black tức là cà phê đen không có đường hay sữa.

Orange juice=nước cam tươi.

Toast=bánh mì nướng.

Cut 5

Focus on Functions: Offering

Larry: Focus on Functions: Offering

Eliz: Now let's focus on Offering.

Larry: Listen and Repeat.

Eliz: Would you like to start with some coffee? (pause for repeat)

Larry: No, thanks. (pause for repeat)

Eliz: And what kind of toast would you like: white, whole wheat, or rye? (pause for repeat)

Larry: Whole wheat, please. (pause for repeat)

Eliz: And would you like butter or jam on your toast? (pause for repeat)

Larry: Neither. I'd like it plain. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Mách giúp văn hoá Culture Tips, Gary sẽ chỉ cho ta cách chọn các món ăn và nghe những câu người hầu bàn thường hỏi. The language focuses on accepting or refusing offers=phần ngôn ngữ chú trọng vào các cách nhận hay từ-chối những đề nghị.

Cut 6

Gary's Tips: Offering

Larry: Gary's Tips. Gary talks about making choices in restaurants. The language focus is on accepting and refusing offers.

MUSIC

Eliz: Now it's time for Gary's Tips with Gary Engleton!

Gary: Hello, Elizabeth! Today I'll be talking about making choices in restaurants. In American restaurants, you have many choices.

Waiters will often ask you questions such as "What would you like?" "What kind would you like?" and "How would you like it prepared?"

The choices are usually listed on the menu.

Or you can ask "What are my choices?" or "What kind do you have?"

The waiter or waitress will often offer you some choices, as in today's Business Dialog.

The waiter first asks the customer if she would like to start with some coffee.

She refuses, using the expression "No, thanks."

Waiter: Would you like to start with some coffee?

Jane: No, thanks.

Gary: When she asks for orange juice, he offers her three choices: large, medium, or small.

Jane: Could I have some orange juice?

Waiter: Of course. Large, medium, or small?

Jane: Medium, please.

Gary: Saying "Please" makes her response more polite.

After she orders her egg, the waiter offers her three kinds of toast:

Waiter: And what kind of toast would you like: white, whole wheat, or rye?

Jane: Whole wheat, please.

Gary: And then he offers her butter or jam for her toast.

Waiter: And would you like butter or jam on your toast?

Jane: Neither. I'd like it plain.

Gary: She says "Neither." This is a short way to say "I don't want either butter or jam." I hope today's tips will help you the next time you go to an American restaurant. Thanks for joining us today for Gary's Tips. We'll see you again next time!

Eliz: Thanks, Gary!

MUSIC

Eliz: Well, our time is up. Tune in again next time for Functioning in Business. See you then!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 82 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Động New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 83.

Đây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh-Động New Dynamic English, bài 83; Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Chủ đề của bài học hôm nay là I'm a Fashion Model - tôi là người mẫu thời trang. Bài học hôm nay chú trọng về mô tả hình dáng. This lesson focuses on physical description.

Bài này cũng phân biệt cách dùng giữa hai từ "very" (rất, lắm) và "too" (quá).

Mấy chữ mới: a fashion model=người mẫu thời trang.

She's very busy=cô ấy bận lắm.

I'm glad she's not too busy to be on our show=tôi mừng là cô ấy không quáù bận đến mực không thể xuất hiện trên chương trình của chúng ta. [too busy to=bận quá không thể...].

Hãy nghe Kathy phỏng vấn Jenny Chen, vợ ông Richard Chen, làm người mẫu.

Cut 1

MUSIC

Dynamic English is a basic English language course and an introduction to American people and culture.

Larry: Today's unit is I'm A Fashion Model.

MUSIC

Kathy: Hi, Max.

Max: Hi, Kathy.

Who's with us today?

Kathy: Today's guest is Jenny Chen.

Max: Chen? Is she married to Richard Chen?

Kathy: Yes, she's his wife.

Max: I'll be happy to meet her.

And what's our topic for today?

Kathy: Jenny's going to talk to us about her work.

Max: What does she do?

Kathy: She's a fashion model.

Max: A fashion model?

Kathy: Yes, she's a fashion model and a mother. She's very busy.

Max: I'm glad she's not too busy to be on our show.

Kathy: I am too.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, Kathy phỏng vấn Jenny Chen.

Jenny Chen talks about her work as a fashion model=Jenny Chen nói về việc cô làm người mẫu thời trang.

A magazine=tạp chí.

A newspaper=nhật-báo.

Pictures=hình, ảnh.

A model=người mẫu.

To model=làm mẫu.

Do you like modeling?=Bạn có thích làm mẫu không?

I model clothes=tôi làm mẫu quần áo.

The pay is very good=lương rất khá.

Pay=salary.

Pay increase=pay raise=tăng lương.

Cut 2

Interview: Jenny Chen

Larry: Interview

Jenny Chen talks about her work as a fashion model. Her pictures are in magazines and newspapers.

Kathy: Now it's time for today's interview.

Our guest today is Jenny Chen.

Hello, Jenny. It's nice to meet you.

Jenny: It's nice to meet you too, Kathy.

Max, it's nice to meet you.

Max: A pleasure..

Kathy: You're a model, aren't you?

Jenny: That's right.

Kathy: What kind of model are you?

Jenny: I'm a fashion model. I model clothes.

Kathy: Are your pictures in magazines?

Jenny:Yes, they are. In magazines and newspapers.

Kathy: Do you like modeling?

Jenny: Yes, I like it a lot. And the pay is very good.

Kathy: Do you travel a lot?

Jenny: Not very much. I don't like to travel. I like to be with my family.

Kathy: You have a son, don't you?

Jenny: Yes, I have one son.

He's five years old. His name is Jason.

Kathy: OK. Thanks, Jenny. Our guest today is Jenny Chen. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe rồi lập lại. Để ý đến những câu hỏi láy lại, có phải không ở cuối câu.

Cut 3

Language Focus. Repeat with a Beat.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: Jenny is a fashion model, isn't she? (pause for repeat)

Max: Yes, she is. (pause for repeat)

Max: Her pictures are in magazines, aren't they? (pause for repeat)

Max: Yes, they are. (pause for repeat)

Max: She likes modeling, doesn't she? (pause for repeat)

Max: Yes, she does. (pause for repeat)

Max: She travels a lot, doesn't she? (pause for repeat)

Max: No, she doesn't. (pause for repeat)

Max: Her son is five years old, isn't he? (pause for repeat)

Max: Yes, he is. (pause for repeat)

Max: Her son's name is Richard, isn't it? (pause for repeat)

Max: No, it isn't. His name is Jason. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần phỏng vấn Jenny sắp tới, quí vị nghe những chữ mô tả hình dạng-physical appearance.

Jenny is tall but she's not very thin.=cô Jenny cao nhưng không gầy lắm.

Tall=cao;

short=thấp;

thin=gầy (ốm),

fat=mập, béo.

Many models are tall, but not all of them are=nhiều người mẫu cao, nhưng không phải tất cả người mẫu đều cao.

In my opinion, some models are too thin=theo ý tôi, vài người mẫu gầy quá. They look like toothpicks=họ gầy như que tăm.

Weight=(n) trọng-lượng, sức nặng.

Động tự: to weigh. I'm watching my weight=tôi phải ăn kiêng cho khỏi mập. How much does he weigh? Anh ta cân nặng bao nhiêu?

Cut 4

Interview 2: Jenny Chen

Larry: Interview Jenny talks about her physical appearance.

Kathy: Our guest today is Jenny Chen. Jenny is a fashion model. Jenny, I see that you're tall. Are most models tall?

Jenny: Well, many models are tall, but not all of them are tall. Some models are short.

Kathy: What about weight? Are most models thin?

Jenny: No. As you can see, I'm not very thin.

Kathy: But many models are thin, aren't they?

Jenny: Of course, some models are very thin.

Kathy: In my opinion, some models are too thin.

Jenny: I agree. Some models are too thin. They look like toothpicks! [laughs]

Kathy: [laughs] Yes, that's right, Jenny. Our guest today is Jenny Chen. We'll talk more after our break. This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, Language Focus, quí vị nghe và lập lại, và phân biệt nghĩa của "very" (rất, lắm) và "too" (quá).

Cut 5

Language Focus.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: Many models are tall. (pause for repeat)

Max: Many models are tall, but not all of them are tall. (pause for repeat)

Max: Some models are short. (pause for repeat)

Max: Many models are thin, aren't they? (pause for repeat)

Max: Some models are very thin. (pause for repeat)

Max: Some models are too thin. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị phân biệt cách dùng very và too. When you model a dress, can you keep the dress? Khi cô làm mẫu một kiểu áo dài thì cô có được giữ chiếc áo đó không? Most of the time, the dresses are very expensive.

Phần lớn các áo dài rất đắt (mắc). They're too expensive for me to buy=áo dài mắc quá tôi mua không nổi.

Cut 6

Telephone

Larry: Telephone.

Jenny talks about the clothes that she models.

Kathy: We're back with Jenny Chen. Now let's go to our phones. Hello. You're on the air with New Dynamic English.

Female Caller: Hello. My name is Winifred. I'm calling from Phoenix, Arizona. My question is: When you model clothes, can you keep the clothes?

Jenny: No. Not usually. Most of the time, the clothes are usually very expensive. They're too expensive for me to buy.

Female Caller: I see. Thank you.

Kathy: Thank you for calling.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Hãy thực tập cách dùng trạng từ adverbs of degree, very và too. Nhận xét: nếu "too" đi theo sau bởi một tĩnh từ và động từ thì có nghĩa phủ định. The dress is too expensive for me to buy=cái áo đó đắt quá tôi không mua nổâi.

Too hot to work=nóng quá làm việc không được. [too+adjective+to+verb]. Some summer days are to hot to work=vài ngày hè nóng quá làm việc không được.

Cut 7

Language Focus. Listen and repeat.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: expensive

Max: Some clothes are too expensive. (pause for repeat)

Max: They're too expensive for Jenny to buy. (pause for repeat)

Max: thin

Max: Some models are too thin. (pause for repeat)

Max: They look like toothpicks! (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần điện thư sắp tới, quí vị nghe thêm về mô tả diên mạo hình dáng (physical appearance).

Famous=nổi danh. She's six feet tall=cô ấy cao sáu bộ Anh (gần 1.83 meters). [Nhận xét, tả chiều cao của người, dùng "tall," chứ không dùng "high."

Đo chiều dài bên Anh và Mỹ: One foot=0.3048 meter; 3 feet=one yard=0.9144 meter; one inch=0.0254m.]

Jenny nói về bạn cô là Inga, người mẫu nổi tiếng. What color hair does Inga have? Tóc Inga mầu gì? She has long blond hair=cô ấy có tóc dài mầu vàng. She has big blue eyes=cô ấy có mắt to mầu xanh. Xin nghe phần điện thư trước rồi nghe và trả lời.

Cut 8

E-mail

Larry: E-mail Jenny talks about her friend Inga. Inga is a famous model.

Kathy: Welcome back. It's time to check our e-mail. We have an e-mail from Margaret in Atlanta, Georgia. Her question is: "Do you know Inga Wilson, the famous model?"

Jenny: Yes, I do. In fact, Inga and I are friends. I'm tall, but she's very tall. She's six feet tall.

Kathy: Really?

Jenny: Yes. And she has long blond hair. And big blue eyes. She's very beautiful!

Max: I think you both are very beautiful!

Jenny: Thank you.

Kathy: Jenny, thank you for being on our show. Please say hello to your husband Richard.

Jenny: I'll do that. Thanks for inviting me. Kathy: Let's take a short break.

MUSIC

Language Focus. Listen and answer.

Larry: Listen and answer. Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max: What color hair does Inga have? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: Inga has blond hair. (short pause)

Max: Does she have long hair or short hair?(ding) (pause for answer)

Max: She has long hair. (short pause)

Max: Does she have green eyes? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: No. She has blue eyes. (short pause)

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong Chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Động New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 84.

Đây là chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Động, New Dynamic English, bài 84; Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Bài học hôm nay bắt đầu bằng mẩu đàm thoại ở phòng mạch bác sĩ, sau đó trong phần Man on the Street, Ken Moss phỏng vấn một nhân viên an ninh ở đài kỷ niệm tổng thống Abraham Lincoln.

Phần đầu một bà nói với bác sĩ về chỗ đau ở đầu gối. A woman talks to her doctor about a pain in her knee.

Where does it hurt?=Đau ở đâu?

It hurts right here=đau ở ngay chỗ này.

It hurts when I walk=tôi thấy đau khi bước đi.

Cut 1

Daily Dialogue: At the Doctor's Office. Part 2.

Larry: Daily Dialogue: At the Doctor's Office (Part 2)

A woman talks to her doctor about a pain in her knee.

Larry: Listen to the conversation.

Doctor (male): Good morning, Natalie. (short pause)

Natalie: Good morning, Doctor. (short pause)

Doctor: How are you today? (short pause)

Natalie: Just fine, thanks. (short pause)

Doctor: So what's the problem? (short pause)

Natalie: My leg hurts. (short pause)

Doctor: Where does it hurt?(short pause)

Natalie: Right here. In my knee. (short pause)

Doctor: Does it hurt when you walk? (short pause)

Natalie: Yes, it does. It hurts when I walk. (short pause)

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Doctor: Where does it hurt? (pause for repeat)

Natalie: Right here. In my knee. (pause for repeat)

Doctor: Does it hurt when you walk? (pause for repeat)

Natalie: Yes, it does. It hurts when I walk. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Man on the Street, Ken Moss phỏng vấn một nhân viên an-ninh ở đài kỷ niện Abraham Lincoln. Ken talks with a security guard at the Lincoln Memorial. The guard shows Ken how to turn on the lights=người nhân viên an-ninh chỉ cho Ken cách bật đèn lên.

Turn on the lights=bật đèn lên.

Turn off the lights=tắt đèn đi.

Statue=bức tượng.

Control panel=bàn kiểm soát có các nút bấm.

To control=kiểm soát.

Button=nút bấm.

It's time to turn on the lights=tới giờ bật đèn.

When I push this button, the outside lights go on=khi tôi ấn nút này, đèn bên ngoài bật sáng.

Knob=nút vặn.

When I turn the knob this way, the lights get stronger=khi tôi vặn nút cách này, đèn sáng rõ thêm.

Take your time=cứ nhẩn nha, đừng gấp.

Cut 2

Man on the Street: Security Guard at Lincoln Memorial

Larry: Man on the Street

UPBEAT MUSIC

Chinese: Kent talks with the security guard at the Lincoln Memorial soft crowd noise

Kent: This is the New Dynamic English Man on the Street, Kent Moss. Today I'm standing inside the Lincoln Memorial in Washington, D.C.

Kent: Excuse me, sir?

Guard: Yes.

Kent: Do you work here?

Guard: Yes, I do. I'm the security guard. I work here every night.

Kent: What do you do?

Guard: Mostly I help visitors and answer questions about the Lincoln Memorial.

Kent: I think the Lincoln Memorial is the most beautiful building in Washington.

Guard: Many people think so.

Kent: Especially at night, when the lights are on.

Guard: Well, it's seven o'clock now. It's time to turn on the lights. Do you want to see?

Kent: I sure do.

Guard: OK. Here's the control panel. When I push this button, the outside lights go on. See?

Kent: Yes. What happens when you turn this knob?

Guard: This knob controls the lights on the statue of Abraham Lincoln. When I turn the knob this way, the lights get stronger. When I turn it the other way, the lights get weaker.

Kent: Oh, the building looks so beautiful when the lights are on!

Guard: I think so too. Please take your time and look around.

Kent: Thank you.

Guard: You're welcome.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Câu chuyện giữa bài, Story Interlude, Max và Kathy nói về bóng chày baseball.

A fan=người hâm mộ.

I'm a big fan of the Yankees=tôi là khán giả hâm mộ đội banh chày Yankees (New York).

A team=đội. There's a baseball game today on the radio=hôm nay có trận đấu bóng chày baseball trên đài phát thanh.

Who's playing?=đội banh nào đấu?

I hope they win=tôi hy vọng họ thắng.

Cut 3

Story Interlude

Max and Kathy talk about baseball. There's a game between New York and Baltimore on the radio today.

Larry: A-a-a-nd we're off the air. That's it.

Max & Kathy: Thanks. Thanks, Larry.

Kathy: Max, do you like baseball? There's a baseball game today on the radio.

Max: Well, I'm not a baseball fan. But my son John loves baseball. Who's playing?

Kathy: It's two of my favorite teams... New York and Baltimore.

Eliz: Did somebody say baseball?

Kathy: Hi, Elizabeth! Yes, we are talking about the baseball game today.

Eliz: That's right.

It's New York against Baltimore.

I love baseball.

I'm a big fan.

Max: Which team do you like, Elizabeth?

Eliz: I like Baltimore.

Kathy: Well, I'm from New York. So I like the New York team best. I hope they win.

Eliz: Well, I think Baltimore is going to win! They have the best team! Well, let's listen to the game after the show, OK?

Kathy: Sounds good!

Eliz: Oh. It's time to begin my show.

Kathy: OK. Good luck.

Larry: Quiet please. Ready for Functioning in Business. Cue Music...

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Anh Ngữ Thương Mại trung cấp về tập tục kinh doanh và văn hoá Mỹ, Functioning in Business, quí vị nghe phần "Ở Nhà Hàng, phần 2-At the Restaurant, part 2". Ms. Graham talks about her concerns about doing business with Mr. Blake's company=bà Graham nói về những mối quan tâm về việc giao-thương với công ty của ông Blake.

She's specially concerned about aftersales service=bà đặc biệt quan tâm đến dịch vụ sau khi giao hàng.

Make a good impression=gây được cảm tình tốt.

The quality of his robots is very high=phẩm chất của người máy điện tử của ông ta rất cao.

But I was concerned about what could happen after we bought the robots=nhưng tôi lo những gì có thể xảy ra sau khi chúng ta đã mua máy điện tử.

Mechanical=thuộc về máy móc.

Mechanical problems=trục trặc về máy móc.

Install=thiết-bị, đặït hệ thống, ráp máy.

Plant=xưởng máy.

What if there were mechanical problems after the robots were installed in our plant?=Thế nhỡ có trục trặc máy móc sau khi máy điện tử đã được ráp thì sao?

So you were primarily concerned about aftersales service?=Vậy là bà quan tâm chính về dịch vụ sau khi giao hàng phải không?

Primarily=quan trọng nhất, chính.

Support=hỗ trợ.

Cut 4

FIB Opening

Eliz: Hello, I'm Elizabeth Moore. Welcome to Functioning in Business!

MUSIC

Larry: Functioning in Business is an intermediate level business English course with a focus on American business practices and culture. Today's unit "At the Restaurant, Part 2."

This program focuses on Confirming Understanding. [hỏi lại cho chắc là đã hiểu rõ] Functioning in Business is an intermediate level business English course with a focus on American business practices and culture.

MUSIC

Interview: Shirley Graham

Larry: Interview She is especially concerned about aftersales service.

Eliz: On today's program I'll be talking with Shirley Graham. Ms. Graham is in her office at Advanced Technologies in San Jose, California.

Eliz: Hello, Ms. Graham.

Graham: Hello, Elizabeth.

Eliz: You said last time that Mr. Blake made a good first impression. Graham: Yes, he did. Eliz: Then why were you concerned about doing business with him? Graham: Well, I knew that the quality of his robots was very high. But I also was concerned about what could happen after we bought the robots. What if there were mechanical problems after the robots were installed in our plant?

Eliz: Why were you concerned?

Graham: Well, Mr. Blake's company is based in China. How could they give us the kind of aftersales service we need?

Eliz: So you were primarily concerned about aftersales service?

Graham: That's right. About service and support. Mr. Blake couldn't do it all by himself.

Eliz: OK. Now let's listen to the beginning of your discussions with Mr. Blake.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, bà Graham bàn về những điều bà quan tâm với ông Blake. Ms. Graham discusses her concerns with Mr. Blake. [This scene takes place in a restaurant. Chuyện này xẩy ra ở một tiệm ăn.]

Aggressive=tích cực, mạnh, bold and active, đây là ý tốt của tĩnh từ aggressive. [Aggressive còn có nghĩa là hung hăng, hùng hổ, nhưng không phải là nghĩa trong bài học.]

We plan to be very aggressive selling them in North America=chúng tôi dự tính sẽ tích cực bán người máy điện tử ở Bắc Mỹ.

Well engineered=được chế tạo rất kỹ lưỡng.

There's no doubt=không có gì nghi ngờ là...Your robots are very competitive=máy điện tử của ông tốt và giá vừa phải.

To compete=cạnh tranh; competitive=(adj.) có thể cạnh tranh với đối thủ khác. Xin nghe họ bàn trong phần bữa ăn trưa, lunch meeting.

Cut 5

Dialog: Lunch meeting

Larry: Dialog

Ms. Graham discusses her concerns with Mr. Blake

Larry: This scene takes place at a restaurant.

Graham: Well, we were very impressed by your presentation, Mr. Blake. Your robots are very competitive.

Blake: I'm glad you think so, Ms. Graham. We plan to be very aggressive selling them in North America.

Graham: I'm sure you'll be very successful. However, that brings me to my main concern.

Blake: Yes?

Graham: There's no doubt that your robots are well-engineered. And the price is quite low, very reasonable. But it's the other details that worry me.

Blake: You mean about service and support?

Graham: Exactly. Aftersales service and support are very important too.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần variations sắp tới, quí vị tập nói những câu cùng diễn tả một ý.

Cut 6

Language Focus: Listen and Repeat: Variations

Larry: Variations. Listen to these variations.

Eliz: I'm glad you think so.

Larry: I'm happy to hear that. (pause)

Eliz: We plan to be very aggressive selling them.

Larry: We plan to sell them very aggressively. (pause)

Eliz: There's no doubt that your robots are well-engineered.

Larry: I agree that your robots are well-engineered. (pause)

Eliz: You mean about service and support?

Larry: Are you referring to service and support? (pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần cuối bài học bà Shirley Graham nghi ngờ về khả năng cung cấp dịch vụ sau khi giao hàng. Have doubts about=nghi ngờ về chuyện gì.

Operation=điều hành.

After the plant began operation=sau khi xưởng máy chạy rồi.

Construction=xây dựng.

Plant=xưởng máy.

Cut 7

Interview: Shirley Graham

Larry: Interview

Eliz: So you had doubts about Mr. Blake's ability to provide aftersales support and service.

Graham: I wasn't sure if his company could provide those services. I was responsible for both the construction and the operation of the new plant. I didn't want things to go wrong, either before or after the plant began operation.

Eliz: I see. Thank you very much for being on our show.

Graham: It's been my pleasure.

Eliz: Let's take a short break.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 84 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Động New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 85.

Đây là Chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Động New Dynamic English bài 85; Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí-vị thính giả. Trong bài trước, quí vị nghe bà Shirley Graham tỏû mối quan tâm về dịch vụ hỗ trợï sau khi giao hàng của hãng điện tử của ông Blake.

Bà nói: I wasn't sure if his company could provide aftersales support and service. Trong phần đầu, quí vị nghe một câu hỏi, rồi nghe một mẩu đàm thoại có câu trả lời, rồi nghe lại câu hỏi và trả lời.

Cut 1

Language Focus: Questions Based on FIB Dialog

Larry: Questions. Listen to the question.

Eliz: Does Ms. Graham think that Mr. Blake's robots are too expensive? (short pause)

Larry: Now listen to the dialog.

Graham: There's no doubt that your robots are well-engineered. And the price is quite low, very reasonable.

Eliz: Does Ms. Graham think that Mr. Blake's robots are too expensive? (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: No, she doesn't. She thinks the price of the robots is quite low. (short pause)

Larry: Listen to the question.

Eliz: What are her main concerns? (short pause)

Larry: Now listen to the dialog.

Graham: But it's the other details that worry me.

Blake: You mean about service and support?

Graham: Exactly. Aftersales service and support are very important too.

Eliz: What are her main concerns? (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: Her main concerns are aftersales service and support. (short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Mách giúp về văn hoá, Gary chỉ cách hỏi lại cho chắc điều mình hiểu trong một cuộc thương lượng về thương mại.

This culture tip deals with confirming understanding in a business negotiation. To confirm the information=hỏi lại cho biết chắc tin-tức là đúng.

To restate=nhắc lại, lập lại hay tóm tắt lại điều mình hiểu.

A negotiation=một cuộc thương lượng.

Negotiators=người thương lượng.

Động từ=to negotiate.

A proposal=một đề nghị;

động từ=to propose.

Cut 2

Culture Tips: Confirming Understanding

Larry: Culture Tips

Eliz: Welcome to "Culture Tips" with Gary Engleton.

Gary: Hello everyone!

Eliz: Today we have a question about negotiations.

The question is "When I'm negotiating with Americans, I'm not always sure that I understand their proposals." "What should I do to be sure I understand?"

Gary: Good question. In negotiations, two people will sometimes think that they understand each other. Later, they discover that they didn't really understand.

Eliz: What can they do to avoid that?

Gary: Well, good negotiators ask a lot of questions to check their understanding. And they often restate what the other person has said.

Eliz: Restate?

Gary: Yes. They say it again with different words. They confirm the information.

Eliz: Okay. So, let's say someone wants to sell you a product. You think the price is $50, but you're not sure. What can you say?

Gary: You can restate the idea and say, "So...you will sell them to us at $50 each. Is that right?" Or you can ask a direct question like "Do you mean you will sell them to us at $50 each?"

Eliz: And the other person will say something like "Yes, that's right" or "No, that's not right."

Gary: Exactly. And then you know whether or not you've understood them correctly.

Eliz: Thanks, Gary, for the important information.

Gary: My pleasure.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Language Focus sắp tới, quí vị nghe một câu rồi tùy nghĩa trong bài học, trả lời đúng hay sai, True or False.

Cut 3

Language Focus: True/False

Larry: True or False.

Larry: Listen. Is this statement true or false?

Eliz: In negotiations, sometimes people think they understand each other, but they really don't understand. (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: True. This can cause big problems in negotiations. (pause)

Eliz: It is impolite to restate what the other person says. (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: False. Restating what the other person says is an excellent strategy for confirming understanding.(pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần kiểm chứng lại cho đúng, quí vị nghe đoạn Wallace thương-lượng về việc tăng lương cho người dưới quyền của ông ta với bà Margaret là xếp của ông. Wallace is negotiating pay increases for his subordinates with this boss. A pay increase= một sự tăng lương.

Động từ to increase nhấn mạnh vần thứ hai; danh từ an increase nhấn mạnh vần đầu. A subordinate=nhân viên dưới quyền.

A bonus=tiền thưởng.

Our profits are down from last year=lợi tức của chúng ta năm nay thấp hơn năm ngoái.

We can't afford a pay increase=chúng ta không thể đủ khả năng tăng lương.

Top management=nhân viên quản trị cap cấp.

Oppose=chống.

Permanent increase=tăng lương vĩnh viễn.

Cut 4

Business Dialog: Confirming Understanding

Larry: Business Dialog Wallace is negotiating pay increases for his subordinates with his boss Margaret.

I'm saying that top management is going to oppose any permanent increase in expenses.=Tôi muốn nói là nhân viên quản-trị cao cấp sẽ chống lại một sự tăng chi-tiêu vĩnh viễn.

Eliz: Let's listen to today's Business Dialog.

Wallace is negotiating pay increases for his subordinates with his boss Margaret.

Wallace: My team has worked really hard and they deserve a pay increase.

Margaret: I agree that they have worked hard, but our profits are down from last year. We can't afford a pay increase.

Wallace:So are you saying that there isn't enough money?

Margaret: I'm saying that top management is going to oppose any permanent increase in expenses.

Wallace: What if the expense were for this year only?

Margaret: You mean like a bonus that would be paid only once?

Wallace: Yes. In other words, a one-time-only bonus.

Margaret: That would be much more acceptable.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần confirming understanding, kiểm chứng lại để hiểu rõ, ta nghe những cách nhắc lại câu để kiểm chứng lại điều người khác nói hay nghĩ, như, So are you saying ...You mean...In other words...Vậy điều bạn muốn nói là...bạn nói vậy là có ý muốn nói...Nói khác đi...

Cut 5

Focus on Functions: Confirming Understanding

Larry: Focus on Functions: Confirming Understanding

Eliz: Now let's focus on Confirming Understanding.

Larry: Listen and Repeat.

Eliz: So...(pause for repeat)

Eliz: So are you saying that there isn't enough money? (pause for repeat)

Eliz: You mean...(pause for repeat)

Eliz: You mean like a bonus? (pause for repeat)

Eliz: I'm saying that... (pause for repeat)

Eliz: I'm saying that top management is going to oppose any increase. (pause for repeat)

Eliz: In other words... (pause for repeat)

Eliz: In other words, a one-time-only bonus. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Mách giúp văn hoá, Gary chỉ cho ta cách hỏi lại cho hiểu rõ điều người khác nói. To restate or clarify your position or the other person's position=nhắc lại hay làm sáng tỏ lập-trường của mình hay lập trường của người khác. [Do you mean...? So are you saying that...]

Cut 6

Gary's Tips: Confirming Understanding

Larry: Gary's Tips.

Gary talks about confirming understanding.

MUSIC

Eliz: Now it's time for Gary's Tips with Gary Engleton!

Gary: Hello, Elizabeth! Today I'll be talking about confirming understanding. In a business discussion or negotiation, it is often necessary to restate or clarify your position or the other person's position.

This will help you confirm your understanding. Let's look at some useful expressions from today's Business Dialog.

Wallace: My team has worked really hard and they deserve a pay increase.

Margaret: I agree that they have worked hard, but our profits are down from last year. We can't afford a pay increase.

Wallace: So are you saying that there isn't enough money?

Gary: Wallace uses the expression "So you are saying..." to confirm his understanding. And Margaret then restates her idea more clearly, using the expression "I'm saying..."

Margaret: I'm saying that top management is going to oppose any permanent increase in expenses.

Gary: This conversation provides excellent examples of both people working hard to understand each other's position. And as they talk, they begin to agree. When Wallace suggests a one-time only payment, Margaret confirms her understanding using the expression "You mean."

Wallace: What if the expense were for this year only?

Margaret: You mean like a bonus that would be paid only once?

Wallace: Yes. In other words, a one-time-only bonus.

Margaret: That would be much more acceptable.

Gary: By confirming understanding and restating each other's position, they reach some agreement.

Thanks for joining us today for Gary's Tips. We'll see you again next time!

Eliz: Thanks, Gary.

MUSIC

Eliz: Well, our time is up. Tune in again next time for Functioning in Business. See you then!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 85 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Động New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 86.

Đây là Chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Động New Dynamic English Bài 86. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. New Dynamic English là một chương trình Anh ngữ căn bản nhằm giúp quí vị hiểu thêm về người Mỹ và văn hoá Mỹ. Chủ đề của bài học hôm nay là What Do You Do in Your Free Time? Bạn làm gì khi rảnh rỗi? Bài học hôm nay cũng chú trọng vào những hoạt động vào buổi tối và cuối tuần. This lesson focuses on evening and weekend activities. Activity=hoạt-động; số nhiều: activities. Ta cũng học tiếp về mệnh đề bắt đầu bằng chữ "when." Hãy nghe Ông Thornton nói về những hoạt động của ông vào buổi tối và cuối tuần.

Cut 1

MUSIC

Dynamic English is a basic English language course and an introduction to American people and culture.

Larry: Today's unit is What Do You Do in Your Free Time?

This lesson focuses on evening and weekend activities.

It continues work on clauses with When.

MUSIC

Max: Hi, Kathy. How are you?

Kathy: I'm fine. And you? How are you today?

Max: Great, thanks.

Who's our guest today?

Kathy: Today's guest is Henry Thornton.

Max: The businessman from Seattle?

Kathy: That's right. He's going to talk about his weekend and evening activities.

Max: Sounds interesting.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe ông Henry Thornton nói về những hoạt động khi rảnh rỗi của ông. Henry Thornton talks about his free time activities.

He likes to go out to dinner with friends=ông thích ra ngoài ăn tối với bạn.

A steak house=nhà hàng chuyên bán thịt bò nướng.

[Steak=beefsteak=thịt bò bif-tếch.

Steak knife=dao cắt thịt bò nướng.

Beef tenderloin=thịt bò mềm filet mignon.]

What do you do in your free time? I was wondering, what do you do when you're not working?=tôi muốn biết, ông làm gì khi rảnh rỗi? [To wonder=thắc mắc, tự hỏi, tò mò, muốn biết.]

Cut 2

Interview: Henry Thornton

Larry: Interview

Kathy: Now it's time for today's interview. Our guest today is Henry Thornton. Hello, Mr. Thornton.

Welcome back to our show.

Henry: It's my pleasure to be here.

Kathy: You live in Seattle, don't you?

Henry: That's right.

Kathy: Do you like Seattle?

Henry: Yes, I do, but it rains a lot.

Kathy: I was wondering, what do you do in your free time?

Henry: In my free time?

Kathy: That's right. When you're not working. What do you do when you're not working?

Henry: Oh, I go out to dinner, usually with friends.

Kathy: When you go out to dinner, where do you usually go?

Henry: What kind of restaurant?

Kathy: That's right.

Henry: Well, I usually go to a steak house.

Kathy: When you go to a steak house, what do you usually eat?

Henry: Steak, of course!

Kathy: Our guest is Henry Thornton. We'll talk more after our break. This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, xin nghe trước, và sau đó lập lại theo nhịp.

Cut 3

Language Focus. Jazz Chant.

Larry: Listen to the chant.

Kathy: What do you do/ when you're not working? When you're not working, what do you do?

Max: I go out to dinner/ when I'm not working. I go out to dinner. That's what I do.

Kathy: What do you eat/ when you go out to dinner? When you go out to dinner, what do you eat?

Max: I eat steak/ when I go out to dinner. That's what I eat. I eat steak.

Larry: Now say the chant with Kathy and Max.

Kathy: What do you do/ when you're not working? When you're not working, what do you do?

Max: I go out to dinner/ when I'm not working. I go out to dinner. That's what I do.

Kathy: What do you eat/ when you go out to dinner? When you go out to dinner, what do you eat?

Max: I eat steak/ when I go out to dinner. That's what I eat. I eat steak.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, Ông Thornton nói về thời gian ông ở nhà. Mr. Thornton talks about spending time at home.

A garden=vườn.

He likes to work in his garden=ông ấùy thích làm vườn.

I spend a lot of time in my house=tôi để ra nhiều thì giờ ở nhà tôi.

Stay inside=ở trong nhà. Watch TV (television)=xem vô tuyến truyền hình.

I like to watch the news=tôi thích xem tin tức.

Cut 4

Interview 2: Henry Thornton

Larry: Interview

Kathy: Our guest today is Henry Thornton. We're talking about free time activities. What else do you do in your free time?

Henry: Well, I spend a lot of time in my house.

Kathy: What do you do when you're at home?

Henry: Well, I listen to music. I also like to work in my garden.

Kathy: What do you do when it's raining?

Henry: Well, I stay inside and watch TV. I like to watch the news.

Kathy: Our guest is Henry Thornton. We'll talk more after our break. This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe và lập lại để tập nói câu dài.

Ôn lại: nếu mệnh đề bắt đầu bằng "when" đi trước mệnh đề chính thì có dấu phẩy (comma) phân tách với mệnh đề chính.

Thí dụ: When I'm home, I listen to music and work in my garden. Có dấu phẩy comma sau "home." Nhưng nếu mệnh đề bắt đầu bởi when đi sau mệnh đề chính, thì không có dấy phẩy sau mệnh đề chính nghĩa là không có dấu phẩy trước when: I listen to music and work in my garden when I'm home.

Tôi nghe nhạc và làm vườn khi tôi ở nhà. I'm home cũng tương tự như I'm at home. Sau đây, để biết khi viết văn cho đúng, xin nghe những cặp câu trong đó câu thứ nhất bắt đầu bởi mệnh đề phụ có when đi trước và có dấu phẩy comma ngăn cách với mệnh đề chính, và câu thứ hai có mệnh đề chính đi trước và không có dấu phẩy ngăn cách mệnh đề chính với mệnh đề phụ bắt đầu bằng when.

Khi ra ngoài ăn tối, ông ăn món gì? When you go out to dinner, what do you eat? What do you eat when you go out to dinner? Khi không đi làm, thì ông làm gì? When you're not working, what do you do? What do you do when you're not working?

Khi ra ngoài ăn tối, tôi thường ăn thịt bò. When I go out to dinner, I usually eat steak. I usually eat steak when I go out to dinner. Tóm lại: nếu mệnh đề phụ bắt đầu bằng when đi trước mệnh đề chính, thì có dấu phẩy ngăn cách với mệnh đề chính.

Cut 5

Language Focus. Phrasal repetition. Listen with Music.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: When you're home

Max: What do you do when you're home? (pause for repeat)

Henry: When I'm home, I listen to music and work in my garden. (pause for repeat)

Max: When it's raining

Max: What do you do when it's raining? (pause for repeat)

Henry: When it's raining, I stay inside and watch TV. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần điện thư sắp tới, Ông Thornton nói về du lịch. Mr. Thornton talks about travel. An airplane=phi-cơ. Do you like to travel?

Ông có thích đi du lịch không? When I'm in an airplane, I'm very uncomfortable=khi tôi ở trên phi-cơ tôi cảm thấy rất bồn chồn. Trái nghĩa với uncomfortable là comfortable=thoải mái, dễ chịu.

Cut 6

E-mail: I don't like to travel.

Larry: E-mail Mr. Thornton talks about travel. He doesn't like to travel because he doesn't like airplanes.

Kathy: Welcome back. It's time to check our e-mail. We have an e-mail from Tanya in New Orleans. Her question is: Do you like to travel?

Henry: No, I don't. I don't like to travel. I don't like airplanes.

When I'm in an airplane, I'm very uncomfortable.

Kathy: So you don't like to fly.

Henry: No, I don't.

Kathy: Mr. Thornton, thank you for being on our show.

Henry: My pleasure. Thank you for having me.

Kathy: Let's take a short break.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần cuối bài học, quí vị nghe nghe và trả lời.

Cut 7

Language Focus. Listen and answer.

Larry: Listen and answer. Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max: Does Henry listen to music when he's at home? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: Yes, he does. He listens to music. (short pause)

Max: Does Henry work in his garden when it's raining? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: No, he doesn't. He stays inside. (short pause)

Max: Does Henry feel comfortable when he's in an airplane? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: No, he doesn't. He feels very uncomfortable. (short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 86 trong Chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Động New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 87.

Đây là chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Động New Dynamic English, bài 87. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Trong phần mở đầu, quí vị nghe phần Đàm thoại hàng ngày Ở Phòng Mạch của Bác sĩ, phần 3, at the Doctor's Office, part 3.

Trong phần này, Natalie nói với bác sĩ của bà về chân đau của mình. Natalie talks with her doctor about her leg. Her leg hurts when it rains=một chân bà ấy đau khi trời mưa. It hurts on rainy days. Chân tôi đau vào những hôm trời mưa. It doesn't hurt at all on sunny days=hôm nào trời nắng, chân tôi không đau tí nào. Not at all=không chút nào.

Cut 1

Daily Dialogue: At the Doctor's Office Part 3.

Larry: Daily Dialogue: At the Doctor's Office (Part 3)

Larry: Listen to the conversation.

Door opening and closing

Doctor (male): Good morning, Natalie. (short pause)

Natalie: Good morning, Doctor. (short pause)

Doctor: How are you today? (short pause)

Natalie: Just fine, thanks. (short pause)

Doctor: So what's the problem? (short pause)

Natalie: My leg hurts. (short pause)

Doctor: Where does it hurt? (short pause)

Natalie: Right here. In my knee. (short pause)

Doctor: Does it hurt when you walk? (short pause)

Natalie: Yes, it does. It hurts when I walk. (short pause)

Doctor: Can you tell me anything else about it? (short pause)

Natalie: Yes, it hurts when it rains. (short pause)

Doctor: When it rains? (short pause)

Natalie: Yes, it hurts on rainy days. (short pause)

Doctor: What about on sunny days? (short pause)

Natalie: It's fine. It doesn't hurt at all. (short pause)

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Doctor: Can you tell me anything else about it? (pause for repeat)

Natalie: Yes, it hurts when it rains.(pause for repeat)

Doctor: When it rains? (pause for repeat)

Natalie: Yes, it hurts on rainy days. (pause for repeat)

Doctor: What about on sunny days? (pause for repeat)

Natalie: It's fine. It doesn't hurt at all. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Sau đây là phần Câu đố trong tuần, Question of the week.

When do they do it? Họ làm một hoạt động ở tuổi nào?

At what age do most people learn to drive a car? Ở tuổi nào phần lớn mọi người học lái xe?

Clue=đầu mối dẫn đến câu giải đáp.

Start first grade=bắt đầu học lớp một [đồng ấu]. [Bên Mỹ, từ tiểu học đến hết trung học có 12 năm: tiểu học từ first grade đến hết sixth grade; sơ trung, junior high từ lớp 7, seventh grade, đến hết lớp 8, eighth grade; cao trung, high school, từ lớp 9, ninth grade, đến hết lớp 12, twelfth grade. Học sinh lớp 9 cao trung gọi là freshman, lớp 10 gọi là sophomore, lớp 11 gọi là junior và lớp 12 gọi là senior.]

Retire=về hưu.

Retirement age=tuổi về hưu.

Retiree=người đã về hưu.

Cut 2

Question of the Week: question

Larry: Question of the Week!

The Question of the Week is "When do they do it?"

UPBEAT MUSIC

Max: This week we will ask When do they do it? Listen carefully to these clues. We'll have the answers on the next show.

Question 1. In the United States, when do most people learn to drive a car? At what age do most people learn to drive a car?

Question 2. In the United States, when do most children start first grade? At what age do most children start first grade?

Question 3. In the United States, when do most people retire? At what age do most people retire?

We'll have the answers on next week's show.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Câu chuyện giữa bài, Story Interlude, Kathy sắp về Boston thăm cha mẹ. Kathy is going to Boston to visit her parents.

She's going to take the train from Union Station=cô ấy sẽ đi xe lửa từ ga chính Union Station.

A train station=ga xe lửa. As a matter of fact, I have to hurry=đúng ra, tôi phải đi gấp.

As a matter of fact=the truth is, actually =sự thật là, đúng ra là.

I have to hurry=I'm in a hurry=tôi vội.

Hurry up! =nhanh lên.

I need to get to Union Station right away=Tôi phải tới ga Union Station ngay lập tức. [Ga xe lửa Union Station ở thủ đô Washington.]

I don't mind=tôi không phiền, không cảm thấy trở ngại.

I don't mind waiting=tôi chờ cũng không sao.

Would you mind if I opened the window? = Bạn có phiền lòng nếu tôi mở cửa sổ không? [Nhận xét:Khi nghe câu Do you mind, hay would you mind, nếu không phiền ngại, thì ta trả lời là "No, hay Not at all, hay Certainly not." Còn nếu trả lời "Yes" thì có nghĩa là ta không muốn cho mở cửa sổ.]

Relax=nghỉ ngơi, thoải mái.

Cut 3

Story Interlude

Music

Larry: Well, that's it, folks. Good show. Enjoy your weekend.

Max & Kathy: Thanks, Larry.

Max: So, what are you doing this weekend?

Kathy: I'm going to Boston. I'm going to visit my parents.

Max: When are you leaving?

Kathy: Soon. As a matter of fact, I have to hurry. I need to get to Union Station right away.

Max: Union Station?

Kathy: Yes, I'm going to take the train.

Max: You're taking the train to Boston?

Kathy: That's right.

Max: Why don't you fly?

Kathy: I don't like to fly. I prefer to travel by train. On a train, you can relax. And you can walk around on the train.

Max: But it takes longer!

Kathy: I know, but I don't mind. Well, I've got to go!

SFX: Elizabeth enters

Kathy: Oh hi Elizabeth. See you all later. Eliz: Bye Kathy. Have a nice trip!

SFX: door closing

Larry: Quiet please, everyone. Ready for Functioning in Business. Cue Music...

Vietnamese Explanation

Phần tới, Functioning in Business, là một chương trình Anh ngữ Thương mại Trung cấp chú trọng vào tập tục và văn hoá trong môi trường kinh doanh Hoa Kỳ. Phần này chú trọng vào cách nhượng một điểm. This program focuses on conceding a point. [Chuyện sau đây diễn ra ra ở nhà hàng.] Today's unit is "At the restaurant, part 3".

To concede=nhường.

The warehouse=kho chứa hàng.

To warehouse=chứa hàng vào kho.

Spare parts=đồ phụ tùng thay thế.

Ms. Graham expressed concerns about aftersales service and support=bà Graham diễn tả sự quan tâm về dịch vụ sau khi giao hàng và dịch vụ hỗ trợ.

She was worried that we didn't have any warehouses in the United States=bà ấy lo ngại chúng tôi không có nhà kho nào ở Hoa Kỳ.

Cut 4

Eliz: Hello, I'm Elizabeth Moore. Welcome to Functioning in Business!

Larry: Functioning in Business is an intermediate level business English course with a focus on American business practices and culture. Today's unit is "At the Restaurant, Part 3." This program focuses on Conceding a Point.

MUSIC

Interview: Charles Blake

Larry: Interview Mr. Blake discusses his lunch meeting with Ms. Graham.

Eliz: On today's program I'll be talking with Charles Blake.

Eliz: Hello, Charles.

Blake: Hello.

Eliz: In your business lunch with Ms. Graham, she expressed concerns about aftersales service and support.

Blake: That's right. And she was worried that we didn't have any warehouses in the United States.

Eliz: Warehouses?

Blake: Yes, warehouses to provide spare parts for our industrial robots. You see, Ms. Graham already had a good working relationship with an American company...

Eliz: You mean United Industries, right?

Blake: That's right. And United Industries had warehouses in California. So she was nervous about doing business with a new company.

Eliz: Especially with a company based outside the United States.

Blake: Exactly.

Eliz: Well, let's listen to more of your conversation at the restaurant.

Blake: Good idea.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe lại mẩu đàm thoại trong đó bà Graham lo rằng công ty của Ông Blake không có kho chứa đồ phụ tùng thay thế ở gần xưởng bà. Ms. Graham is concerned that Mr. Blake's company does not have nearby warehouses for spare parts.

Ông Blake đề nghị bán phụ tùng thay thế thẳng cho xưởng của bà Graham. Nearby trong nearby warehouses ở câu trên là adjective, nhưng cũng có thể dùng là adverb.

Như: Mr. Blake's company does not have any warehouses nearby. Mr. Blake offers to sell spare parts directly to Ms. Graham's factory. [Ôn lại: to warehouse (verb)=chứa đồ trong kho.]

Your company has no facilities nearby, not even a warehouse for spare parts=công ty của ông không có cơ xưởng ở gần, ngay cả kho chứa phụ tùng thay thế cũng không có.

We can send you spare parts ahead of time=chúng tôi có thể gửi phụ tùng thay thế trước.

Ahead of time=trước khi cần.

We don't want to warehouse spare parts here=chúng tôi không muốn chứa phụ tùng ở đây.

It's just asking for trouble=như vậy gây thêm khó khăn.

And it also adds to our cost=và chứa sẵn phụ tùng lại tăng thêm phí tổn cho chúng tôi.

On the other hand=về mặt khác, ngược lại. Facilities=cơ xưởng, máy móc.

I see your point=tôi hiểu ý của bạn.

Cut 5

Dialog: Lunch meeting

Larry: Dialog

Larry: This conversation takes place at a restaurant in San Mateo, California.

Graham: As Mr. Epstein has told you, we have a good relationship with United Industries. And we know we can depend on them. On the other hand, your company has no facilities nearby, not even a warehouse for spare parts. That makes me very nervous.

Blake: I understand. As I told Mike, I'm sure we can work out a satisfactory arrangement. For example, we can send you spare parts ahead of time.

Graham: I appreciate that, Mr. Blake, but we don't want to warehouse spare parts here. It's just asking for trouble, and it also adds to our cost.

Blake: Yes, I see your point.

Epstein: Oh, here's our food. Why don't we take a break for a moment?

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, xin nghe rồi lập lại. Work out a satisfactory arrangement=tìm ra một cách dàn xếp ổn thoả.

Cut 6

Language Focus: Listen and Repeat:

Larry: Listen and Repeat.

Eliz: As Mr. Epstein has told you (pause for repeat)

Eliz: As Mr. Epstein has told you, we have a good relationship with United Industries. (pause for repeat)

Eliz: On the other hand (pause for repeat)

Eliz: On the other hand, your company has no facilities nearby. (pause for repeat)

Eliz: As I told Mike (pause for repeat)

Eliz: As I told Mike, I'm sure we can work out a satisfactory arrangement. (pause for repeat)

Eliz: I appreciate that (pause for repeat)

Eliz: I appreciate that, but we don't want to warehouse spare parts here. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới Elizabeth hỏi ông Blake về mối quan tâm của bà Graham. Raise the issue=nêu lên vấn đề.

On hand=có sẵn.

That way they could have spare parts on hand whenever they needed them=theo cách đó họ có sẵn phụ tùng thay thế bất cứ khi nào họ cần.

Local warehouses=kho chứa đồ ở ngay trong vùng.

Cut 7

Interview: Charles Blake

Larry: Interview

Eliz: I see that Ms. Graham raised the issue of spare parts.

Blake: That's right. Providing spare parts is an important part of aftersales service.

Eliz: And she was concerned that your company didn't have local warehouses for spare parts.

Blake: That's true, but I proposed that we send her additional spare parts. That way they could have spare parts on hand whenever they needed them. Eliz: I see.

Well, thank you for being with us again today.

Blake: It's been my pleasure.

Eliz: We'll be back with Culture Tips after a short break.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 87 trong chương trình Anh ngữ Sinh Động New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 88.

Đây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Động New Dynamic English bài 88. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Mở đầu bài học, quí vị luyện nghe hiểu bằng cách nghe một câu, rồi nghe một mẩu đàm thoại trong đó có câu trả lời; sau đó nghe lại câu hỏi, rồi trả lời. Depend on=trust, rely on=tin cậy ai. That makes me very nervous=điều đó làm tôi rất áy náy, lo ngại.

Cut 1

Language Focus: Questions Based on FIB Dialog

Larry: Questions. Listen to the question.

Eliz: Does International Robotics have a nearby warehouse for spare parts? (short pause)

Larry: Now listen to the dialog.

Graham: As Mr. Epstein has told you, we have a good relationship with United Industries.

And we know we can depend on them.

On the other hand, your company has no facilities nearby, not even a warehouse for spare parts.

That makes me very nervous.

Eliz: Does International Robotics have a nearby warehouse for spare parts? (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: Mr. Blake's company has no facilities nearby, not even a warehouse for spare parts.(short pause)

Larry: Listen to the question.

Eliz: Why doesn't Ms. Graham want to keep spare parts in her warehouse? (short pause)

Larry: Now listen to the dialog.

Blake: As I told Mike, I'm sure we can work out a satisfactory arrangement. For example, we can send you spare parts ahead of time.

Graham: I appreciate that, Mr. Blake, but we don't want to warehouse spare parts here. It's just asking for trouble, and it also adds to our cost.

Eliz: Why doesn't Ms. Graham want to keep spare parts in her warehouse? (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: She thinks it would cause trouble and add to her costs. (short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Culture Tips sắp tới, Larry chỉ cho ta cách thương lượng. This culture tip is about what to do at the beginning of a negotiation=phần mách giúp này nói về cách phải làm lúc đầu trong một cuộc thương lượng. Để ý đến cách đọc vần -ti : âm /sh/ trong to negotiate; a negotiator. Nhưng khi là danh từ thì vần -ti phát âm là /s/ trong negotiation.

Common ground=điểm tương đồng. Common ground is an interest which both of you share=điểm tương đồng là điều ích lợi mà cả hai cùng chia sẻ. [Nguyên nghĩa của chữ Ground=vùng đất, mặt đất].

Being honest will allow you to build long term relationships=Thành thật giúp bạn gây dựng được liên hệ dài hạn.

A high quality piece of equipment=một dụng cụïï trang bị có phẩm chất cao.

At all times=luôn luôn, lúc nào cũng. Probably the best advice I can give is to be honest at all times=có lẽ lời khuyên tốt nhất tôi có thể giúp là lúc nào cũng thành thậït.

Cut 2

Culture Tips: Beginning a Negotiation

Larry: Culture Tips

Eliz: Welcome once again to "Culture Tips" with Gary Engleton. Gary, our e mail question today is about beginning a negotiation. Our question is "Sometimes I have trouble starting negotiations with Americans." "What should I do?"

Gary: Well, the first important thing to do is to focus on common ground.

Eliz: Common ground?

Gary: Yes. Common ground is an interest which you both share. For example, you may want to buy a high quality piece of equipment from Company X. You want to buy it; they want to sell it. That's common ground.

Eliz: That is a good way to start.

Gary: The second thing is to be very honest about any problems you see.

For example, you may want to buy their product, but it may be too expensive.

First, you can say that they have an excellent product, and then state your problem about the price.

For example, you can say "There's no doubt that your product is excellent."

"However, the price is too high for us."

After you have stated your position clearly, you have to encourage the other side to state their position clearly too.

Probably the best advice I can give you is to be honest at all times.

Being honest will allow you to build long term relationships.

These relationships will help you in future negotiations.

Eliz: Thanks for the excellent advice, Gary!

Gary: My pleasure!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần thực tập sắp tới, quí vị nghe một câu nói, rồi tùy ý nghĩa trong bài học mà trả lời câu đó đúng hay sai, True or False.

Cut 3

Language Focus: True/False

Larry: True or False.

Larry: Listen. Is this statement true or false?

Eliz: In negotiations, you should focus on interests that you share. (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: True. If you can't find any common ground, there is nothing to negotiate. (pause)

Eliz: You shouldn't tell the other side about problems you see. (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: False. You should be very honest about problems.

Eliz: That way, you have a chance to solve the problems. (pause)

Eliz: Building long term relationships is an important part of most negotiations. (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: True. Long term relationships are important to success in business. (pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe một mẩu đàm thoại thương mại về cách nhượng một điểm, conceding a point.

To concede=nhường một điểm trong cuộc tranh luận.

A concession (danh tự)ïï=một sự nhượng bộ.

We're falling behind in our work=chúng ta trễ trong công việc của chúng ta.

Fall behind=trễ hạn.

A complaint=một điều khiếu nại, than phiền. Verb: to complain=than phiền.

Orders=hàng đã đặt mua.

Cut 4

Business Dialog: Conceding a Point

Larry: Business Dialog

Eliz: Let's listen to today's Business Dialog. Jennifer is trying to convince her boss, Joe, to buy new computers for the office.

Jennifer: The computers we have now are three years old!

They're so slow that we can't get any work done!

Joe: Jennifer, of course I understand your concerns, but....

Jennifer: Joe, they're more than concerns; these are big complaints! We can't get our work done because the computers are so slow!

Joe: Jennifer, there's no doubt in my mind that you are right, but we just don't have the money for new computers!

Jennifer: Joe, if we don't get some new computers soon, we'll lose business.

Joe: You have a good point, Jennifer, but.....

Jennifer: Joe, we're falling behind in our work. And our customers are not receiving their orders on time. (pause)

Joe: That is very serious.

I want to assure you that I understand what you have said.

Jennifer: But what are you going to do about it?

Joe: (Deep sigh) OK. I'll talk to the boss one more time.

Jennifer: Thanks, Joe. I knew you'd understand.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới ta nghe những cách nhượng bộ.

Cut 5

Focus on Functions: Conceding a Point

Larry: Focus on Functions: Conceding a Point

Eliz: Now let's focus on Conceding a Point.

Larry: Listen and Repeat.

Eliz: Of course I understand your concerns, but.... (pause for repeat)

Eliz: Of course I understand your concerns, but.... (pause for repeat)

Eliz: There's no doubt in my mind that you are right, but ... (pause for repeat)

Eliz: There's no doubt in my mind that you are right, but ... (pause for repeat)

Eliz: You have a good point, but..... (pause for repeat)

Eliz: You have a good point, but..... (pause for repeat)

Eliz: I want to assure you that I understand what you have said. (pause for repeat)

Eliz: I want to assure you that I understand what you have said. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Hãy nghe Larry chỉ cách nhượng bộ. Even though Joe is conceding a point, he follows each concession with the word "but"=Tuy Joe nhượng bộ một điểm, nhưng ông dùng chữ "nhưng" sau mỗi điểm nhượng bộ.

He lets Jennifer know that he understands her position, even if he can do nothing about it=Ông để cô Jennifer biết rằng ông hiểu lập trường của cô, tuy ông không giúp gì được.

I see your point=tôi hiểu lập trường (ý) của cô. You have a good point=Cô có một ý hay.

We'll lose business=chúng ta sẽ mất khách.

Focusing on understanding is a good strategy in negotiations=Chú trọng vào việc tìm hiểu lập trường của người khác là một cách tốt trong những cuộc thương lượng.

Cut 6

Gary's Tips: Conceding a Point

Larry: Gary's Tips.

UPBEAT MUSIC

Eliz: Now it's time for Gary's Tips with Gary Engleton!

Gary: Hello, Elizabeth! Today I'll be talking about conceding a point as part of a negotiation.

When you are in a negotiation, you want to establish common ground.

Often this means conceding some parts of the other side's position.

In today's Business Dialog, Joe recognizes that many of Jennifer's points are correct.

One expression he uses is "I understand your concerns."

Jennifer: The computers we have now are three years old! They're so slow that we can't get any work done!

Joe: Jennifer, of course I understand your concerns, but....

Gary: Joe also uses other expressions to make concessions, for example: "You have a good point."

Let's listen again.

Joe: Jennifer, there's no doubt in my mind that you are right, but we just don't have the money for new computers!

Jennifer: Joe, if we don't get some new computers soon, we'll lose business.

Joe: You have a good point, Jennifer, but.....

Jennifer: Joe, we're falling behind in our work. And our customers are not receiving their orders on time.

Gary: Even though Joe is conceding a point, he follows each concession with the word "but."

He lets Jennifer know that he understands her position, even if he can do nothing about it.

Focusing on understanding is a good strategy in negotiations. He says:

Joe: I want to assure you that I understand what you have said.

Gary: In Mr. Blake's conversation with Ms. Graham, Mr. Blake also shows that he understands Ms. Graham's position. First he uses the expression "I understand" when Ms. Grahams says she is nervous.

Graham: That makes me very nervous.

Blake: I understand.

Gary: Then he uses the expression "I see your point."

Graham: It's just asking for trouble, and it also adds to our cost.

Blake: Yes, I see your point.

Gary: Mr. Blake builds trust by showing that he understands Ms. Graham's concerns. And a sense of trust is essential to any negotiation. I hope today's tips were helpful! Thanks for joining us today for Gary's Tips.

Eliz: Thanks, Gary!

MUSIC

MUSIC

Eliz: Well, our time is up. Tune in again next time for Functioning in Business. See you then!

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 88 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Động, New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 89.

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English bài 89. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Trong bài học này quí vị sẽ gặp Ông Max và Cô Kathy là hai người phụ trách chương trình Anh ngữ Căn Bản nhằm giúp quí vị hiểu thêm về người Mỹ và Văn Hóa Mỹ. Chủ đề của bài học hôm nay là câu What's Your Favorite Food? Bạn thích món ăn nào nhất? Xin nghe mấy chữ khó sẽ gặp ở phần tới.

Meat=thịt

Fish=cá

Swordfish=tên loại cá biển có mũi dài và nhọn như lưỡi kiếm; cá mũi kiếm.

Beef=thịt bò; steak=thịt bò nướng

What do you like to eat? bạn thích ăn món gì?

This lesson focuses on likes and dislikes and on classifications=bài này chú trọng vào những điều mình thích hay không thích và các phân loại.

A vegetarian=người cữ ăn thịt, người ăn chay. A meat eater=người ăn thịt.

Xin nghe phần phỏng vấn Maria Alvarez trước, sau đó, xin nghe rồi lập lại theo nhịp.

CUT 1

Max (voice over): Hi, I'm Max.

Kathy (voice over): Hello. My name is Kathy.

Max and Kathy (voice over): Welcome to Dynamic English!

MUSIC up and then fade

Dynamic English is a basic English language course and an introduction to American people and culture.

Larry: Today's unit is What's Your Favorite Food?

Kathy and Max talk about their favorite foods. Max likes meat, and Kathy is a vegetarian.

MUSIC

Kathy: Hi, Max. What's up?

Max: Not much. How are you doing?

Kathy: Pretty good.

Max: Who's our guest today?

Kathy: Today's guest is Maria Alvarez.

Max: She manages a clothing store, doesn't she?

Kathy: That's right. In San Jose, California.

Max: And what's our topic for today?

Kathy: Today, we're going to talk about food.

Max: Food? Good. I like to talk about food.

Kathy: OK, Max, what's your favorite food? Max: I'm a meat eater. I like beef, especially steak. How about you, Kathy? What do you like to eat?

Kathy: Oh, I like fish, especially swordfish. Do you like fish, Max?

Max: No, I don't like fish very much.

Kathy: Well, let's take a short break, and then we'll talk with our guest.

MUSIC

Language Focus. Repeat with a Beat. What's your favorite food?

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Kathy: What's your favorite food? (pause for repeat)

Max: Beef. (pause for repeat)

Max: I like beef, especially steak. (pause for repeat)

Max: What's your favorite food? (pause for repeat)

Kathy: Fish. (pause for repeat)

Kathy: I like fish, especially swordfish. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, xin nghe đoạn Kathy hỏi Maria Alvarez xem cô thích món ăn nào nhất. Spaghetti=mì kiểu Ý có trộn sốt cà chua và thịt bầm, rắc phó mát.

Italian food=món ăn kiểu Ý.

Pizza=bánh mì mềm nướng lò kiểu Ý trên mặt có bầy thịt xúc xích thái mỏng, hay thịt bầm và phó mát.

Hamburger=món thịt bò nghiền nướng, kẹp giữa một cái bánh mì mềm tròn, gốc ở thành phố Hamburg bên Ðức

Mexican food=món ăn kiểu Mễ Tây Cơ

Enchilada=bánh đa cuộn nhân thịt hay phó mát; khi ăn chấm nước sốt cay (chili sauce).[Tiếng Spanish đọc âm d trong enchilada như âm th trong that]

Taco=bánh đa ngô ròn, cuộn nhân thịt hay phó mát.

Tamale=bánh ngô cuộn nhân thịt bầm, gói bằng áo ngô (corn husks) và hấp chín.

A cook=người nấu bếp; to cook=nấu nướng; rice cooker=nồi cơm điện.

I prefer my mother's cooking=tôi thích món ăn do mẹ tôi nấu.

CUT 2

Interview: Maria Alvarez: What kinds of food do you like?

Larry: Interview Maria talks about her favorite foods. Her favorite kind of food is Italian food.

Kathy: Now it's time for today's interview. Our guest today is Maria Alvarez.

Maria lives in San Jose, California. Hello, Maria.

Maria: Hello, Kathy. Nice to see you again.

Kathy: Today we're going to talk about food. Maria, do you like American food?

Maria: American food?

Kathy: Yes. Steak, hamburgers, and so on.

Maria: Well, I like American food, but it's not my favorite kind of food.

Kathy: What is your favorite kind of food?

Maria: Italian. I love Italian food.

Kathy: So you like spaghetti and pizza, right?

Maria: Oh, yes. I love pizza!

Kathy: How about Mexican food? Do you like Mexican food?

Maria: Yes, I do. My parents are both from Mexico. And they're both excellent cooks.

Kathy: What do they cook?

Maria: Oh, they cook all kinds of Mexican food: enchiladas, tacos, tamales.

Kathy: How about you? Do you cook Mexican food?

Maria: Sure... but I prefer my mother's cooking.

Kathy: Thank you, Maria. Our guest is Maria Alvarez. We'll talk more after our break. This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe và lập lại.

CUT 3

Language Focus. Listen with Music. She likes Mexican food.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: Does Maria like American food? (pause for repeat)

Max: Yes, she does, but it's not her favorite. (pause for repeat)

Max: What's her favorite kind of food? (pause for repeat)

Max: Her favorite kind of food is Italian food. (pause for repeat)

Max: What kinds of Italian food does she like? (pause for repeat)

Max: She likes spaghetti and pizza. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe điện thư, e mail. I often go to Chinese restaurants with my friends=tôi thường cùng bạn đi ăn cơm Tầu.

She likes Chinese food very much=cô ấy thích ăn cơm Tầu lắm.

Spicy=có nêm gia vị cay, như cà ri; hot=cay, như ớt.

Indian food is pretty hot=món ăn kiểu Ấn Ðộ khá cay.

CUT 4

E mail: Do you like Chinese food?

Larry: E mail

Kathy: Welcome back.

It's time to check our e mail. We have an e mail from Deborah in Michigan. Her question is: Do you like Chinese food?

Maria: Yes, I do. I like Chinese food very much.

I often go to Chinese restaurants with my friends. Kathy: What other kinds of food do you like?

Maria: I like Indian food.

Kathy: Indian food is pretty hot.

Maria: Do you mean, spicy hot?

Kathy: Yes. Spicy hot.

Maria: Oh, I like hot food.

Kathy: What kinds of food don't you like?

Maria: Well, I don't like Thai food.

Kathy: Why not?

Maria: Thai food is really hot! It's too hot for me!

Kathy: OK, Maria, thank you for being with us again.

Maria: My pleasure. Thanks for having me on your show.

Kathy: Let's take a short break.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe rồi trả lời khi nghe tiếng chuông.

Cut 5

Language Focus. Listen and answer.

Larry: Listen and answer. Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max: Does Maria like Chinese food? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: Yes, she does. (short pause)

Max: She likes Chinese food. (short pause)

Max: Does Maria like hot food? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: Yes, she does. (short pause)

Max: She likes hot food. (short pause)

Max: Does Maria like Thai food? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: No, she doesn't. (short pause)

Max: Thai food is too hot for her. (short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Ðàm Thoại Hằng Ngày, Phần 1, A Dinner Invitation, part 1 Mời đi ăn tối ta nghe mấy câu:

Mark invites his friend Debby to have dinner with him=Anh Mark mời bạn là cô Debby đi ăn tối với mình.

Debby likes Italian food, but Mark thinks it's too fattening=Debby thích ăn món ăn kiểu Ý, nhưng anh Mark cho là món ăn nhiều chất béo.

Student Union=toà nhà dùng làm nơi hội, có phòng cho các hoạt động và ăn uống của sinh viên trong khuôn viên đại học.

Xin nghe trước, sau đó nghe rồi lập lại.

Cut 6

Daily Dialogue: A Dinner Invitation: Part 1.

Larry: Daily Dialogue: A Dinner Invitation (Part 1)

Mark invites his friend Debby to have dinner with him. Debby likes Italian food, but he thinks it's too fattening.

Larry: Listen to the conversation.

Mark: Would you like to go out to dinner tonight? (short pause)

Debby: Sure. I'd love to, Mark! (short pause)

Mark: What kind of food do you like? (short pause)

Debby: Oh, I love Italian food! (short pause)

Mark: Uh, Italian food is too fattening. (short pause)

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Mark: Would you like to go out to dinner tonight? (pause for repeat)

Debby: Sure. I'd love to, Mark! (pause for repeat)

Mark: What kind of food do you like? (pause for repeat)

Debby: Oh, I love Italian food! (pause for repeat)

Mark: Uh, Italian food is too fattening. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Phần tới là phần Câu Ðố Trong Tuần, Question of the Week. Quí vị đã nghe ba câu này trong một bài trước. Bây giờ nghe lại câu hỏi và câu giải đáp.

Drive a car=lái xe;

start first grade=bắt đầu vào lớp 1 (sau khi học xong lớp mẫu giáo);

retire=về hưu. Most Americans retire when they are about sixty five=phần đông người Mỹ về hưu khi họ được gần 65 tuổi.

Some still work even when they are over 65=một số người vẫn làm việc dẫu đã quá 65 tuổi.

Cut 7

Question of the Week: answer

When do most people learn to drive a car? When do most children start first grade? When do most people retire?

Larry: Question of the Week!

Max: It's time to answer last week's question. The question was: When do they do it? Are you ready to play our game, Kathy?

Kathy: Yes, I am.

Max: OK. Question 1. In the United States, when do most people learn to drive a car?

Kathy: Could you please repeat the question?

Max: At what age do most Americans learn to drive a car?

Kathy: Let's see. I think... most people learn to drive a car when they are sixteen years old.

Max: That's right. Most Americans learn to drive when they are sixteen. OK. Here's your second question. In the United States, when do most children start first grade?

Kathy: Let me think. When do most children start first grade? Most children start first grade when they are five years old.

Max: Not quite. Most children start first grade when they are six years old. Question number 3. In the United States, when do most people retire?

Kathy: At what age do most people retire?

Max: Yes.

Kathy: Boy, that's hard to say. Some Americans retire when they are pretty young... fifty or fifty five years old. And other people still work when they are seventy or seventy five. But most Americans... I think most Americans retire when they are about sixty five years old.

Max: Yes, that's right. Most Americans retire when they are sixty five.

Max: You did very well.

Kathy: Thank you. I enjoyed it.

MUSIC

Larry: A Question for You

Max: Now here's a question for you.

Larry: Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max: What kinds of food do you like? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: Mmmm. Sounds good!

MUSIC

Kathy: Well, our time is up. So until next time... This is Kathy.

Max: And this is Max.

Kathy: Good luck in your English studies!

Kathy and Max: Good bye.

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English bài 89. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 90.

Ðây là chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English, bài 90; Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Trong phần Interlude, Câu chuyện giữa bài, ta nghe nói về một thi sĩ và nhà viết truyện bí ẩn người Mỹ tên là Edgar Allan Poe. Ông là tác giả bài thơ "The Raven," con quạ đen, trong đó ông tả sau khi người yêu là Lenore chết, người sinh viên, nhân vật trong bài thơ, vào một đêm tháng chạp ảm đạm, thấy một con quạ tới đậu ở cửa phòng.

Trong khi nhân vật trong bài thơ thương nhớ người yêu tên Lenore đã chết, con quạ đen chỉ đáp "Nevermore!" (không bao giờ còn nữa). [Lenore vần với nevermore]. Quí vị thấy chữ "Quoth", tiếng cổ có nghĩa là "said" nghĩa là "nói" hay "đáp", chỉ dùng ở ngôi thứ nhất và thứ ba. "Quoth the raven, "Nevermore." Con quạ đen đáp lại: "Không còn bao giờ (gặp lại Lenore) nữa."

Famous=nổi tiếng.

Mystery stories=truyện bí ẩn hay kinh dị.

Max talks about a movie that he saw.=Max nói về cuốn phim anh đã xem.

The movie was about the life of the American writer, Edgar Allan Poe=cuốn phim tả cuộc đời của nhà văn Mỹ Edgar Allan Poe, chết năm 40 tuổi, sinh năm 1809, chết năm 1849.

It's playing in Georgetown=phim đang chiếu ở khu Georgetown (ở Washington, D.C.)

CUT 1

Edgar Allan Poe

"The Raven"

sad, unhappy

I saw a movie.

It was called "Poe."

"Quoth the Raven: 'Nevermore!' "Con quạ đáp: 'Không còn nữa!'"

Larry: We're off the air.

Kathy: So, Max, did you have a good weekend?

Max: Yes, I did. I saw a movie.

Kathy: A movie? Which one?

Max: It was called "Poe."

Kathy: Poe? Edgar Allan Poe? The famous American writer?

Max: Yes.

Kathy: Oh, I love his poems. Especially "The Raven." "Quoth the Raven: 'Nevermore!'" And his stories! He wrote great stories! Mystery stories!

Is the movie about one of his stories?

Max: No, the movie isn't about his stories.

The movie is about Edgar Allan Poe himself. It's the story of his life.

Kathy: Really? Did you like it?

Max: Yes, it was great. But it was very sad.

Poe had a very unhappy life!

Kathy: Oh, I'd love to see it!

Max: It's playing in Georgetown.

Kathy: OK. I'll go this weekend!

Elizabeth enters

Kathy: Oh, hi Elizabeth. Have a good show!

Eliz: Thanks.

Larry: Alri i i ght. Quiet please, everyone. Cue Music...

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe đoạn Functioning in Business, Anh Ngữ Thương Mại, một chương trình Anh ngữ thương mại trung cấp chú trọng vào tập tục và văn hoá trong môi trường kinh doanh Mỹ.

Business lunch=bữa ăn trưa bàn công chuyện.

This program focuses on offering=chương trình này chú trọng vào những đề nghị đưa ra.

To offer=đề nghị, mời.

I offer him a drink=tôi mời ông ta uống; danh từ là offer, offering, số nhiều: offers, offerings=đề nghị đưa ra.

Ôn lại: Spare parts=phụ tùng thay thế.

Aftersales services=dịch vụ sau khi giao hàng như phụ tùng thay thế và bảo trì.

Issues=vấn đề cần thảo luận.

Xin nghe phần 2 của bài học.

Cut 2

Eliz: Hello, I'm Elizabeth Moore. Welcome to Functioning in Business!

Larry: Functioning in Business is an intermediate level business English course with a focus on American business practices and culture.

Today's unit is "A Business Lunch, Part 1." This program focuses on Offering.

[ We are following three people involved in business meetings and negotiations. They are Charles Blake, of International Robotics, Michael Epstein of Advanced Technologies, and Shirley Graham, also of Advanced Technologies].

MUSIC

Interview: Epstein

Larry: Interview

Eliz: Hello, Mr. Epstein.

Epstein: Hello, Elizabeth.

Eliz: Today we'll listen to more of your conversation with Mr. Blake.

Epstein: OK.

Eliz: Ms. Graham had concerns about doing business with Mr. Blake's company.

Epstein: That's right. She was concerned about spare parts and aftersales service. We talked about those issues.

Then when the food came, we stopped talking business for a while.

Eliz: When did you start talking about business again?

Epstein: At the end of the meal, after we had our coffee.

Eliz: OK. Let's listen to your conversation, just before you started talking about business again.

Epstein: OK.

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe một mẩu đàm thoại giữa ba người, Ông Epstein, Ông Blake, bà Graham khi họ đã ăn xong (at the end of their meal). Ông Epstein hỏi xem có ai muốn uống thêm cà phê không.

Well, that was a good meal=Chà, thật là một bữa ăn khá ngon.

Delicious=ngon miệng.

Waiter=người hầu bàn nam;

waitress=người hầu bàn nữ.

Cut 3

Dialog: FIB Dialog, A Business Lunch

Larry: Dialog

Mr. Epstein, Mr. Blake, and Ms. Graham are at the end of their meal. Mr. Epstein asks if anyone would like some more coffee.

Would anyone like some more coffee? Could we get another cup of coffee over here, please?

Epstein: Well, that was a pretty good meal.

Graham: Um, it was delicious.

Epstein: Would anyone like some more coffee? Shirley?

Graham: Not for me. No, thank you.

Blake: Yes. I'd like a little bit more please.

Epstein: Okay. There's the waiter.

Waiter, could we get another cup of coffee over here, please? Thank you.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Variations sắp tới, quí vị nghe và lập lại những cách nói khác nhau nhưng cùng một ý.

Thí dụ: like và care for đều có nghĩa là thích, muốn. Would anyone like some more coffee? Would anyone care for some more coffee? Có ai muốn uống thêm cà phê không?

Cut 4

Language Focus: Listen and Repeat: Variations

Larry: Variations. Listen to these variations..

Eliz: Would anyone like some more coffee?

Larry: Would anyone care for some more coffee? (pause)

Eliz: Not for me. No, thank you.

Larry: None for me, thanks. (pause)

Eliz: I'd like a little bit more, please.

Larry: I'll have some, please. (pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe một cuộc phỏng vấn ông Epstein. Ông Epstein nói về chuyện ông đóng vai người mời một số người ăn trưa.

Host=người chủ bữa tiệc (nam);

hostess (nữ).

The check=biên lai tính tiền.

Who paid the check?=ai trả tiền ăn?

On company account=trả bằng quĩ của công ty.

Make sure=lo sao cho tươm tất.

I made sure that everyone got what they wanted to eat and drink=tôi lo sao cho ai cũng có món ăn và đồ uống mình muốn.

>Nhận xét về Everyone gets what they want: Ai nấy nhận được món ăn mình muốn. Thường thì everyone ở số ít; đi theo sau bởi động từ ở ngôi thứ ba số ít [như, Everyone was happy=ai nấy đều vui mừng], hay đại danh từ ở số ít như he hay she, nhưng thay vì nói: Everyone gets what he or she wants, thì nay, để giản dị hơn, nhất là khi nói, người Mỹ dùng Everyone theo sau bởi they. Nghĩa là: khi viết, thay vì nói: Everyone gets what they want, ta có thể dùng: All get what they want; hay Everyone gets what he or she wants. Khi nói, ta có thể dùng they với everyone: Everyone gets what they want.

Cut 5

Interview: Epstein

Larry: Interview Mr. Epstein talks about being the host at the business lunch

a host

a (dinner) check

a company account

I made sure that everyone got what they wanted to eat and drink.

Eliz: You were the host at this lunch, weren't you?

Epstein: Yes, that right. I invited Mr. Blake to lunch, and I was the host. I made sure that everyone got what they wanted to eat and drink.

Eliz: Who paid the check?

Epstein: I did. On the company account, of course.

Eliz: I see. Thanks again for being with us.

Epstein: Again it's been my pleasure.

Eliz: Let's take a break.

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần đàm thoại sắp tới, quí vị nghe một câu hỏi rồi nghe một mẩu đàm thoại trong đó có câu trả lời. Xin lập lại câu trả lời đúng.

Cut 6

Language Focus: Questions Based on FIB Dialog

Larry: Questions. Listen to the question.

Eliz: Did Ms. Graham enjoy the meal? (short pause)

Larry: Now listen to the dialog.

Epstein: Well, that was a pretty good meal.

Graham: Um, it was delicious.

Eliz: Did Ms. Graham enjoy the meal? (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: Yes, she did. She thought it was delicious. (short pause)

Larry: Listen to the question. Eliz: Who wants more coffee? (short pause)

Larry: Now listen to the dialog.

Epstein: Would anyone like some more coffee? Shirley?

Graham: Not for me. No, thank you.

Blake: Yes. I'd like a little bit more please.

Epstein: Okay. There's the waiter. Waiter, could we get another cup of coffee over here, please?

Eliz: Who wants more coffee? (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: Mr. Blake would like another cup of coffee. (short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 90 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 91.

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English bài 91; Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Mở đầu bài học quí vị nghe phần Mách Giúp Văn Hoá Culture Tip, trong đó Ông Gary Engleton bàn về chuyện ai trả tiền sau bữa ăn và cách gọi món ăn.

Alcohol=rượu.

Beer=bia,

wine=rượu vang.

Moderation=sự vừa phải, chừng mực.

Should I order the same thing that the host orders? =Tôi có nên gọi cùng một món người chủ bữa ăn gọi không?

It would make a very bad impression if you couldn't talk clearly=nếu bạn không nói minh bạch được (thí dụ như vì uống nhiều rượu) thì sẽ gây ấn tượng rất xấu.

You order whatever you like=bạn gọi bất cứ món gì bạn thích.

Business lunch is for business=bữa ăn trưa bàn công việc là để bàn công việc.

Look to the host for guidelines=hãy nhờ người chủ bữa tiệc chỉ dẫn tổng quát.

Look to somebody for something=rely on somebody for something.=nhờ ai chuyện gì.

What do you recommend?=bạn đề nghị món gì?

Generally, the host pays for the meal.=thông thường thì người chủ đứng ra mời trả tiền bữa ăn.

Make an individual choice=chọn riêng cho mình. Each person makes an individual choice=ai nấy chọn món mình thích.

CUT 1

Culture Tips: Ordering and Hosting at Restaurants

Larry: Culture Tips

This Culture Tip talks about who pays for a meal and how to order.

Should I order the same thing that the host orders?

It would make a very bad impression if you couldn't talk clearly.

Eliz: Welcome once again to "Culture Tips" with Gary Engleton. Today's e mail question is about American business lunches.

The question is: "When I'm invited to a business lunch by an American, who pays for the meal?"

Gary: Generally, the host pays for the meal.

Eliz: Uh huh. And how do you know who is the host?

Gary: The host is the person who organized the lunch and who invited the people.

Eliz: Our second question today is: "At a business lunch, how do I know what to order?"

Gary: Usually you can order whatever you like.

A good host will make sure that everyone gets what they want to eat and drink.

Eliz: Should I order the same thing that the host orders?

Gary: Only if you want to!

Usually each person makes an individual choice. As we said earlier, Americans like to have individual choices.

Eliz: What about ordering a glass of beer or wine? Is it OK to order alcohol?

Gary: If you want to drink beer or wine with your meal, that's usually OK. Especially if your host is also having beer or wine. However, a business lunch is for business. Moderation is important.

Eliz: Moderation? You mean don't eat or drink too much?

Gary: Exactly! If you eat a big meal or drink a lot of alcohol, you might not be able to do business.

It would make a very bad impression if you couldn't talk clearly.

Eliz: Or if you fell asleep!

Gary: That's certainly true! Generally, look to the host for guidelines. And if you're not sure what to eat or drink, it's OK to say, "What do you recommend?"

Eliz: Thanks Gary! This has been very helpful.

Gary: My pleasure.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe một câu, rồi căn cứ vào nghĩa trong phần trước bài mà trả lời Ðúng hay Sai, True or False.

Cut 2

Language Focus: True/False

Larry: True or False.

Larry: Listen. Is this statement true or false?

Eliz: At a business lunch, Americans eat what the host eats. (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: False. Americans eat whatever they want to eat. (pause)

Eliz: You should never drink alcohol at a business lunch. (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: False. A glass of beer or wine is usually OK, especially if your host is having some too.(pause)

Eliz: If you are invited to a business lunch, the person who invited you should pay for the meal. (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: True. The host should pay.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần đàm thoại sắp tới, Helen mời hai người trong số thân chủ thân nhất là Sam và Rose đi ăn trưa và bàn công chuyện. Helen has invited two of her best clients, Sam and Rose, to a business lunch.

Client=thân chủ.

Main course=món ăn chính.

Nhân xét: Ở Mỹ "entrée" hay "entree" là món ăn chính của bữa ăn; nhưng ở một số xứ khác, Pháp chẳng hạn, "entrée" chỉ món ăn dọn trước món ăn chính.

["Hors d'oeuvre"=appertizer, món ăn đầu bữa, trước món ăn chính, ta gọi là món khai vị, món ăn chơi.]

I'm absolutely stuffed=tôi ăn no lắm.

To stuff=eat too much=ăn no quá.

You talked me into it! Bạn thuyết phục tôi rồi (tôi nghe bạn mà nhận lời ăn bánh ngọt). You persuaded me to accept the offer.

Cut 3

Business Dialog

Larry: Business Dialog

Helen has invited two of her best clients to a business lunch. They have finished the main course.

I'm absolutely stuffed! Tôi no lắm rồi!

The chocolate cake looks delicious. Cái bánh sô cô la trông ngon quá.

Would you like something to drink? Bạn có muốn uống gì không?

Eliz: Let's listen to today's Business Dialog. Helen has invited two of her best clients to a business lunch. They have finished the main course.

Helen: Would anyone like dessert?

Sam: None for me, thanks! I'm absolutely stuffed! That fish was delicious.

Rose: Yes, the food was excellent, especially the chicken!

Helen: I'm glad to hear it! Rose, would you like some dessert?

Rose: Well, I don't know... I don't think so.

Helen: Are you sure? The chocolate cake looks delicious; it has a raspberry sauce!

Rose: Well, OK, you talked me into it!

Helen: Good! I'll have some too. Sam, would you like something to drink?

Sam: Well, I have to do some work this afternoon, so I'll just have some coffee.

Helen: Rose?

Rose: Hot tea, please.

Helen: OK. I'll call the waiter over.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, chú trọng vào cách dùng chữ, ta nghe những câu mời, và cách trả lời. Xin nghe rồi lập lại.

Cut 4

Focus on Functions: Offers

Larry: Focus on Functions: Offers

Eliz: Now let's focus on Offers.

Larry: Listen and Repeat.

Eliz: Would anyone like dessert? (pause for repeat)

Larry: None for me, thanks! (pause for repeat)

Eliz: Would you like some dessert? (pause for repeat)

Larry: Well, I don't think so. (pause for repeat)

Eliz: Are you sure? The chocolate cake looks delicious. (pause for repeat)

Larry: Well, OK, you talked me into it! (pause for repeat

) Eliz: Would you like something to drink? (pause for repeat)

Larry: Yes, I'll have some coffee. (pause for repeat)

Eliz: Rose? (pause for repeat)

Larry: Hot tea, please. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Mách Giúp Văn Hoá Gary sẽ chỉ cho ta cách mời và nhận lời mời hay đề nghị How to make and accept offers.

Would anyone like dessert? Có ai muốn ăn tráng miệng không?

Hay: Dessert, anyone? Not for me, none for me=tôi không muốn.

In the United States, when someone refuses something, it may not be offered again. Ở Hoa Kỳ, khi ai đã từ chối lời mời món gì, thì người ta không mời lại lần nữa.

Raspberry sauce=nước sốt làm bằng trái raspberry, để đổ lên trên bánh ngọt; trái raspberry còn gọi là trái framboise, hay phúc bồn tử hay còn gọi là quả mâm xôi. Raspberry là thứ quả nhỏ mọng như trái dâu, mầu hồng hay đỏ hay đen.

You talked me into it! Nghe bạn thuyết phục, tôi mới nhận lời.

To talk into=to persuade someone to do something, thuyết phục ai làm gì. [Trái nghĩa:: To talk out of=to dissuade someone from doing something=khuyên ai bỏ làm chuyện gì]

Cut 5

Gary's Tips:

Larry: Gary's Tips.

Eliz: Now it's time for Gary's Tips with Gary Engleton!

Gary: Hello, Elizabeth! Today I'll be talking about how to make and accept offers. In our Business Dialog, Helen is hosting a meal for two of her clients, Sam and Rose. At the end of the main course, Helen asks if anyone wants dessert. In making this offer, she uses the polite form "Would anyone like dessert?"

Helen: Would anyone like dessert?

Sam: None for me, thanks! I'm absolutely stuffed!

Gary: Sam refuses, saying "None for me, thanks." Another way to refuse an offer is to say "No, thank you." Shirley Graham uses this expression when Mr. Epstein offers her more coffee:

Epstein: Would anyone like some more coffee? Shirley?

Graham: Not for me. No, thank you.

Gary: In the United States, when someone refuses something, it may not be offered again. So if you want something, it is a good idea to accept an offer the first time. For example, Mr. Blake accepts Mr. Epstein's offer to have more coffee:

Blake: Yes. I'd like a little bit more please.

Eliz: What if someone refuses your offer, but you think they really want it?

Gary: That's a good question. Sometimes people refuse an offer, but they use weak language. They say "I think not" or "Maybe not." Then it is a good idea to offer again. For example, in the Business Dialog, at first Rose does not accept Helen's offer to have dessert. But Rose doesn't sound very sure.

So Helen offers again by asking, "Are you sure?" and talking about one of the desserts.

Helen: Rose, would you like some dessert?

Rose: Well, I don't know... I don't think so.

Helen: Are you sure? The chocolate cake looks delicious; it has a raspberry sauce!

Rose: Well, OK, you talked me into it!

Helen: Good! I'll have some too.

Gary: So Rose accepts Helen's second offer and she decides to have dessert. (pause)

Gary: Offers usually use the polite form "Would," as in "Would anyone like some more coffee?" In less formal situations, there are other expressions you can use to make offers. For example, you can say "More coffee, anyone?" or "How about some more coffee?" I hope today's tips were helpful! Thanks for joining us today for Gary's Tips. We'll see you again next time!

Eliz: Thanks Gary!

MUSIC

Eliz: Well, our time is up. Tune in again next time for Functioning in Business. See you then!

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 91 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 92.

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English, bài 92; Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Chủ đề của bài học hôm nay là câu Do You Like Baseball? Bạn có thích môn dã cầu (bóng chày) không?

This lesson focuses on sports and ability=bài học này chú trọng vào những môn thể thao và khả năng. Baseball is my favorite sport=tôi thích dã cầu nhất.

Sports=các môn thể thao.

A baseball fan=người hâm mộ bóng chày.

I'm a big baseball fan.=Tôi là người rất hâm mộ bóng chày.

American football=bóng bầu dục kiểu Mỹ.

Soccer=túc cầu, bóng tròn. I prefer American football=tôi thích bóng bầu dục Mỹ hơn.

Cut 1

Max: Hi, I'm Max.

Kathy: Hello. My name is Kathy.

Max and Kathy: Welcome to New Dynamic English!

Dynamic English is a basic English language course and an introduction to American people and culture.

Larry: Today's unit is Do You Like Baseball? This lesson focuses on sports and on ability. Max and Kathy talk about their favorite sports. Kathy likes baseball, but Max prefers American football.

MUSIC

Max: Hi, Kathy. How are you?

Kathy: Fine, thanks. And you?

Max: I'm OK. Who's our guest today?

Kathy: Today's guest is John Harris.

Max: I remember John. He's Bob Harris's son, isn't he?

Kathy: That's right.

Max: And what's our topic today?

Kathy: Today we're going to talk about sports.

Max: I know you're a big baseball fan, Kathy.

Kathy: That's right. Baseball is my favorite sport. What about you? Do you like baseball?

Max: Not very much. I prefer football.

Kathy: Do you mean American football?

Max: That's right. I mean American football, not soccer.

Kathy: Do you play football?

Max: Play it? No. I only watch it on television.

Kathy: Well, let's take a short break and then we'll be back with our guest, John Harris.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới quí vị nghe và lập lại mỗi câu.

Cut 2

Language Focus. Phrasal repetition.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: My favorite sport is football. (pause for repeat)

Max: I like to watch football on TV. (pause for repeat)

Kathy: Do you mean American football? (pause for repeat)

Max: Yes, I mean American football. (pause for repeat)

Max: I like to watch American football on TV. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, Kathy phỏng vấn John Harris, một hoc sinh trung học tập thể dục thẩm mỹ về nhẩy xà ngang và xà kép, a gymnast.

Gymnastics=môn nhẩy xà ngang (horizontal bar) hay xà kép (parallel bars) hay nhẩy qua ngựa gỗ (vault) và lộn trên thảm (floor).

Basketball=bóng rổ.

It's too slow for me=môn chơi đó, tôi cho là quá chậm.

I like more action=tôi thích hoạt động nhiều hơn.

John talks about his favorite sports=John nói về những môn thể thao anh thích.

Cut 3

Interview: John Harris. Do you like baseball?

Larry: Interview

John talks about his favorite sports. He likes gymnastics and basketball, but he doesn't like baseball very much.

Kathy: Now it's time for today's interview. Our guest today is John Harris. John is a high school student. Hi, John.

John: Hi, Kathy.

Kathy: Today we're talking about sports. Your favorite sport is gymnastics, isn't it?

John: Yes, it is. I love gymnastics. I practice every day at school.

Kathy: Do you like any other sports?

John: Well, I like basketball.

I play basketball with my friends.

Kathy: How about baseball?

John: I play baseball sometimes, but I don't like it very much.

Kathy: Oh, why not?

John: It's too slow for me. I like more action.

Kathy: Thank you, John.

Our guest is John Harris. We'll talk more after our break. This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe rồi lập lại theo nhịp.

Cut 4

Language Focus. Listen with Music.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: John plays basketball. (pause for repeat)

Max: Does he like to play basketball? (pause for repeat)

Max: Yes, he does. (pause for repeat)

Max: He likes to play basketball. (pause for repeat)

Max: John plays baseball sometimes. (pause for repeat)

Max: Does he like to play baseball? (pause for repeat)

Max: No, he doesn't. (pause for repeat)

Max: He doesn't like to play baseball. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, Kathy hỏi chuyện John Harris.

Tennis=môn quần vợt.

Win/won/won=thắng.

Which team won? =Ðội nào thắng?

To beat/beat/beaten.= đánh bại, đánh ai thua.

She usually beats me at tennis=cô ấy thường thắng tôi khi chơi quần vợt.

His sister, Collette, is a good tennis player=em gái anh John là Collette chơi quần vợt giỏi.

Cut 5

Interview 2: John Harris. Do you play tennis?

Larry: Interview John sometimes plays tennis with his sister Collette. She's a pretty good tennis player.

Do you play tennis?

I play a little, but I'm not very good.

Does she usually win when you play?

She usually beats me.

Kathy: Our guest today is John Harris. We're talking about sports. How about tennis, John? Do you play tennis?

John: I play a little, but I'm not very good. Sometimes I play tennis with my sister, Collette.

Kathy: How good is she?

John: She's pretty good.

Kathy: Does she usually win when you play?

John: Yes, she does. She usually beats me.

Kathy: Our guest is John Harris. We'll talk more after our break. This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, xin nghe rồi lập lại.

Cut 6

Language Focus. Listen with a Beat.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: John plays tennis. (pause for repeat)

Max: How good is he (pause for repeat)

Max: He's not very good. (pause for repeat)

Max: Collette plays tennis. (pause for repeat)

Max: How good is she? (pause for repeat)

Max: She's pretty good. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, xin nghe và lập lại.

Cut 7

Telephone: Do you play golf?

Larry: Telephone. John talks about golf. He doesn't know how to play golf and he doesn't like to watch it on TV.

I don't know how to play golf=Tôi không biết chơi gôn.

[sau know dùng how to]

Do you ever watch golf on TV?= Bạn có bao giờ xem đánh gôn trên vô tuyến truyền hình không?

I think it's boring=Tôi nghĩ môn chơi đó tẻ nhạt.

Kathy: We're back with John Harris. Now let's go to our phones. Hello. You're on the air with New Dynamic English.

Winston: Hello. My name is Winston. I'm calling from Portland, Oregon. John, do you play golf?

John: No, I don't. I don't know how to play golf.

Winston: Do you ever watch golf on TV?

John: No, I don't. I think it's boring. I don't like to watch sports on television.

Winston: Thank you.

Kathy: Thank you for calling, Winston. John, thank you for being our guest today.

John: You're very welcome.

Kathy: Let's take a short break.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, xin nghe và trả lời.

Cut 8

Language Focus. Listen and answer.

Larry: Listen and answer. Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max: Does John know how to play basketball? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: Yes, he does. (short pause)

Max: He knows how to play basketball. (short pause)

Max: Does John know how to play golf? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: No, he doesn't. (short pause)

Max: He doesn't know how to play golf. (short pause)

Max: Does John ever watch golf on television? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: No, he doesn't. (short pause)

Max: He doesn't like to watch sports on television. (short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới Mark mời Debby đi ăn tối. Debby doesn't like hot food=Debby không thích ăn món ăn cay.

Mark's a vegetarian.=Mark ăn chay.

He doesn't eat meat=Mark không ăn thịt.

Debby thích món ăn kiểu Ý, còn Mark lại cho món ăn nấu kiểu Ý nhiều chất béo (fattening). Debby likes Italian food, but Mark thinks it's too fattening.

Debby doesn't like Thai food. It's too hot for her.= Debby không thích món ăn Thái Lan; cô ấy cho là món ăn Thái cay quá đối với cô.

Xin nghe trước rồi lập lại sau:

Cut 9

Daily Dialogue: A Dinner Invitation: Part 2.

Larry: Daily Dialogue: A Dinner Invitation (Part 2) Mark invites his friend Debby to have dinner with him. Thai food is too hot for Debby and Mark doesn't eat meat.

a vegetarian=người ăn chay.

Larry: Listen to the conversation.

Mark: Would you like to go out to dinner tonight? (short pause)

Debby: Sure. I'd love to, Mark! (short pause)

Mark: What kind of food do you like? (short pause)

Debby: Oh, I love Italian food! (short pause)

Mark: Uh, Italian food is too fattening. (short pause)

Mark: How about Thai food? (short pause)

Debby: I'm sorry, but Thai food is too hot for me. (short pause)

Debby: Do you like steak? (short pause)

Debby: I know a great steak restaurant! (short pause)

Mark: Uh, I don't eat meat. (short pause)

Mark: I'm a vegetarian. (short pause)

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Mark: How about Thai food?

(pause for repeat)

Debby: I'm sorry, but Thai food is too hot for me. (pause for repeat)

Debby: Do you like steak? (pause for repeat)

Debby: I know a great steak restaurant! (pause for repeat)

Mark: Uh, I don't eat meat. (pause for repeat)

Mark: I'm a vegetarian. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 92 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 93.

Ðây là chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English, bài 93. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả.

Mở đầu bài học, trong phần Man on the Street, bên ngoài sở thú, Ken Moss phỏng vấn một bà dẫn hai con đi chơi ở sở thú ở Washington.

A zoo=sở thú; a rabbit=con thỏ; a lion=sư tử; a tiger=hổ.

What are their favorite animals?=chúng thích những con vật nào nhất?

She likes the bears best, especially the polar bears=Cháu nó thích những con gấu nhất, nhất là thứ gấu trắng sống ở bắc cực.

Karen wants to have a pet monkey=Karen thích nuôi một con khỉ làm vật cưng.

Monkey House=chuồng khỉ.

Cut 1

Man on the Street: Woman and Two Children at Zoo

Larry: Man on the Street

Kent is at the Washington Zoo. He is talking to a woman with two daughters.

Kent: This is the New Dynamic English Man on the Street, Kent Moss. Today I'm at the Washington Zoo. Excuse me?

Linda: Oh, hello.

Kent: Would you like to be on our radio show?

Linda: Sure. That sounds like fun.

Kent: Are these your children?

Linda: Yes. This is Dana. She's three years old. And this is her sister Karen. Karen is six. And my name is Linda.

Kent: Nice to meet you, Linda. I'm Kent. Are you having a good time today?

Linda: Oh, yes. Dana and Karen love the zoo!

Kent: What are their favorite animals?

Linda: Well, Dana likes the smaller animals. She likes the rabbits best.

Kent: What about Karen?

Linda: Karen prefers the larger animals. For example, the lions and the tigers.

But she likes the bears best, especially the polar bears.

Kent: What about the monkeys? Do they like the monkeys?

Linda: Oh, they both love the monkeys. Karen wants to have a pet monkey. And Dana wants to be a monkey!

Kent: Well, I hope you all have a good time today! Where are you going now?

Linda: We're going to the Monkey House.

Kent: Well, have fun. And thanks!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Câu Chuyện Giữa Bài, Story Interlude, Larry sắp mở một buổi tiệc tối quyên tiền gây quĩ cho Bịnh viện Nhi Ðồng.

A fundraising dinner.=bữa tiệc tối gây quĩ.

To raise=nâng lên. To raise funds (for) =quyên, gây thêm quĩ (cho).

To raise prices=tăng giá.

To raise a question=nêu lên một câu hỏi, hay vấn đề.

A hospital=bịnh viện.

You're dressed up today=hôm nay bạn diện quá.

You're wearing a suit and a tie=bạn mặc đồ bộ com lê và có thắt ca vát.

This is the hospital's hundredth anniversary=đó là dịp kỷ niệm của bịnh viện năm thứ một trăm. Anniversary=lễ kỷ niệm hàng năm (như ngày cưới, ngày khánh thành, ngày mất của một nhân vật)

Take care of=săn sóc. Children's Hospital=bịnh viện nhi đồng.

The Children's Hospital takes care of many kinds of sick children=Bịnh Viện Nhi Ðồng săn sóc nhiều loại trẻ em bị bịnh.

Cut 2

Story Interlude

Larry is going to a fundraising dinner. The dinner is raising money for Washington Children's Hospital.

Larry: Okay, folks, that's it.

Max: Thanks, Larry.

Kathy: Say, Larry, you're dressed up today. You're wearing a suit and a tie. Is there a special reason?

Larry: Well, I'm going to a special dinner with my wife. Everyone at the dinner will give some money to Children's Hospital.

Kathy: Oh, I've heard about that hospital.

Larry: Yes, it's the oldest hospital for children in Washington.

They take care of many kinds of sick children.

Max: Has the Children's Hospital been open for a long time?

Larry: Yes, it's been open for a hundred years!

This year is the hospital's hundredth anniversary.

Kathy: One hundred years!

That's a long time.

Larry: Yes. That's why we want to help them.

Kathy: Oh, hi Elizabeth. Larry's going to a big dinner tonight!

Eliz: Have a great time, Larry.

Larry: Thanks, I will. Oh, it's time for our show.

Alri i i ght. Ready for Functioning in Business. Cue Music...

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Functioning in Business, Thương Mại Trung Cấp, ta nghe một mẩu đàm thoại giữa Ông Epstein, Ông Blake và bà Graham khi họ dự một bữa ăn trưa bàn công chuyện kinh doanh.

This program focuses on Confirming and on Asking for Permission=chương trình chú trọng vào việc hỏi lại cho chắc và xin phép.

Quickly enough=đủ nhanh, kịp thời

Cut 3

FIB MUSIC lead in and then background

Eliz: Hello, I'm Elizabeth Moore. Welcome to Functioning in Business!

Larry: Functioning in Business is an intermediate level business English course with a focus on American business practices and culture.

Today's unit is "A Business Lunch, Part 2."

This program focuses on Confirming and on Asking for Permission.

Functioning in Business is an intermediate level business English course with a focus on American business practices and culture.

[ We are following three people involved in business meetings and negotiations.

They are Charles Blake, of International Robotics, Michael Epstein of Advanced Technologies, and Shirley Graham, also of Advanced Technologies.

This program focuses on Confirming and on Asking for Permission].

MUSIC

Interview: Blake

Larry: Interview

Eliz: On today's program I'll be talking with Charles Blake.

Eliz: Hello, Mr. Blake.

Blake: Hello, Elizabeth.

Eliz: Today we'll listen to more of your conversation with Ms. Graham.

Blake: Yes.

Eliz: We'll begin where Mr. Epstein asks if anyone wants more coffee.

Blake: Then we began talking business.

Eliz: Right. Let's listen.

Dialog

Larry: Dialog

After dinner, Mr. Blake summarizes his understanding of Ms. Graham's position. Sau bữa ăn, ông Blake tóm lược điều mình hiểu về lập trường của bà Graham. [to summarize=tóm tắt;a summary=bản tóm tắt]

Her basic problem is that International Robotics cannot provide adequate maintenance or spare parts quickly enough. Vấn đề căn bản của bà là hãng International Robotics không thể cung cấp đầy đủ việc bảo trì hay phụ tùng thay thế kịp thời.

Let me see if I understand you correctly on this. Ðể xem tôi có hiểu đúng lời bà nói về điểm này không.

Epstein: Would anyone like some more coffee? Shirley?

Graham: Not for me. No, thank you.

Blake: Yes. I'd like a little bit more please.

Epstein: Okay. There's the waiter. Waiter, could we get another cup of coffee over here, please? Thank you.

Blake: Okay. Ms. Graham, let me see if I understand you correctly on this. Now, your basic problem is that we at International Robotics cannot provide adequate maintenance or spare parts quickly enough.

Graham: Yes. That's right. That's my main concern.

Blake: Okay.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe và tập nói hai câu dài vừa nghe ở đoạn trên.

Cut 4

Language Focus: Listen and Repeat

Larry: Listen and Repeat.

Eliz: Let me see (pause for repeat)

Eliz: if I understand you (pause for repeat)

Eliz: correctly on this. (pause for repeat)

Larry: Let's listen again.

Eliz: Let me see ... if I understand you ... correctly on this. (pause for repeat)

Larry: Listen and Repeat.

Eliz: Your basic problem (pause for repeat)

Eliz: is that we at International Robotics (pause for repeat)

Eliz: cannot provide adequate maintenance or spare parts (pause for repeat)

Eliz: quickly enough. (pause for repeat)

Larry: Let's listen again.

Eliz: Your basic problem ... is that we at International Robotics ... cannot provide adequate maintenance or spare parts ... quickly enough. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần phỏng vấn sắp tới, Elizabeth hỏi Ông Blake về mối quan tâm của bà Graham.

Ôn lại chữ đã học: Aftersales service=dịch vụ sau khi giao hàng.

Additional cost=phí tổn thêm.

Problem of storage=vấn đề chỗ chứa đồ trong kho.

Ms. Graham was worried about the additional cost and the problem of storage.=Bà Graham lo ngại về phí tổn thêm và vấn đề chỗ chứa đồ trong kho.

Cut 5

Interview: Blake

Larry: Interview

Eliz: So she's still concerned about the problem of aftersales service.

Blake: Yes, that right.

Ms. Graham was concerned about how quickly we could provide maintenance and spare parts.

Eliz: Earlier you suggested that your company could send additional spare parts to Ms. Graham.

Blake: Yes, but she didn't seem to like that idea very much. She was worried about the additional cost and the problem of storage.

Eliz: I see.

Blake: It's been my pleasure.

Eliz: Let's take a break.

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần cuối bài học, quí vị nghe một câu hỏi, rồi nghe một mẩu đàm thoại trong đó có câu trả lời; sau đó nghe lại câu hỏi rồi trả lời. Khi nghe câu trả lời đúng, xin lập lại.

Quí vị sẽ nghe câu: Who is responsible for providing spare parts? =Ai chịu trách nhiệm cung cấp phụ tùng thay thế?

To be responsible for=chịu trách nhiệm.

In Ms. Graham's opinion, Mr. Blake's company is responsible for providing spare parts.=Theo ý bà Graham, thì hãng của Ông Blake chịu trách nhiệm cung cấp phụ tùng thay thế.

Cut 6

Language Focus: Questions Based on FIB Dialog

Larry: Questions. Listen to the question.

Eliz: In Ms. Graham's opinion, who is responsible for providing spare parts? (short pause)

Larry: Now listen to the dialog.

Blake: Okay. Ms. Graham, let me see if I understand you correctly on this. Now, your basic problem is that we at International Robotics cannot provide adequate maintenance or spare parts quickly enough. Graham: Yes. That's right. That's my main concern.

Blake: Okay.

Eliz: In Ms. Graham's opinion, who is responsible for providing spare parts? (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: Mr. Blake's company, International Robotics, is responsible for providing spare parts.(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 93 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 94.

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English, bài 94. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Mở đầu bài học, Gary Engleton mách cho ta biết, hiện nay, ở nhiều tỉnh ở Mỹ, như San Francisco, có luật cấm hút thuốc lá trong sở hay trong khách sạn, hay nhà hàng. But Americans smoke less than people in most other countries.=Nhưng người Mỹ hút thuốc lá ít hơn phần lớn người các xứ khác.

Smoke=hút thuốc lá;

smoking=sự hút thuốc lá.

No smoking=cấm hút thuốc.

A public place=nơi công cộng

I like to have a cigarette after dinner=tôi muốn hút một điếu thuốc lá sau bữa ăn tối.

In many American cities it is illegal to smoke in a restaurant=ở nhiều thành phố ở Mỹ , hút thuốc lá trong nhà hàng (tiệm ăn) là trái luật.

Law=luật;

Legal=hợp pháp;

illegal=trái luật, against the law.

It depends on the local laws and customs=tùy luật địa phương và tập tục.

Nobody=không có ai; nobody dùng vói động từ ở ngôi thứ ba số ít.

I went to a business lunch in America recently and nobody was smoking=mới đây tôi dự một bữa ăn trưa bàn công chuyện ở Mỹ và không có ai hút thuốc lá.

Most big corporations have special places for smoking=phần lớn các công ty lớn dành chỗ riêng để hút thuốc.

And some companies don't allow it at all=và một số công ty thì lại không cho phép hút thuốc.

Whatever you do, don't light a cigarette before you know the rules=dù bạn làm gì chăng nữa, đừng châm thuốc trước khi biết những luật lệ.

You should ask someone who lives or works there=Bạn nên hỏi người sống ở đó hay làm việc ở đó.

To light, lit, lit (hay lighted)=châm thuốc, châm nến.

A lighted (hay "lit") cigaret

te=điếu thuốc đang cháy.

To light a bonfire=đốt lửa.

A lighter=bật lửa.

If you are caught with a lighted (lit) cigarette in an elevator, you may be fined $25. Nếu bạn bị bắt đang cầm một điếu thuốc đang cháy trong thang máy, bạn có thể bị phạt 25 Mỹ kim.

It is illegal to smoke on an airplane.=hút thuốc trên máy bay lá trái luật.

Cut 1

Culture Tips: Smoking

Larry: Culture Tips: Smoking This Culture Tip discusses smoking in the United States.

Eliz: Welcome once again to "Culture Tips" with Gary Engleton. Gary: Welcome, everybody! Eliz: Today's e mail question is about smoking. The question is, "I like to have a cigarette after dinner." "I went to a business lunch in America recently and nobody was smoking!" "Don't Americans smoke?"

Gary: Actually, many American business men and women do smoke. But Americans smoke less than people in most other countries.

Eliz: Really?

Gary: Yes, and in many American cities it is illegal to smoke in restaurants.

Eliz: Illegal?

Gary: Yes, San Francisco is a good example.

It is illegal to smoke in restaurants in San Francisco.

Eliz: And what about other public places and in companies? When is it OK to smoke?

Gary: It depends on the local laws and customs. Most big corporations have special places for smoking. And some companies don't allow it at all.

Eliz: Really! So how do you know if it is OK to smoke?

Gary: Whenever you aren't sure, you should ask someone who lives or works there. Whatever you do, don't light a cigarette before you know the rules.

Eliz: Good advice! Thanks Gary!

Gary: My pleasure!

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe một câu rồi tuỳ nghĩa trong bài trả lời Ðúng hay Sai, True or False. Legal=hợp pháp, thuộc về pháp luật. Illegal=trái luật, against the law.

Cut 2

Language Focus: True/False

Larry: True or False.

Larry: Listen. Is this statement true or false?

Eliz: Americans smoke more than people in other countries.

(ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: False. In America, people smoke less than in many other countries. (pause)

Eliz: In many American cities, it is illegal to smoke in restaurants. (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: True. Smoking in restaurants is against the law in many American cities. (pause)

Eliz: Before you smoke, you should always make sure it is OK. (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: True. In the U.S., local laws and customs are different in different states.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới ta tập nghe những cách xin phép Asking for permission.

A programmer=thảo chương viên máy điện toán.

Do you mind if I I smoke? Bạn có phiền nếu tôi hút thuốc không?

Not at all=không sao. No, it doesn't bother me.

Chuyện ấy không phiền gì tôi. [Nếu thấy phiền thì trả lời, Actually, I do mind. Thực ra, tôi rất phiền nếu bạn hút thuốc.]

The non smoking area is over there=khu cấm hút thuốc ở đằng kia.

Strict=khắt khe.

I know they're pretty strict about smoking in this city=thành phố này khá ngặt về việc cấm hút thuốc.

A flight attendant=nữ (hay nam) tiếp viên hàng không.

Smoking is illegal on all domestic and international flights=Cấm hút thuốc ở các đường bay nội xứ và quốc tế.

Take off=cất cánh.

Land, touch down=hạ cánh.

We announced it before we took off.=chúng tôi đã loan báo cấm hút thuốc trước khi máy bay cất cánh.

Cut 3

Business Dialog: Asking for Permission

Larry: Business Dialog

Eliz: Let's listen to today's Business Dialog. Bill is drinking coffee at a table in a conference center. Jennifer asks permission to join him.

Jennifer: Do you mind if I sit here?

Bill: No, not at all! Please do.

Jennifer: My name is Jennifer.

Bill: Hi, I'm Bill. Are you here for the computer conference?

Jennifer: Yes, I am. I'm a programmer. (pause)

Bill: Do you mind if I smoke?

Jennifer: No, I don't mind. But isn't this a non smoking area?

Bill: Let's see. No, the non smoking area is over there.

Jennifer: Good. I know they're pretty strict about smoking in this city.

Eliz: Now let's listen to another conversation. Augusto, a businessman from Argentina, is flying from Boston to Los Angeles. He begins a conversation with Mary, an American woman in the seat next to him.

Augusto: Hello, I'm Augusto.

Mary: I'm Mary.

Augusto: Do you know how long this flight is?

Mary: I think that it's about 6 hours.

Augusto: I hope that there's a movie.

Mary: There is. (pause)

Augusto: Do you mind if I smoke?

Mary: Well, yes. Actually, I do mind. And I believe that smoking is illegal on all flights in America.

Augusto: Really?

Mary: Yes, but let's check. There's the flight attendant. (pause)

Mary: Excuse me.

Flight Attendant: Can I help you?

Mary: Yes, this gentleman has a question.

Augusto: May I smoke on this flight?

Flight Attendant: Oh no! Smoking is illegal on all domestic flights. We announced it before we took off.

Augusto: Oh, sorry.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị thực tập cách xin phép. Xin nghe rồi lập lại.

Cut 4

Focus on Functions: Permission

Larry: Focus on Functions: Permission

Eliz: Now let's focus on Asking for Permission.

Larry: Listen and Repeat.

Eliz: Do you mind if I sit here? (pause for repeat)

Larry: No, not at all! Please do. (pause for repeat)

Eliz: Do you mind if I smoke? (pause for repeat)

Larry: No, I don't mind. (pause for repeat)

Eliz: Do you mind if I smoke? (pause for repeat)

Larry: Well, yes. (pause for repeat)

Larry: Actually, I do mind. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần mách giúp văn hoá, Gary Engleton chỉ cho ta cách dùng nhóm chữ "Do you mind if I ____? Bạn có phiền nếu tôi.. Nếu ai hỏi ta câu này, và nếu ta không phiền, thì trả lời: No, not at all. Hay: It doesn't bother me. Nhưng nếu ta cảm thấy phiền, thì trả lời, Yes, I do mind, hay: Actually, I do mind.

Cut 5

Gary's Tips:

Larry: Gary's Tips.

UPBEAT MUSIC

Eliz: Now it's time for Gary's Tips with Gary Engleton!

Gary: Hello, Elizabeth! Today I'll be talking about asking for permission. Eliz: Asking for permission?

Gary: Yes. Sometimes you need to ask if it is OK to do something.

You need to ask permission.

One of the most polite ways to ask permission is to ask "Do you mind...?"

In today's first Business Dialogue, Jennifer asks Bill if it is OK for her to sit down:

Jennifer: Do you mind if I sit here?

Bill: Not at all! Please do.

Gary: Bill gives her permission to sit down using the negative expression "No, not at all."

Eliz: Why does he use a negative expression? Why doesn't he say Yes?

Gary: Well, "Do you mind?" means "Does it bother you?" So your answer "No, not at all," means "No, it doesn't bother me."

Eliz: That can be a little confusing.

Gary: Yes. It can be confusing. So it is good to say something more to make your meaning clear. In this case, Bill says "Please do." In other words, "Please sit here." Let's listen again:

Jennifer: Do you mind if I sit here? Bill: No, not at all! Please do.

Eliz: He gives her permission to sit there.

Gary: That's right. When Bill asks Jennifer if it is OK to smoke, he also uses the expression "Do you mind?"

Bill: Do you mind if I smoke? Jennifer: No, I don't mind.

Gary: She says "No, I don't mind." Her negative answer means that it is OK for him to smoke; she doesn't mind. (pause)

Gary: Now let's listen to the second Business Dialog. Augusto is on an airplane.

He asks the woman sitting next to him if it is OK to smoke.

Augusto: Do you mind if I smoke? Mary: Well, yes. Actually, I do mind.

Gary: She doesn't want him to smoke.

In this case, Yes means "Yes, I do mind if you smoke. Yes, it will bother me." She makes her meaning very clear by saying "Actually, I do mind."

I hope today's tips were helpful! Thanks for joining us today for Gary's Tips. We'll see you again next time!

Eliz: Thanks Gary!

MUSIC

Eliz: Well, our time is up. Tune in again next time for Functioning in Business. See you then!

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 94 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 95.

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English, bài 95; Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Chủ đề của bài học hôm nay là câu: Can You Play the Piano? Bạn có biết chơi đàn dương cầm không? This lesson focuses on music and dancing and on degrees of ability. Bài này chú trọng về âm nhạc, khiêu vũ và mức độ khả năng.

Cũng ôn lại mấy chữ:

Dancer=vũ công;

ballet dancer=vũ công múa vũ cổ điển ballet [đọc như ba lê].

Ballet là vũ cổ điển, không có lời, trong đó vũ công nhẩy theo nhạc, diễn một tích truyện.

Degrees of ability=những mức độ khả năng.

I've got a cold=tôi bị cảm.

I'm a pretty good dancer=tôi nhẩy khá giỏi.

Xin nghe câu chuyện về vũ, và sau đó, nghe và lập lại.

Cut 1

Max (voice over): Hi, I'm Max.

Kathy (voice over): Hello. My name is Kathy.

Max and Kathy (voice over): Welcome to New Dynamic English!

MUSIC

Dynamic English is a basic English language course and an introduction to American people and culture.

Larry: Today's unit is Can You Play the Piano? This lesson focuses on music and dancing and on degrees of ability. Max and Kathy talk about dancing. Kathy is a pretty good dancer, but Max isn't very good.

MUSIC

Max: Hi, Kathy. How are you?

Kathy: Not so good. I've got a cold.

Max: I'm sorry to hear that.

Kathy: Thanks, but I'll be OK.

Max: Well, who's our guest today?

Kathy: Today's guest is Chris Scott.

Max: Sara Scott's sister?

Kathy: That's right. She's a ballet dancer. Do you remember her?

Max: Oh, yes. Is she going to talk about dancing?

Kathy: Yes. Dancing and some other things.

Max: What about you, Kathy? Do you like to dance?

Kathy: Yes, I do.

Max: Are you a good dancer?

Kathy: I'm not bad. I'm a pretty good dancer. You like to dance, don't you, Max?

Max: Well, I like to dance, but I'm not a very good dancer.

Kathy: Let's take a short break, and then we'll be back with our guest, Chris Scott.

MUSIC

Language Focus. Repeat with a Beat.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Larry: Max likes to dance. (pause for repeat)

Max: I like to dance. (pause for repeat)

Max: I'm not a very good dancer. (pause for repeat)

Max: I like to dance, but I'm not a very good dancer. (pause for repeat)

Larry: Kathy likes to dance. (pause for repeat)

Kathy: I like to dance. (pause for repeat)

Kathy: I'm a pretty good dancer. (pause for repeat)

Kathy: I like to dance and I'm a pretty good dancer. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe Kathy hỏi cô Chris, vũ công nhẩy vũ cổ điển ballet.

Chris is a ballet dancer=Chris là vũ công nhẩy ballet.

A ballet company=vũ đoàn ballet.

Director=giám đốc.

Performance=buổi trình diễn.

We're ready for a performance next month.=chúng tôi đã sẵn sàng cho một buổi trình diễn tháng tới.

We're performing several short ballets=chúng tôi sắp trình diễn nhiều đoạn vũ ballets ngắn. [Nhận xét: thì present progressive, We're performing, trong trường hợp trên chỉ một hành động sắp xẩy ra, a near future: be+verb ing].

I wish you the best of luck=chúc bạn nhiều may mắn.

Cut 2

Interview: Chris Scott:

Larry: Interview Chris is a ballet dancer. She dances with a ballet company in Chicago.

a ballet company: đoàn vũ cổ điển ba lê

a director: giám đốc đoàn vũ cổ điển

a performance: buổi trình diễn.

Do you dance with a ballet company in Chicago?=Chị nhảy trong vũ đoàn ba lê ở Chicago phải không?

Some of the dancers are excellent= Một vài vũ công nhẩy giỏi.

Kathy: Now it's time for today's interview.

Our guest today is Chris Scott.

Chris a ballet dancer.

She lives in Chicago with her sister Sara.

Hello, Chris. Welcome back to our show.

Chris: It's nice to be here.

Kathy: Chris, I'd like to talk to you about your dancing.

Chris: Certainly.

Kathy: Do you dance with a ballet company in Chicago?

Chris: Yes, I do. We're a small company, but we're pretty good.

We have a great director. She's a wonderful dancer. She dances with the Chicago Ballet.

Kathy: How good are the dancers in your company?

Chris: Oh, some of the dancers are excellent.

Kathy: How often do you practice?

Chris: We practice four times a week for several hours.

We're getting ready for a performance next month.

Kathy: Oh, what ballet are you performing?

Chris: We're performing several short ballets.

Kathy: Oh, that sounds interesting. I wish you the best of luck.

Chris: Thank you.

Kathy: Our guest is Chris Scott. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đoạn tới, xin nghe và lập lại theo nhạc.

Cut 3

Language Focus. Listen with Music.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: The ballet company is small. (pause for repeat)

Max: It's a small company. (pause for repeat)

Max: The director of the company is great. (pause for repeat)

Max: She's a great director. (pause for repeat)

Max: The dancers are excellent. (pause for repeat)

Max: They are excellent dancers. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Ðoan tới là mẩu phỏng vấn cô Chris Scott, vũ công vũ cổ điển ballet.

Classical music=nhạc cổ điển.

Rock music=nhạc rốc.

She also likes to dance to rock music=cô ấy thích nhẩy theo nhịp nhạc rốc.

To dance to rock music=nhẩy theo điệu nhạc rốc.

Samba=tên điệu nhẩy Ba Tây Samba, nguồn gốc ở Phi châu.

I listen to classical music all the time=tôi thường nghe nhạc cổ điển.

Latin music=nhạc Nam Mỹ.

Latin dances=điệu nhẩy Nam Mỹ.

Cut 4

Interview 2: Chris Scott:

Larry: Interview

Kathy: Our guest today is Chris Scott. She's a ballet dancer. Chris, what's your favorite kind of music?

Chris: Classical music. I listen to classical music all the time.

When I dance ballet, I usually dance to classical music.

Kathy: What other kinds of music do you like?

Chris: Well, I like rock music too.

Kathy: Rock music!

Chris: Yes. I like to dance to rock music, when I go out with my friends.

Kathy: How about samba and other kinds of Latin music?

Chris: I like to listen to Latin music, but I don't know any Latin dances.

Kathy: Thank you, Chris. Our guest is Chris Scott. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe rồi lập lại.

Cut 5

Language Focus. Listen with Music.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: Chris listens to classical music all the time. (pause for repeat)

Max: It's her favorite kind of music. (pause for repeat)

Max: She also likes rock music. (pause for repeat)

Max: She likes to dance to rock music. (pause for repeat)

Max: She likes to listen to Latin music. (pause for repeat)

Max: She doesn't know any Latin dances. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần điện thư e mail, cô Chris biết đánh đàn dương cầm và Tây ban cầm (ghi ta) nhưng không biết ca.

Chris can play the piano and the guitar, but she can't sing at all.

I'm a terrible singer! Tôi hát rất tệ.

Can you play a musical instrument? Cô có biết chơi nhạc cụ nào không?

How well can you play the piano? Cô chơi dương cầm thạo đến mực nào?

I can play pretty well=tôi chơi khá thạo.

Nhận xét: dùng "the" trước tên nhạc cụ. Chris also plays the guitar=cô Chris cũng chơi đàn tây ban cầm

Cut 6

E mail

Larry: E mail

Kathy: Welcome back.

It's time to check our e mail.

We have an e mail from Marvin in Dallas, Texas.

His question is: You like music. Can you play a musical instrument?

Chris: I can play the piano. And I can play the guitar a little.

Kathy: How well can you play the piano?

Chris: Pretty well. I can play pretty well.

Kathy: Can you sing?

Chris: No, I can't. I can't sing at all.

Kathy: Not at all?

Chris: No. I'm a terrible singer! [laughs]

Kathy: [laughs] Chris, thank you for being on our show.

Chris: My pleasure. Thank you for having me.

Kathy: Let's take a short break.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe một câu hỏi rồi trả lời; sau đó lập lại.

Cut 7

Language Focus. Listen and answer.

Larry: Listen and answer. Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max Can Chris play the piano? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: Yes, she can. (short pause)

Max: She can play the piano pretty well. (short pause)

Max: Can Chris play the guitar? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: Yes, she can. (short pause)

Max: She can play the guitar a little. (short pause)

Max: Can Chris sing? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: No, she can't. (short pause)

Max: She can't sing at all. (short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đoạn tới, Mark mời bạn là Debby ăn tối ở ngoài. Họ không quyết định được phải chọn thức ăn gì nên hoãn lại vào dịp khác.

Italian food is too fattening=món ăn kiểu Ý nhiều chất béo.

I have a lot of homework to do to night=tối nay tôi có nhiều bài tập phải làm.

Let's go out to dinner some other time=chúng ta hãy đi ăn tối vào dịp khác.

Some other time=vào dịp khác.

Sau khi nghe, quí vị nghe lại đoạn vừa nghe và lập lại.

Cut 8

Daily Dialogue: A Dinner Invitation:Part 3.

Larry: Daily Dialogue: A Dinner Invitation (Part 3) Larry: Listen to the conversation.

Mark: Would you like to go out to dinner tonight? (short pause)

Debby: Sure. I'd love to, Mark! (short pause)

Mark: What kind of food do you like? (short pause)

Debby: Oh, I love Italian food! (short pause)

Mark: Uh, Italian food is too fattening. (short pause)

Mark: How about Thai food? (short pause)

Debby: I'm sorry, but Thai food is too hot for me. (short pause)

Debby: Do you like steak? (short pause)

Debby: I know a great steak restaurant! (short pause)

Mark: Uh, I don't eat meat. (short pause)

Mark: I'm a vegetarian. (short pause)

Debby: You know, I have a lot of homework tonight. (short pause)

Mark: Me too. (short pause)

Mark: Let's go out to dinner some other time. (short pause)

Debby: Yeah. That sounds good. (short pause)

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Debby: You know, I have a lot of homework tonight. (pause for repeat)

Mark: Me too. (pause for repeat)

Mark: Let's go out to dinner some other time. (pause for repeat)

Debby: Yeah. That sounds good. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Qui vị vừa học vừa học xong bài 95 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng-New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 96.

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English, bài 96. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Bài học hôm nay chú trọng vào mấy môn thể thao phổ thông tại Hoa Kỳ trong phần Câu Ðố Trong Tuần, Question of the Week.

Baseball=dã cầu, bóng chầy.

Pitcher=người ném trái banh.

Batter=người dùng chầy gỗ đánh vào trái banh.

Catcher=cầu thủ bắt banh.

Home run=Bàn thắng lớn, khi cầu thủ đánh banh batter đánh trúng trái banh và đủ thì giờ chạy đạp chân vào đủ các vị trí trên sân banh.

Basketball=bóng rổ.

Pass the ball=truyền trái banh.

Nhận xét: động từ bất qui tắc to shoot/ shot/shot=bắn (nghĩa thường), ném trái banh vào rổ (nghĩa trong bài).

Tennis=quần vợt.

Racket=vợt. Net=lưới.

Win the point=thắng điểm.

To swing/swung/swung (the racket)=vung cái vợt lên để đập vào banh. Suarez swings her racket and hits the ball back to Fleming.=Suarez vung vợt lên, đánh trái banh về phía Fleming.

Question of the Week: answer

Larry: Question of the Week!

Max: This week we will ask What Sport is It? Listen carefully.

Question 1. What sport is it?

Larry: The pitcher throws the ball. The batter swings his bat and hits the ball. It's a home run!

Max: What sport is it?

Max: Question 2. What sport is it?

Larry: Wilson passes the ball to Cary. Cary looks at the basket and shoots. The ball hits the basket... and goes in! Three points for Boston!

Max: What sport is it?

Max: Question 3. What sport is it?

Larry : Fleming hits the ball over the net. Suarez swings her racket and hits the ball back to Fleming. Fleming hits the ball into the net. Suarez wins the point!

Max: What sport is it?

Max: We'll have the answers on next week's show.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Câu Chuyện Giữa Bài, Story Interlude, Larry nói về buổi tiệc tối quyên tiền gây quĩ cho Bịnh Viện Nhi Ðồng.

Did they raise much money for the hospital?= Họ có quyên được nhiều tiền cho bịnh viện không?

They'll use the money to pay for more doctors and nurses, and for new equipment=họ sẽ dùng tiền quyên được để mướn thêm bác sĩ và y tá và mua dụng cụ mới.

Mayor=thị trưởng.

Speech=bài diễn văn.

The mayor gave a speech=ông (hay bà) thị trưởng đọc một bài diễn văn.

It was a success=buổi lạc quyên thành công!

Cut 2

Story Interlude

Larry talks about the fundraising dinner he attended. The dinner raised a lot of money for Washington Children's Hospital.

Larry: And... we're off the air.

Max: So, Larry, how did things go last night? How was the dinner for Washington Children's Hospital?

Larry: We had a great time! It was a big event. Over one thousand people were there. The mayor of Washington was there, too. He gave a speech. The dinner was great, and then there was music and dancing.

Kathy: That sounds nice! Did they raise much money for the hospital?

Larry: Yes, they did. Everyone at the dinner last night gave some money to the hospital.

Kathy: How will they use the money?

Larry: They'll use the money to pay for more doctors and nurses, and for new equipment.

Kathy: I'm glad it was a success!

Elizabeth enters

Kathy: Oh hi Elizabeth. I'm just going.

Eliz: So long, Kathy. See you later!

Larry: Quiet please. Ready for Functioning in Business. Cue Music...

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, Functioning in Business, Anh Ngữ Thương Mại Trung Cấp, ta nghe tiếp buổi ăn trưa bàn công chuyện.

Nghe lại: Problem of spare parts=vấn đề dụng cụ thay thế.

A warehouse=nhà kho chứa đồ.

To warehouse=chứa đồ trong kho.

Approach=method=cách.

An approach to the problem=cách giải quyết vấn đề.

Clarifying=hỏi hay nói lại cho rõ.

Storage space=chỗ chứa đồ.

Reject the proposal=bác đề nghị.

Approve the proposal=chấp thuận đề nghị.

Space is limited, and it would depend very much on the quantity of parts, the size, etc...Chỗ chứa thì giới hạn và tùy thuộc rất nhiều vào số lượng đồ phụ tùng thay thế và cỡ lớn. v.v...

Quantity=số lượng; size=khổ lớn.

I wanted to know how they could get spare parts to us when we needed them.=Tôi muốn biết họ làm cách nào chở phụ tùng thay thế tới hãng chúng tôi khi chúng tôi cần.

Cut 3

Eliz: Hello, I'm Elizabeth Moore. Welcome to Functioning in Business!

Larry: Functioning in Business is an intermediate level business English course with a focus on American business practices and culture. Today's unit is "A Business Lunch, Part 3 This program focuses on Clarifying.

MUSIC

Interview: Graham

Larry: Interview

Eliz: On today's program I'll be talking with Shirley Graham.

Eliz: Hello, Ms. Graham.

Graham: Hello, Elizabeth.

Eliz: During your lunch with Mr. Blake, you discussed the problem of spare parts.

Graham: That's right. Mr. Blake's company does not have warehouses in California.

I wanted to know how they could get spare parts to us when we needed them.

Eliz: Mr. Blake proposed that you store spare parts in your own warehouses.

Graham: Yes. That was his proposal. But I had questions about that approach to the problem.

Eliz: Let's listen to your conversation with Mr. Blake.

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe mấy câu:

Mr. Blake and Ms. Graham discussed the problem of spare parts=Ông Blake và bà Graham bàn về vấn đề phụ tùng thay thế.

Mr. Blake would like to store spare parts in Ms. Graham's warehouse=Ông Blake muốn chứa đồ phụ tùng thay thế ở kho chứa hàng của Bà Graham.

To reject=bác bỏ.

You've rejected the proposal that we use your warehouse for storage space for spare parts=bà đã bác đề nghị rằng chúng tôi dùng kho chứa hàng của bà để chứa đồ phụ tùng thay thế.

Let me clarify that a little.=xin để tôi nói rõ thêm một chút về điểm này.

That's my main concern.= đó là mối quan tâm chính của tôi.

I would need more detail on that=tôi cần thêm chi tiết về vấn đề đó.

Cut 4

Larry: Dialog

Blake: Okay. Ms. Graham, let me see if I understand you correctly on this. Now, your basic problem is that we at International Robotics cannot provide adequate maintenance or spare parts quickly enough.

Graham: Yes. That's right. That's my main concern.

Blake: Okay. Now you've rejected the proposal that we use your warehouse for storage space for spare parts.

Graham: Well, not entirely, Mr. Blake. Let me clarify that a little. Space is limited, and it would depend very much on the quantity of parts, the size, etc. I would need a lot more detail on that.

Blake: I can certainly understand your concerns.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Variations, quí vị học cách nói cùng một ý bằng hai cách khác nhau. Thí dụ: Let me clarify that a little, hay I'll be more specific on that=tôi sẽ nói rõ hơn về điểm đó.

Cut 5

Language Focus: Listen and Repeat: Variations

Larry: Variations. Listen to these variations.

Eliz: Let me see if I understand you correctly on this.

Larry: Let me confirm what you've said. (pause)

Eliz: Let me clarify that a little.

Larry: I'll be more specific on that. (pause)

Eliz: I would need a lot more detail.

Larry: I would need some more information. (pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe Kathy phỏng vấn bà Graham về chuyện bà ngần ngại về chuyện mua người máy tự động robots của hãng International Robotics của Ông Blake.

To reject a proposal=bác bỏ một đề nghị.

I need to make my point clearer=tôi cần nói cho rõ hơn điểm tôi đang nói.

Tương tự, có thể nói: Let me clarify it a little, Let me explain it in detail. Make a decision=quyết định.

I need more information=tôi cần thêm tin tức.

Information=(danh từ ở số ít, không có s; much information=nhiều tin tức; little information=ít tin tức; nếu muốn nói một tin thì dùng chữ "piece" như: an important piece of information=một tin quan trọng); information nghĩa là tin tức, thông tin.

Cut 6

Larry: Interview

Eliz: Mr. Blake thought that you had rejected his proposal.

Graham: That's right. That's what he thought. I needed to make my position clearer.

Eliz: So you hadn't rejected his proposal entirely?

Graham: No, I hadn't. Before I could make a decision, I needed more information.

Eliz: I see. Thank you again for joining us on our program.

Graham: It's been my pleasure.

Eliz: Let's take a short break.

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Language Focus sắp tới, quí vị nghe một câu hỏi rồi nghe một mẩu đàm thoại trong đó có câu trả lời, rồi nghe lại câu hỏi và trả lời. Sau đó nghe câu trả lời đúng và lập lại. She's still willing to consider Mr. Blake's proposal.=Bà Graham vẫn sẵn lòng xét đề nghị của Ông Blake.

Be willing to=sẵn lòng, muốn.

Cut 7

Language Focus: Questions Based on FIB Dialog

Larry: Questions. Listen to the question.

Eliz: Has Ms. Graham rejected Mr. Blake's proposal? (short pause)

Larry: Now listen to the dialog.

Blake: Now you've rejected the proposal that we use your warehouse for storage space for spare parts.

Graham: Well, not entirely, Mr. Blake. Let me clarify that a little. Space is limited, and it would depend very much on the quantity of parts, the size, etc.

Eliz: Has Ms. Graham rejected Mr. Blake's proposal? (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: No, she hasn't. She is still willing to consider it. (short pause)

Larry: Listen to the question.

Eliz: Will there be a large amount of storage space in Ms. Graham's new factory? (short pause)

Larry: Now listen to the dialog.

Graham: Let me clarify that a little. Space is limited, and it would depend very much on the quantity of parts, the size, etc. I would need a lot more detail on that.

Eliz: Will there be a large amount of storage space in Ms. Graham's new factory? (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: No, there won't be. As Ms. Graham says, "Space is limited." (short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 96 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 97.

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English, bài 97. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Mở đầu bài học, quí vị nghe Gary trả lời câu hỏi: "Why do Americans state their opinions so strongly?" Tại sao người Mỹ diễn tả ý kiến của mình mạnh bạo như vậy?"

To state=nói, diễn tả.

A statement=một lời nói hay tuyên bố.

Aggressive=bạo (nghĩa trong bài).

Aggressive marketing=quảng cáo tích cực cho sản phẩm của hãng.

The American style seems very aggressive to me=phong cách người Mỹ diễn tả ý kiến có vẻ bạo quá đối với tôi.

For Americans, being direct is not being aggressive; it's telling the truth=Ðối với người Mỹ, nói thẳng không phải là nói bạo; đó là nói thật.

In my country, people are less direct=ở xứ tôi, người ta không nói thẳng như vậy.

But this direct style may seem aggressive to other people= Nhưng cách nói thẳng này có vẻ là bạo đối với những người khác.

Style=phong cách, lối.

Direct=trực tiếp.

Opinion=ý kiến.

That's not what I'm saying=That's not what I mean=Tôi không có ý nói như vậy.

Position=lập trường, quan điểm.

I need to clarify my position=tôi cần nói rõ thêm về lập trường của tôi.

Budget=ngân khoản.

This year's budget=ngân khoản dành cho năm nay.

Confirming and clarifying are skills which lead to successful negotiations=Biết xác nhận và biết nói rõ thêm là tài khéo dẫn đến các cuộc thương lượng thành công.

To lead/led/led=đưa đến, dẫn đến.

Cut 1

Culture Tips: Opinions

Larry: Culture Tips

Eliz: Welcome once again to "Culture Tips" with Gary Engleton. Today's e mail question is: "Why do Americans state their opinions so strongly?" "In my country, people are less direct."

"The American style seems very aggressive to me."

Gary: That's a good question. Americans often think that stating their opinions very directly is a good business strategy.

Eliz: Why is that?

Gary: Well, if you say what you mean as clearly as possible, there's a better chance that people will understand you.

This is especially true if you are doing business with people whose first language is not English.

Eliz: I see. But this direct style may seem aggressive to other people.

Gary: Yes, that can be a problem.

Let me give you an example. Let's say you want to sell me some products. but I think that they are too expensive. I can use very polite language and say, "We will have to decide whether or not we have enough money for your products."

This is very polite but is also difficult to understand. Or I can say, "I think that your products are too expensive." This is a short sentence with simple grammar.

Eliz: I see. The second sentence is more direct. It is easier to understand, but it may sound a bit aggressive.

Gary: Yes. For Americans, being direct is not being aggressive; it's telling the truth.

Eliz: Interesting point. And now, to tell the truth, we're out of time. Thank you, Gary, for another interesting culture point.

Gary: My pleasure.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe một câu nói, rồi căn cứ vào ý nghĩa bài đã học, trả lời Ðúng hay Sai, True or False. [Sentences=câu. Grammar=văn phạm. Simple=giản dị.]

Cut 2

Language Focus: True/False

Larry: True or False.

Larry: Listen. Is this statement true or false?

Eliz: Stating your opinions directly may make them easier to understand. (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: True, especially when the sentences are short and the grammar is simple. (pause)

Eliz: All Americans are aggressive when they give their opinions. (ding) (pause for answer)

Eliz: False. Americans may seem aggressive when they use direct language to state their opinions.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Ðàm thoại Thương Mại, Business Dialog sắp tới, quí vị học cách hỏi lại hay nói lại cho rõ ý. Clarifying=làm sáng tỏ vấn đề.

Fay Thomas is negotiating with Tom Johnson, an automobile salesman, to buy some cars for her company's sales fleet= Fay Thomas đang thương lượng với Tim Johnson, một người bán xe hơi, để mua một đoàn xe hơi dùng cho nhân viên mãi vụ của công ty của bà ta.

Negotiate=thương lượng.

Automobile salesman=người bán xe hơi (nam).

[Saleswoman; cô hay bà bán sản phẩm; ngày nay ta có thể dùng salesperson hay sales rep (rep=representative) thay cho hai từ salesman và saleswoman].

Fleet=đoàn xe. Sales fleet=đoàn xe dùng cho nhân viên mãi vụ của hãng.

I don't doubt that it's a good price, but the total amount is still too high=Tôi không nghi ngờ (tôi tin) là giá đó là giá hời, nhưng tổng số giá tiền vẫn còn quá cao.

To doubt=nghi ngờ.

I don't doubt=I'm certain, I'm sure, I believe.

What I mean is the total amount is more than this year's budget=Ðiều tôi có ý muốn nói là tổng giá tiền cao hơn ngân khoản năm nay.

Incredibly=(adv.) không thể tin được=unbelievably. (Adj.) incredible.

I think your products are too expensive=tôi nghĩ là sản phẩm của ông quá đắt (mắc).

Cut 3

Business Dialog: Clarifying

Larry: Business Dialog

Eliz: Let's listen to today's Business Dialog.

Fay Thomas is negotiating with Tom Johnson, an automobile salesman, to buy some cars for her company's sales fleet.

Tom: ... So that means that we could sell you the cars for only $23,000 each.

That's incredibly cheap, about $5000 cheaper than the usual price.

Fay: Well, Tom, I don't doubt that it's a good price, but the total amount is still too high.

Tom: So you've decided not to buy our cars?

Fay: No, that's not what I'm saying. What I mean is that the total amount is more than this year's budget.

Tom: But you're still interested in these cars?

Fay: Yes, definitely. Their quality (phẩm chất) is excellent and the price is reasonable. But we might have to buy fewer cars this year.

Tom: And buy the rest in next year's budget?

Fay: Exactly!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe những câu dùng để hỏi cho rõ ý. So you decided not to buy our cars? Vậy là bà quyết định không mua xe hơi của chúng tôi phải không?

That's not what I'm saying.=Tôi không có ý nói như vậy. [=That's not what I mean.]

But you're still interested in these cars?=nhưng bà vẫn còn muốn mua những xe hơi này chứ?

Yes, definitely=chắc chắn là vậy.

Cut 4

Focus on Functions: Clarifying

Larry: Focus on Functions: Clarifying

Eliz: Now let's focus on Clarifying.

Larry: Listen and Repeat.

Eliz: So you've decided not to buy our cars? (pause for repeat)

Eliz: No, that's not what I'm saying. (pause for repeat)

Eliz: What I mean is that the total amount is more than this year's budget. (pause for repeat)

Eliz: But you're still interested in these cars? (pause for repeat)

Eliz: Yes, definitely. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Mách Giúp Văn Hoá Gary's Tips, Gary sẽ chỉ cho ta cách nói rõ thêm ý mình, hay hỏi cho rõ thêm ý người khác.

I don't doubt that's a good price=tôi không nghi ngờ (tôi tin) là đó là giá hời.

Good price=giá hời.

To doubt=nghi ngờ.

But the total amount is still too high=nhưng tổng số giá tiền vẫn còn quá cao.

What I mean is the total amount is more than this year's budget= Ý tôi muốn nói là tổng số giá tiền nhiều hơn ngân sách chi tiêu năm nay của chúng tôi.

Now you've rejected the proposal that we use your warehouse for storage space for spare parts. Nay thì bà đã bác bỏ đề nghị là dùng nhà kho để làm chỗ chứa đổ phụ tùng thay thế.

Not entirely. =Không phải hoàn toàn như vậy.

Cut 5

Gary's Tips: Larry: Gary's Tips.

Eliz: Now it's time for Gary's Tips with Gary Engleton!

Gary: Hello, Elizabeth! Today I'll be talking about clarifying. In business discussions, sometimes the other person may misunderstand what you say. It is necessary for you to correct this misunderstanding. You need to clarify your position.

For example, in the Business Dialog, Tom thinks that Fay has decided not to buy his cars:

Fay: Well, Tom, I don't doubt that it's a good price, but the total amount is still too high.

Tom: So you've decided not to buy our cars?

Gary: In fact, Fay is still interested in buying the cars. She needs to explain her position more clearly. She uses the expression: "What I mean is..." to clarify her idea. Let's listen:

Tom: So you've decided not to buy our cars?

Fay: No, that's not what I'm saying. What I mean is that the total amount is more than this year's budget.

Tom: But you're still interested in these cars?

Fay: Yes, definitely. (pause)

Gary: In Ms. Graham's conversation with Mr. Blake, she also needs to clarify her position. Mr. Blake thinks that Ms. Graham has rejected his proposal:

Blake: Now you've rejected the proposal that we use your warehouse for storage space for spare parts.

Graham: Well, not entirely, Mr. Blake. Let me clarify that a little. Space is limited, and it would depend very much on the quantity of parts, the size, etc.

Gary: Ms. Graham uses the expression "Let me clarify that a little" and then she explains her position more clearly. Confirming and clarifying are skills which lead to successful negotiations.

Thanks for joining us today for Gary's Tips. We'll see you again next time!

Eliz: Thanks, Gary!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation Quí vị vừa học xong bài 97 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 98.

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English, bài 98. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Chủ đề của bài học hôm nay là Do You Like to Read Mystery Stories? Bạn có thích đọc truyện Bí Ẩn không?

Ôn lại: Mystery stories, a mystery (sing.) truyện bí ẩn, kinh dị. Mystery stories có thể viết gọn là mysteries=truyện bí ẩn, kinh dị. Edgar Allan Poe was a great American mystery writer=Edgar Allan Poe là nhà văn viết truyện bí ẩn Hoa Kỳ đại tài. Stephen King is also a well known American mystery writer=Stephen King cũng là một nhà văn viết truyện kinh dị Hoa Kỳ nổi danh.

I'm on vacation=tôi đang đi nghỉ mát;

I love to sit on the beach and read mysteries= Tôi thích ngồi trên bãi biển và đọc truyện bí ẩn.

Likes (n.)=những gì mình thích.

Dislikes (n.) =những điều mình không thích. [Ðộng từ: to like, to dislike]

Music

Cut 1

Max (voice over): Hi, I'm Max.

Kathy (voice over): Hello. My name is Kathy.

Max and Kathy (voice over): Welcome to New Dynamic English!

New Dynamic English is a basic English language course and an introduction to American people and culture.

Larry: Today's unit is Do You Like To Read Mystery Stories? This lesson focuses on likes and dislikes and on "can" and "can't."

MUSIC

Max: Hi, Kathy. How are you ?

Kathy: I'm fine. Yourself ?

Max: Just great. Who's our guest today?

Kathy: Today's guest is Martha Harris.

Max: The mystery writer?

Kathy: That's right. She writes mystery stories.

Max: And what are we going to talk about?

Kathy: We're going to talk about books and reading. Max, do you like to read mystery stories?

Max: Yes, I do. I like to read mystery stories, especially when I'm on vacation.

Kathy: Me too. I love to sit on the beach and read mysteries.

I also like to read mysteries when I'm on an airplane.

Max: Not me. When I'm on an airplane, I like to listen to music.

Kathy: Well, let's take a short break, and then we'll talk with our guest.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đoạn tới, quí vị nghe và lập lại. Ôn lại: to like là động từ. Likes=(danh từ) những điều ta thích làm.

Cut 2

Language Focus. Listen and repeat: What does she like to do when...?

Larry: Listen carefully.

Max: What does Kathy like to do when she's on an airplane? (pause for repeat)

Max: She likes to read mysteries. (pause for repeat)

Max: She likes to read mysteries when she's on an airplane. (pause for repeat)

Kathy: What does Max like to do when he's on an airplane? (pause for repeat)

Kathy: He likes to listen to music. (pause for repeat)

Kathy: He likes to listen to music when he's on an airplane. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đoạn tới, Kathy phỏng vấn bà Martha Harris, nhà văn viết truyện bí ẩn, a mystery writer. A mystery story=một truyện bí ẩn hay kinh dị, hay nói tắt, a mystery.

A capital crime=tội tử hình. [Nhận xét: chữ "capital" gốc tiếng La tinh capitalis nghĩa là "thủ, đầu".

Capital crime, capital offense=tội chém đầu (xưa) nay là tội tử hình.

Decapitate=chém đầu.

A man who committed a capital offense used to be decapitated= Người phạm tội tử hình ngày xưa bị chém đầu.

Capital punishment=phạt tử hình.

Capital (adj.) có nghĩa là chính, quan trọng nhất: capital city=thành phố chính. Danh từ "capital" nay chỉ thủ phủ hay thủ đô.

Capitol=[tên chỉ đền thờ thần Jupiter ở Rome] nay chỉ Quốc Hội Mỹ.

Capitol Hill=tên chỉ Quốc Hội Mỹ ]. Capitol cũng chỉ toà dân biểu của tiểu bang.

Your stories usually take place in Washington, D.C., don't they?=Truyện bà viết thường lấy bối cảnh là Washington, D.C, phải không?

Take place=xảy ra, diễn ra.

I also like to read books about history=tôi cũng thích đọc sách viết về lịch sử.

American presidents=các tổng thống Hoa Kỳ.

Abraham Lincoln=tổng thống Hoa Kỳ thứ 16 (1809 1865.)

Cut 3

Interview: Martha Harris: I write mystery stories. Right now I'm writing...

Larry: Interview Martha Harris writes mystery stories.

Kathy: Now it's time for today's interview. Our guest today is Martha Harris. Hello, Martha. You write mystery stories, don't you?

Martha: Yes, I do. Right now I'm writing a story called "A Capital Crime."

Kathy: Your stories usually take place in Washington, D.C., don't they?

Martha: That's right. I live in Washington and I like to write about Washington.

Kathy: Do you like to read mystery stories?

Martha: Certainly.

Kathy: Who's your favorite mystery writer?

Martha: Edgar Allan Poe.

Kathy: What other kinds of books do you read?

Martha: I also like to read books about history.

Especially books about American presidents.

Right now I'm reading a book about Abraham Lincoln.

Kathy: That sounds interesting.

Martha: Yes, it is.

Kathy: Our guest is Martha Harris. We'll talk more after our break. This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe và lập lại.

Cut 4

Language Focus. Listen with Music: She writes... She's writing...

Larry: Listen carefully.

Max: writes

Max: Martha writes mystery stories. (pause for repeat)

Max: is writing

Max: Right now, she's writing a story called "A Capital Crime." (pause for repeat)

Max: likes to read

Max: She likes to read books about American presidents. (pause for repeat)

Max: is reading

Max: Right now, she's reading a book about Abraham Lincoln. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe Martha Harris nói về những thú tiêu khiển của bà và chồng bà. Card games=các trò chơi bài. To play cards=chơi bài.

A card player=người chơi bài.

We play cards with our friends every Saturday night.=Mỗi tối thứ bảy, chúng tôi chơi bài với bạn.

Poker=bài xì.

Bridge=bài brít.

Chess=cờ

Cut 5

Interview 2: Martha Harris: What else do you like to do?

Larry: Interview Martha and her husband like to play cards.

Kathy: Our guest today is Martha Harris. She is a mystery writer and she lives in Washington, D.C. You like to read mystery stories. What else do you like to do in your free time?

Martha: Well, my husband and I take classes at American University, here in Washington. We also like to play cards. We play cards with our friends every Saturday night.

Kathy: What kinds of card games do you play?

Martha: Our favorite game is bridge, but we like all kinds of card games.

Kathy: How about poker? Can you play poker?

Martha: I can't, but my husband can. He's a fairly good poker player. He plays poker with his friends every Thursday night.

Kathy: OK. Thank you, Martha. Our guest is Martha Harris. We'll talk more after our break. This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, xin nghe rồi lập lại cách dùng can và can't. Ôn lại: khi dùng to know (biết làm gì) thì theo sau bởi how to. She doesn't know how to play poker=bà ấy không biết chơi bài xì.

Cut 6

Language Focus. Listen with Music: Can or can't?

Larry: Listen carefully.

Larry: Listen carefully. Can or can't?

Max: Martha's husband can play poker. (pause for repeat)

Max: He likes to play poker with his friends. (pause for repeat)

Max: His friends can play poker. (pause for repeat)

Max: They play poker every Thursday night. (pause for repeat)

Max: Martha can't play poker. (pause for repeat)

Max: She doesn't know how to play poker. (pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe một điện thư, email.

Cut 7

E mail: Can you play chess?

Larry: E mail Martha likes to play chess. She's a pretty good player, but her husband doesn't play very well.

I enjoy playing chess= Tôi thích chơi cờ.

He doesn't play very well=Ông ấy không chơi giỏi lắm.

I always win. I always beat him=Bao giờ tôi cũng thắng.

I'm too good for him=tôi chơi giỏi hơn ông ấy nhiều lắm.

Kathy: Welcome back. It's time to check our e mail. We have an e mail from Lois in Detroit. [Lois, tên đàn bà, đọc là Lô is] Her question is: My favorite game is chess. Can you play chess?

Martha: Yes, I can. I enjoy playing chess. I'm a pretty good chess player.

Kathy: Does your husband play chess?

Martha: Yes, he does, but he doesn't play very well.

Kathy: Do you ever play chess with your husband?

Martha: Once in a while. But he doesn't like to play with me.

Kathy: Why not?

Martha: I'm too good for him. I always win.

Kathy: Thank you. Martha, thank you for being on our show.

Martha: My pleasure.

Kathy: Let's take a short break.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, xin nghe rồi trả lời, căn cứ vào ý nghĩa trong bài.

Cut 8

Language Focus. Listen and answer: Does she know how to play chess?

Larry: Listen and answer.

Max: Does Martha know how to play chess? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: Yes, she does. (short pause)

Max: How well does she play? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: She plays pretty well. (short pause)

Max: Does her husband know how to play chess? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: Yes, he does. (short pause)

Max: How well does he play? (ding) (pause for answer)

Max: He doesn't play very well. (short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe một mẩu đàm thoại hàng ngày ở Văn phòng Nhân viên Du lịch (At a Travel Agent) Một bà nói với nhân viên du lịch bà muốn đi nghỉ mát ở Hawaii.

Mấy chữ khó: recommend= giới thiệu.

I'd like to go to Hawaii next month=tháng tới tôi muốn đi Hạ Uy Di.

Can you recommend a place to stay?= Ông có thể giới thiệu cho tôi một nơi trọ không?

Relax=nghỉ ngơi cho thoải mái, thư giãn.

Cut 9

Dialogue: Part 1. At a Travel Agent

Larry: Daily Dialogue: At a Travel Agent (Part 1)

Larry: Listen to the conversation.

Agent: Can I help you? (short pause)

Customer: Yes, I'd like to go to Hawaii next month. (short pause)

Customer: Can you recommend a place to stay? (short pause)

Agent: What do you like to do when you're on vacation? (short pause)

Customer: Nothing. Mostly I like to relax. (short pause)

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Agent: Can I help you? (pause for repeat)

Customer: Yes, I'd like to go to Hawaii next month. (pause for repeat)

Customer: Can you recommend a place to stay? (pause for repeat)

Agent: What do you like to do when you're on vacation? (pause for repeat)

Customer: Nothing. Mostly I like to relax. (pause for repeat)

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 98 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong một bài kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 99.

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English, bài 99. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Bài học bắt đầu bằng phần Câu Ðố trong Tuần. Question of the Week, về ba môn thể thao phổ thông tại Mỹ. What sport is it? Ðó là môn thể thao gì? The pitcher throws the ball.=cầu thủ ném banh ném trái banh.

The batter swings his bat and hits the ball.=người cầu thủ đánh banh vung cái chầy và đánh trúng trái banh. Ôn lại: to swing/swung/swung=vung lên. To shoot/shot/shot=shoot a basket=ném banh vào rổ. To hit/hit/hit=đánh; hit the ball into the net=đánh banh vào lưới. Hit the ball over the net=đánh banh qua lưới.

Cut 1

Question of the Week: answer: What Sport is It?

Larry: Question of the Week!

The Question of the Week is What Sport is It?

• a pitcher cầu thủ ném banh

• a home run bàn thắng lớn trong dã cầu baseball

• to shoot a basket ném banh vào rổ

• a (tennis) racket vợt đánh quần vợt;

• pass the ball=truyền banh.

The batter swings his bat and hits the ball. Cầu thủ đánh banh vung cái chầy và đánh trúng trái banh

Fleming hits the ball into the net. Fleming vụt trái banh vào lưới.

UPBEAT MUSIC

Max: It's time to answer last week's question.

The question was: What Sport is It?

Are you ready, Kathy?

Kathy: Yes, I am. Let's go.

Max: OK, listen carefully.

Question 1. What sport is it?

Larry: The pitcher throws the ball.

The batter swings his bat and hits the ball. It's a home run!

Max: What sport is it?

Kathy: Well, let's see.

A batter and a pitcher.

The batter hits the ball. It's a home run.

It's baseball. They're playing baseball.

Max: Right. They're playing baseball.

OK, question 2. What sport is it? Listen carefully.

Larry: Wilson passes the ball to Cary.

Cary looks at the basket and shoots.

The ball hits the basket... and goes in! Three points for Boston!

Max: What sport is it?

Kathy: The ball hits the basket... and goes in.

It goes in the basket. That's easy. It's basketball.

Max: Exactly! It's basketball.

And now question 3.

Larry : Fleming hits the ball over the net.

Suarez swings her racket and hits the ball back to Fleming.

Fleming hits the ball into the net.

Suarez wins the point!

Max: What sport is it?

Kathy: OK. She has a racket.

She hits the ball over the net. I think it's tennis.

Max: Yes, it's tennis.

They're playing tennis. Very good.

Kathy: Thank you. I liked this game!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Câu Chuyện Giữa Bài, Story Interlude, ta nghe Kathy kể chuyện đi khiêu vũ. A club=câu lạc bộ, a dancing club= phòng khiêu vũ, hộp đêm. Swing=điệu nhẩy swing. To swing dance (v.)=nhẩy điệu swing. Swing dancing (gerund) =nhẩy điệu swing.

Big band=ban nhạc jazz gồm ít nhất 10 nhạc sĩ, chơi nhạc jazz, và những điệu phổ thông; gốc từ thập niên 1940's. Swing is a style of dancing from the 1940's.= Ðiệu swing là một lối nhẩy có từ thập niện 1940's. 1940's=đọc là the nineteen forties, hay the forties, thập niên 40, mười năm trong khoảng từ 1940 đến hết 1949.

Cut 2

Story Interlude: Kathy goes swing dancing

This weekend, Kathy went to a dance club with her friend Bill.

She learned how to swing dance.

Larry: OK. We're off the air. Good show, Kathy, Max.

Kathy: Thanks, Larry.

Music

Kathy: Max! Guess what I did this weekend.

Max: What did you do?

Kathy: I went dancing.

Max: Really? Where did you go?

Kathy: I went to a new club with my friend Bill.

We tried swing dancing!

Max: Swing dancing? What's that?

Kathy: It's a style of dancing from the 1940's.

It was popular about 50 years ago.

And now it's very popular again.

Max: Oh, I know swing dancing.

I've seen it in old movies. They always had a big band to play the music .

Kathy: Yes, the music from that time is called swing music.

Max: How did you learn swing dancing?

Kathy: Oh, there are dance teachers at the club.

Each night, they start with a short dance class.

They teach people how to swing dance

Then, people dance all night!

Max: Just like in the movies?

Kathy: (laughs) Yes! But I'm not as good as the dancers in a movie!

Elizabeth enters

Kathy: Oh, hi Elizabeth.

Eliz: Hi, Kathy, Max. It's time to begin my show.

Kathy: OK. Good luck.

Larry: Ready for Functioning in Business. Cue Music...

Vietnamese Explanation

Cut 3

Trong phần tới, Functioning in Business, Anh Ngữ Thương Mại Trung Cấp, ta nghe Elizabeth nói chuyện qua điện thoại với Charles Blake về bữa ăn trưa bàn công việc, phần 4, Business Lunch, Part 4.

A report=bản tường trình, bá cáo.

A fax, to fax=điện thư, gửi điện thư bằng máy fax (facsimile).

I'm going to put this information in a report after I fax Beijing=tôi sẽ trình bầy tin tức này trong bản tường trình sau khi gửi fax cho (văn phòng sở tôi ở) Bắc Kinh.

Now you've rejected the proposal that we use your warehouse for storage space for spare parts =Nay thì bà bác bỏ đề nghị dùng kho chứa hàng của sở bà làm chỗ chứa phụ tùng thay thế.

Well, not entirely that, Mr. Blake=thực ra, không phải hoàn toàn như vậy, thưa ông Blake. Let me clarify that a little=để tôi nói rõ thêm một chút.

I would need a lot more detail on that=tôi cần thêm nhiều chi tiết về điểm này.

I can certainly understand your concerns=tôi rất hiểu mối quan tâm của bà. To promise=hứa.

A promise=lời hứa.

To keep a promise=giữ lời hứa.

And maybe we can come up with a solution to the problem=Và có thể chúng ta sẽ tìm ra cách giải quyết vấn đề.

I'll have the report ready for you tomorrow.= Mai tôi sẽ làm xong bá cáo và đưa bà.

Ta hãy nghe Elizabeth hỏi chuyện Ông Blake của hãng International Robotics và sau đó nghe mẩu đàm thoại giữa ông Blake và bà Graham.

Etc viết tắt từ chữ ...et cetera ...and so on= vân vân.

FIB Opening

FIB MUSIC lead in and then background

Eliz: Hello, I'm Elizabeth Moore. Welcome to Functioning in Business!

MUSIC swells and fades

Larry: Functioning in Business is an intermediate level business English course with a focus on American business practices and culture.

Today's unit is "A Business Lunch, Part 4."

This program focuses on Promising.

MUSIC

Interview: Blake

Larry: Interview

Eliz: Today we'll be talking by phone with Charles Blake of International Robotics.

SFX: Phone bleep

Eliz: Hello, Charles.

Blake: Hello, Elizabeth.

Eliz: Today we'll listen to more of your lunchtime discussions with Ms. Graham. In this discussion, Ms. Graham clarified her position about the storage of spare parts.

Blake: That's right. I thought that she had rejected my proposal.

But I was wrong.

In fact, she was willing to consider it, but she needed more information.

Eliz: Let's listen to more of the conversation.

In this part of the conversation, you promise to get her the additional information.

Dialog

Larry:Dialog

Mr. Blake promises to get more information for Ms. Graham.

I'm going to put this information in a report after I fax Beijing. Tôi sẽ viết tin chi tiết này trong một bản bá cáo sau khi tôi gửi fax về Bắc kinh.

Blake: Now you've rejected the proposal that we use your warehouse for storage space for spare parts.

Graham: Well, not entirely, Mr. Blake.

Let me clarify that a little.

Space is limited, and it would depend very much on the quantity of parts, the size, etc.

I would need a lot more detail on that.

Blake: I can certainly understand your concerns.

I'm going to put this information in a report after I fax Beijing.

Graham: Okay.

Blake: And I'll have the report ready for you tomorrow.

And maybe we can come up with a solution to the problem

Graham: Okay. Well, that sounds fine.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe và tập nói những câu dài ở đoạn trước.

Cut 4

Language Focus: Listen and Repeat

Larry: Listen carefully.

Eliz: I'm going to...

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: I'm going to put this information in a report.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: I'm going to put this information in a report after I fax Beijing.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: I'll have the report ready.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: I'll have the report ready for you.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: I'll have the report ready for you tomorrow.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: And maybe...

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: And maybe we can come up with a solution.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: And maybe we can come up with a solution to the problem.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, Elizabeth hỏi ông Blake về buổi bàn công chuyện kinh doanh với bà Graham.

You promised to prepare a report for Ms. Graham=Ông hứa sẽ làm một bản tường trình cho bà Graham.

After I got the details, I needed to put them into a report=sau khi tôi nhận được những chi tiết, tôi sẽ viết vào bản tường trình.

To satisfy=thoả mãn.

I knew we had to satisfy her concerns about the storage of spare parts=Tôi biết là chúng tôi phải giải đáp thoả đáng mối quan tâm của bà ấy về chỗ chứa phụ tùng thay thế.

Satisfy the concerns=giải đáp thỏa đáng mối quan tâm, làm yên lòng.

To store=chứa;

Storage=chỗ chứa.

Cut 5

Interview: Blake

Larry: Interview

Eliz: You promised to prepare a report for Ms. Graham.

Blake: Yes. First I needed to fax my office in Beijing for the information she needed.

Eliz: Regarding the quantity of spare parts, the size, and so on.

Blake: That's right. After I got the details, I needed to put them into a report.

Eliz: How did you feel about the discussions so far?

Blake: Well, I knew we had to satisfy her concerns about the storage of spare parts.

I hoped that we could provide good answers to her questions.

Eliz: We'll listen to more of this conversation in another program.

Thank you for being my guest today.

Blake: You're very welcome.

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong Bài 99 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 100

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dyamic English, bài 100. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Nhớ lại trong bài trước Ông Blake của hãng International Robotics hứa sẽ fax câu hỏi của bà Graham về chỗ chứa phụ tùng thay thế về văn phòng chính (head office) ở Bắc Kinh và bá cáo cho bà. Bài học hôm nay tiếp tục chuyện đó. Quí vị sẽ nghe một câu hỏi, rồi nghe một mẩu đàm thoại có câu trả lời, rồi nghe lại câu hỏi rồi trả lời, sau đó khi nghe câu trả lời đúng, xin lập lại.

Cut 1

Language Focus: Questions Based on FIB Dialog

Larry: Questions.

Listen to the question.

Eliz: What does Mr. Blake have to do before he can prepare his report for Ms. Graham?

(short pause)

Larry: Now listen to the dialog.

Graham: Space is limited, and it would depend very much on the quantity of parts, the size, etc. Chỗ trống có giới hạn và tuỳ thuộc rất nhiều vào số lượng đồ phụ tùng, và cỡ lớn, vân vân.

I would need a lot more detail on that.

Blake: I can certainly understand your concerns.

I'm going to put this information in a report after I fax Beijing.

Graham: Okay.

Eliz: What does Mr. Blake have to do before he can prepare his report for Ms. Graham?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: He has to fax his head office in Beijing.

(short pause)

Larry: Listen to the question.

Eliz: When will Mr. Blake's report be ready?

(short pause)

Larry: Now listen to the dialog.

Blake: I'm going to put this information in a report after I fax Beijing.

Graham: Okay.

Blake: And I'll have the report ready for you tomorrow.

Eliz: When will Mr. Blake's report be ready?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: It will be ready tomorrow.

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Mách Giúp Văn Hoá, Gary sẽ trả lời câu hỏi:"Do Americans make a lot of promises in business?" Người Mỹ có hứa nhiều trong việc kinh doanh không? An oral agreement=lời thoả thuận.

A written contract=bản giao kèo.

A lawyer=luật sư.

Americans really respect people who keep their promises= Người Mỹ trọng người giữ lời hứa.

Make a promise=hứa; keep a promise=giữ lời hứa; fulfill a promise=thực hiện điều mình hứa.

If business people want to make an oral agreement, they may shake hands=nếu các nhà kinh doanh muốn thoả thuận bằng lời, thì họ có thể bắt tay.

I'll see what I can do=I'll do what I can=tôi sẽ cố làm trong khả năng mình; để tôi xem có thể làm gì được.

Serious=quan trọng.

It's not a promise that they will succeed=đó không phải là lời hứa rằng chắc sẽ thành công.

Spoken promises=lời hứa miệng.

But for important agreements between companies, spoken promises are usually not enough=Nhưng đối với những thoả thuận quan trọng giữa các công ty, hứa miệng thường không đủ.

In the final stages, agreements must be written down in a contract and checked by lawyers=Trong những giai đoạn cuối cùng, những thoả thuận phải được viết thành một giao kèo và kiểm soát lại bởi luật sư. Stages=giai đoạn.

To check=kiểm soát lại.

It's to avoid misunderstandings and legal problems in the future=đó là để tránh hiểu nhầm và kiện tụng trong tương lai.

Legal problems=các vấn đề pháp lý, chuyện kiện tụng.

To trust=tin.

Trust=sự tin cậy.

Trust is very important in business relationships.=Sự tin cậy rất quan trọng trong các liên hệ thương mại [buôn bán cần phải tin nhau].

Cut 2

Culture Tips: Promising

Larry: Culture Tips

Eliz: Welcome once again to "Culture Tips" with Gary Engleton.

Gary: Hello everyone!

Eliz: Today's e mail question is "Do Americans make a lot of promises in business?"

Gary: Yes, they do. And Americans really respect people who keep their promises.

Eliz: Because you can trust them?

Gary: Yes. Trust is very important in business relationships.

If business people want to make an oral agreement, they may shake hands.

Eliz: Why do they shake hands?

Gary: It shows that both people are really serious.

Good managers only make promises that they can keep.

If they're not sure, they may say something like "I'll see what I can do" or "I'll do what I can."

This means that they will try, but it's not a promise that they will be successful.

Eliz: That's a good strategy (phương cách hay).

Gary: Managers may also make spoken promises to each other as part of business discussions.

But for important agreements between companies, spoken promises are usually not enough.

In the final stages, agreements must be written down in a contract and checked by lawyers.

Eliz: Why is that?

Gary: It's to avoid misunderstandings and legal problems in the future.

If there's a problem, everyone can read the contract!!

Eliz: Gary, thanks again for your great information.

Gary: My pleasure.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe một câu rồi tuỳ ý nghĩa trong bài học, trả lời Ðúng hay Sai, True hay False.

Cut 3

Language Focus: True/False

Larry: True or False.

Larry: Listen. Is this statement true or false?

Eliz: Good managers make a lot of promises.

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: False. Good managers only make promises that they can keep.

(pause)

Eliz: Americans sometimes shake hands when they make an oral agreement.

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: True. Shaking hands shows that both people are really serious.

(pause)

Eliz: Important agreements between companies are usually written down in a contract.

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: True. Companies write contracts to avoid misunderstandings and legal problems.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Business Dialog-Ðàm thoại Thương Mại-quí vị nghe chuyện cô June muốn ông xếp nói với ông Phó Chủ Tịch công ty về việc xin thay thế bàn ghế văn phòng.

Office furniture=bàn ghế, tủ dùng trong văn phòng.

June wants her boss to talk to the Vice President about the office furniture.

She promises to replace everything, but nothing happens. Bà ấy hứa sẽ thay thế mọi món đồ văn phòng, nhưng chưa thấy kết quả gì cả.

I can't promise that it will do any good, but I'll see what I can do=tôi không cam kết là sẽ có kết quả, nhưng tôi sẽ cố làm xem.

She says the Accounting Department won't give her the money=bà ấy bảo sở Kế Toán không cho tiền mua.

It's embarrassing when we have important visitors=thật là ngượng khi chúng ta có khách quan trọng đến thăm.

Embarrassing=ngượng.

To embarrass=làm cho ai ngượng.

Disgraceful=xấu hổ, hổ thẹn

Cut 4

Business Dialog: Promising

Larry: Business Dialog

June wants her boss to talk to the Vice President about the office furniture.

Eliz: Let's listen to today's Business Dialog.

June wants her boss to talk to the Vice President about the office furniture.

SFX: office background

June: The condition of our furniture is disgraceful!

Ira: I know it's bad!

June: My desk is at least twenty five years old.

It looks terrible!

Ira: I've already talked to the office manager about the furniture three times this year.

Each time she promises to replace everything, but nothing happens.

June: Uh huh.

Ira: She says the Accounting Department won't give her the money.

June: Can't you talk to George about it?

As Vice President, he should be able to do something.

Ira: I'll try, but he's so busy all the time!

He always says, "Talk to the office manager!"

June: Ira, it's embarrassing when we have important visitors.

Ira: All right. I promise that I'll talk to George about it.

June: Great.

Ira: I can't promise that it will do any good, but I'll see what I can do.

June: Thank you very much, and good luck! We need new desks!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta tập nghe những câu dùng khi hứa hẹn sẽ làm điều gì.

Cut 5

Focus on Functions: Promising

Larry: Focus on Functions: Promising

Eliz: Now let's focus on Promising.

Larry: Listen carefully.

Eliz: Can't you talk to George about it?

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: I'll try, but he's so busy all the time!

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: I promise that I'll talk to him.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: I can't promise that it will do any good.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: I'll see what I can do.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe Gary nói về lời hứa sẽ làm một điều gì. Gary will be talking about promises. A Promise=lời hứa. To keep a promise=giữ lời hứa. To fulfill a promise=thực hiện lời hứa. Office manager=trưởng phòng.

Cut 6

Gary's Tips:

Larry: Gary's Tips.

UPBEAT MUSIC

Eliz: Now it's time for Gary's Tips with Gary Engleton!

Gary: Hello, Elizabeth! Today I'll be talking about promises.

Promises are very important in business.

And it's very important to keep your promises if you want to build good relationships.

In today's Business Dialog, June is unhappy about the condition of her furniture.

The office manager has promised to replace the furniture, but nothing has happened.

Ira: I've already talked to the office manager about the furniture three times this year.

Each time she promises to replace everything, but nothing happens

June: Uh huh.

Ira: She says the Accounting Department won't give her the money.

Gary: She asks Ira to talk to George, the Vice President.

At first, Ira uses the expression "I'll try."

This is a promise to try, but nothing more.

It only means that he'll try to talk to George about the furniture.

June: Can't you talk to George about it?

As Vice President, he should be able to do something.

Ira: I'll try, but he's so busy all the time!

He always says, "Talk to the office manager!"

Gary: June wants a more definite answer and finally Ira promises to speak to George.

Notice that he uses the expression "I promise."

June: Ira, it's embarrassing when we have important visitors.

Ira: All right. I promise that I'll talk to George about it.

June: Great.

Gary: Ira promises to talk to George, but he does not promise that June will get new furniture.

Let's listen:

Ira: I can't promise that it will do any good, but I'll see what I can do.

June: Thank you very much, and good luck!

Gary: He says that he can't promise that it will do any good, but he says he will try.

He uses the expression, "I'll see what I can do."

In business discussions, it is important to understand the difference between a promise to do something and a promise to try to do something.

(pause)

Gary: In Mr. Blake's conversation with Ms. Graham, he promises to have the report ready for her tomorrow.

Blake: I'm going to put this information in a report after I fax Beijing.

Graham: Okay.

Blake: And I'll have the report ready for you tomorrow.

Gary: Mr. Blake uses the expressions "I'm going to" and "I will" to make his promises.

Before you make a promise in business, be sure that you can keep it.

If you do this, you will build successful relationships.

Hope today's tips were helpful!

Thanks for joining us today for Gary's Tips.

Eliz: Thanks Gary!

MUSIC

Eliz: Well, our time is up. Tune in again next time for Functioning in Business. See you then!

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 100 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 101.

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English, bài 101. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Chủ đề của bài học hôm nay là "Do You Have a Favorite Musician?" Có nhạc sĩ nào bạn ưa chuộng nhất không? Bài hôm nay cũng ôn lại điều mình thích hay không thích (likes and dislikes). Jazz=nhạc jazz. A jazz musician=nhạc sĩ chơi nhạc jazz. A CD=đĩa thu gọn. (viết tắt từ chữ Compact Disk). Saxophone=kèn đồng sắc xô; có khi viết tắt là Sax. Saxophonist=người thổi kèn đồng sắc xô. Club=câu lạc bộ, phòng nhạc, dancing club=phòng nhảy, hộp đêm.

Cut 1

Opening

NDE MUSIC lead in and then dips for voice over

Max (voice over): Hi, I'm Max.

Kathy (voice over): Hello. My name is Kathy.

Max and Kathy (voice over): Welcome to New Dynamic English!

MUSIC up and then fade

Dynamic English is a basic English language course and an introduction to American people and culture.

Larry: Today's unit is Do You Have A Favorite Musician?

This lesson reviews likes and dislikes.

MUSIC

Kathy: Hi, Max.

Max: Hi, Kathy. Nice to see you.

Who's our guest today?

Kathy: Today's guest is Sandy Steele.

Max: He's a college student, isn't he?

Kathy: That's right. He's studying science at American University.

Max: Are we going to talk about his school work?

Kathy: No, we're going to talk about what he likes to do when he's not studying.

Max: You mean, in his free time?

Kathy: That's right.

MUSIC

Vietnmamese Explanation

Trong phần tới Kathy hỏi Sandy Steele, một sinh viên trường American Univesity xem ngoài giờ học thì anh làm gì. What do you do when you're not studying? A jazz musician=nhạc sĩ chơi nhạc jazz. Do you play in a band? Bạn có chơi trong ban nhạc không? Once a month=mỗi tháng một lần.

Cut 2

Interview: Sandy Steele: What do you do when you're not studying?

Larry: Interview

Sandy is a jazz musician.

He plays the saxophone in a jazz band.

Kathy: Now it's time for today's interview.

Our guest today is Sandy Steele.

Sandy is a student at American University, here in Washington.

Sandy, what do you like to do in your free time?

Sandy: When I'm not studying?

Kathy: That's right. What do you do when you're not studying?

Sandy: Well, I listen to music. Especially jazz.

Kathy: Do you have a favorite musician?

Sandy: Oh, yes! John Coltrane.

My favorite CD is "My Favorite Things" by John Coltrane.

Kathy: So you listen to jazz...

Sandy: And I also play jazz.

Kathy: You're a jazz musician?

Aren't you studying science in school?

Sandy: Yes, I am.

But I also love music.

Kathy: What instrument do you play?

Sandy: I play the saxophone.

Kathy: Do you play in a band?

Sandy: Yes, I do.

Once a month we play at a small club in Georgetown.

Kathy: Thanks, Sandy.

Our guest is Sandy Steele. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe và lập lại.

Cut 3

Language Focus. Phrasal repetition.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: Sandy is a student at American University.

(pause for repeat)

Max: He likes to play music.

(pause for repeat)

Max: His favorite kind of music is jazz.

(pause for repeat)

Max: His favorite musician is John Coltrane.

(pause for repeat)

Max: He plays the saxophone in a band.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Once a month, his band plays at a club in Georgetown.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tiếp, Kathy phỏng vấn Sandy. How big is your band? Ban nhạc của anh lớn chừng nào? Ban nhạc của anh có bao nhiêu nhạc sĩ? Drums=trống, Bass=giọng trầm, hay nốt nhạc trầm nhất trong một nhạc khí, hay phần nhạc hoà âm trầm nhất. Bass phát âm là /beis/. There are four of us=ban nhạc chúng tôi có bốn người. He's not the greatest drummer in the world=anh ta không phải là tay trống cừ khôi. He's not bad, and he's getting better= Anh ta chơi không tệ, và mỗi ngày một khá hơn.

Cut 4

Interview 2: Sandy Steele: Are they good musicians?

Larry: Interview

Sandy plays in a band with three other musicians.

Kathy: Our guest today is Sandy Steele.

He's a student at American University.

He's studying science and he plays in a jazz band.

How big is your band, Sandy?

Sandy: There are four of us.

I play saxophone. My friend Tom plays drums.

Greg plays bass and Karen plays piano.

Kathy: Are they good musicians?

Sandy: Well, Greg and Karen are both pretty good.

Kathy: What about Tom?

Sandy: Well, he's not the greatest drummer in the world.

But he's not bad, and he's getting better.

Kathy: I'd like to hear you play sometime.

Sandy: Sure. Any time.

Kathy: Our guest is Sandy Steele. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe và lập lại.

Cut 5

Language Focus. Listen and repeat. How well does he play?

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: Greg plays bass.

(pause for repeat)

Max: How well does he play?

(pause for repeat)

Max: He plays pretty well.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Karen plays piano.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Is she a good musician?

(pause for repeat)

Max: She's pretty good.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Tom plays drums.

(pause for repeat)

Max: How good is he?

(pause for repeat)

Max: He's not bad, and he's getting better.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần điện thư e mail, Kathy hỏi chuyện Sandy. I can't stand country and western music=tôi chịu không nổi thứ nhạc phổ thông dân ca ở miền Ðông Nam, Tây và Tây Nam Hoa Kỳ. [Nhận xét: Country and Western music=thứ âm nhạc phổ thông từ miền Ðông Nam, Tây và Tây Nam Hoa Kỳ; lời nhạc đơn giản , điệu swing, hay điệu blues tả đời sống dân quê, và trại súc vật. Nơi nổi tiếng có nhạc dân ca là Nashville, thủ phủ tiểu bang Tennessee. Ca sĩ nổi tiếng là Hank Williams, Johnny Cash và Loretta Lynn.] People in Texas love Country and Western music.=người dân tiểu bang Texas mê nhạc dân ca và nhạc miền Tây. I can't stand=I dislike, I hate.=chịu không nổi, không ưa, ghét. Rock, hay rock and roll=nhạc rốc. Sau đó xin nghe rồi lập lại.

Cut 6

E mail: I can't stand country and western music.

Larry: E mail

I like rock music, but I prefer jazz.=tôi thích nhạc rốc, nhưng tôi thích nhạc jazz hơn.

I can't stand Country and Western music. Tôi không thích nhạc dân ca và nhạc miền Tây.

Kathy: Welcome back.

It's time to check our e mail.

We have an e mail from Melissa in Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Her question is: Do you like rock music?

Sandy: I like rock music, but I prefer jazz.

Kathy: Sandy, what kinds of music don't you like?

Sandy: What don't I like?

That's easy. Country and Western music.

I can't stand Country and Western music.

I hate it!

Kathy: But you come from Texas, don't you?

People in Texas love Country and Western music.

Sandy: Yes, they do. That's why I don't live in Texas anymore.

I don't want to listen to Country and Western music all the time!

Kathy: I see.

Sandy, thank you for being on our show.

Sandy: My pleasure.

Kathy: Let's take a short break.

MUSIC

Language Focus. Listen and answer. What kind of music does Sandy like?

Larry: Listen and answer.

Max: What kind of music does Sandy like?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: He likes jazz and rock.

(short pause)

Max: What kind of music doesn't Sandy like?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: He doesn't like country and western music.

(short pause)

Max: What kind of music does Sandy like to play?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: He likes to play jazz.

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe một mẩu đàm thoại ở văn phòng nhân viên du lịch.

Cut 7

Daily Dialogue: Part 2. At a Travel Agent

Larry: Daily Dialogue: At a Travel Agent (Part 2)

Larry: Listen to the conversation.

Office sounds

Agent: Can I help you?

(short pause)

Customer: Yes, I'd like to go to Hawaii next month.

(short pause)

Customer: Can you recommend a place to stay?

(short pause)

Agent: What do you like to do when you're on vacation?

(short pause)

Customer: Nothing. Mostly I like to relax.

(short pause)

Agent: Don't you like to go shopping?

(short pause)

Customer: Not when I'm on vacation.

(short pause)

Customer: I'd rather sit and read a book.

(short pause)

Agent: Do you want to be near the ocean?

(short pause)

Customer: Yes, I love to sit on the beach and watch the ocean.

(short pause)

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Agent: Don't you like to go shopping?

(pause for repeat)

Customer: Not when I'm on vacation.

(pause for repeat)

Customer: I'd rather sit and read a book.

(pause for repeat)

Agent: Do you want to be near the ocean?

(pause for repeat)

Customer: Yes, I love to sit on the beach and watch the ocean.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong Bài 101 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 102

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English, bài 102. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Mở đầu bài học, quí vị nghe Ken Moss trong phần Man on the Street, nói chuyện với Tom Lansing là một huấn luyện viên của đội banh Wheelchair Basketball, mà cầu thủ gồm toàn người có tật ở chân phải ngồi xe lăn. Gymnasium=phòng tập thể dục, thể thao, còn có nghĩa là trường trung học ở một số nước Âu châu. Coach= huấn luyện viên.

Team=đội. Wheelchairs=bánh xe lăn, ghế ngồi có bánh xe dành cho người tàn tật. Score=điểm ghi đội nào thắng.

We're watching a Wheelchair Basketball game=chúng tôi đang xem một trận đấu của đội Bóng rổ Xe lăn Wheelchair Basketball.

They all have problems with their legs, and they can't walk=họ đều có tật ở chân và không đi được.

They can throw and catch the ball very well=họ ném và bắt banh rất giỏi. Ôn lại: hai động từ bất qui tắc: To throw/threw/thrown (ném); To catch/caught/caught (bắt). It's almost over=gần vãn trận đấu, trận đấu gần tan.

Cut 1

Man on the Street: Coach of Wheelchair Basketball Team

Larry: Man on the Street

UPBEAT MUSIC

SFX: sports crowd noises

Kent: This is the New Dynamic English Man on the Street, Kent Moss.

Today I'm at a gymnasium in Washington, D.C.

We're watching a Wheelchair Basketball game.

Let's speak to the coach.

Hello, I'm Kent Moss.

Tom: Pleased to meet you. I'm Tom Lansing.

Kent: I see that all the players are in wheelchairs.

Tom: Yes, that's right.

They all have problems with their legs, and they can't walk.

But they can play basketball.

They are all excellent players.

Kent: I can see that.

Tom: Yes. They can move very quickly in their wheelchairs.

And they can throw and catch the ball very well.

Kent: Do you play basketball yourself?

Tom: Yes, I do.

As you can see, I can't walk, but I'm a very good basketball player.

Crowd noise.

Kent: How's the game going?

Tom: Our team is winning.

Kent: What's the score?

Tom: 37 to 32, and it's almost over.

SFX: crowd noise.

Tom: Oh, now it's 40 to 32.

final buzzer

Tom: That's the end of the game.

Kent: Congratulations on your victory!

Tom: Thank you. It's been nice talking with you.

MUSIC

NDE Closing

Larry: A Question for You

Max: Now here's a question for you.

Larry: Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max: What sports can you play?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: All right. Great.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Câu Chuyện Giữa Bài, Story Interlude, Max đang đọc truyện Tom Sawyer, của nhà văn hài hước (Humorist) Mỹ tên là Mark Twain. [Mark Twain tên thật là Samuel Langhorne Clemens (1835 1910) viết cuốn tiểu thuyết Tom Sawyer năm 1876.] I have an idea for a radio show about famous American writers and their books.=Tôi có ý muốn làm một chương trình phát thanh về những nhà văn Mỹ nổi tiếng và tác phẩm của họ. People like to hear about famous American writers.=thính giả muốn nghe nói về các nhà văn Mỹ nổi tiếng. A radio show about books=mục giới thiệu sách trên đài phát thanh.

Cut 2

Story Interlude

sounds of paper shuffling

Larry: Okay, thanks folks. Another good show.

Max and Kathy: Thanks, Larry.

Kathy: Say, Max, what's that book you have?

You never bring books to the studio.

Max: This book? It's Tom Sawyer.

You know this book, don't you?

Kathy: Sure! But I read it a long time ago. In school.

It's by Mark Twain, isn't it?

Max: That's right.

I read Tom Sawyer when I was in high school, but I'm reading it again.

Tom Sawyer is the story of a young boy named Tom.

He lived in a small town on the Mississippi River about 100 years ago.

Kathy: Yes, I remember. Why are you reading it again?

Max: Well, actually, I have an idea for a radio show.

Kathy: What is it?

Max: Well, people like to hear about famous American writers.

And famous American books.

I think it would be a good idea for a radio show.

Kathy: What a great idea! A radio show about books.

Max: I'm glad you like the idea.

Maybe you can help me choose some books for the show?

Kathy: Sure!

SFX: Elizabeth enters

Eliz: Hi, Max, Kathy. Oh, Tom Sawyer. Great book!

Larry: Quiet please, everyone. Ready for Functioning in Business. Cue Music...

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Anh Ngữ Thương Mại Trung Cấp Functioning in Business, ta nghe buổi ăn trưa bàn công chuyện, phần 5, Business Lunch, part 5. Trong phần này ta học cách tả đặc tính và tóm lược. This lesson focuses on qualifying and summarizing. To qualify=mô tả đặc tính, to characterize. To summarize=tóm tắt. State of the art=top of the line=phẩm chất tối tân nhất của một sản phẩm kỹ thuật. Their robots are state of the art.=Người máy điện tử của họ rất tối tân. Local support centers=trung tâm cung cấp dịch vụ hỗ trợ tại địa phương. Responsive to my concerns=sẵn sàng giải đáp mối quan tâm của tôi. Bà Graham nói về chuyện bà bàn luận với Ông Blake trong buổi ăn trưa.

Cut 3

FIB Opening

FIB MUSIC lead in and then background

Eliz: Hello, I'm Elizabeth Moore. Welcome to Functioning in Business!

MUSIC swells and fades

Larry: Functioning in Business is an intermediate level business English course with a focus on American business practices and culture.

Today's unit is "A Business Lunch, Part 5."

This program focuses on Qualifying and Summarizing.

Functioning in Business is an intermediate level business English course with a focus on American business practices and culture.

[We are following three people involved in business meetings and negotiations.

They are Charles Blake, of International Robotics, Michael Epstein of Advanced Technologies, and Shirley Graham, also of Advanced Technologies].

MUSIC

Interview: Graham

Larry: Interview

His company did not have local support centers to provide aftersales service. Công ty của ông ấy không có các trung tâm hỗ trợ tại địa phương để lo về các dịch vụ sau khi bán sản phẩm.

Eliz: Today we'll be talking with Ms. Shirley Graham, Vice President of Advanced Technologies.

SFX: Phone bleep

Eliz: Hello, Ms. Graham.

Graham: Hello, Elizabeth.

Eliz: We've been listening to your lunchtime discussions with Mr. Blake.

That meeting took place on Wednesday, June 12, of last year.

Graham: Yes, that's right.

We needed industrial robots for our new factory, and Mr. Blake's company had an excellent product.

Their robots were state of the art.

Unfortunately, his company did not have local support centers to provide aftersales service.

Eliz: At that meeting, Mr. Blake offered to prepare a detailed report on the problem of spare parts.

Graham: Yes, he did. He was very responsive to my concerns.

Eliz: Let's hear what happened after that.

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần đàm thoại sắp tới, quí vị nghe Ông Blake nói sẽ gửi fax về Bắc Kinh để tìm cách giải đáp mối quan tâm của bà Graham là thiếu nơi chứa phụ tùng thay thế. Even then I can't make any guarantees. Ngay dù vậy, tôi cũng không dám bảo đảm (là sẽ mua người máy điện tử robots của hãng ông).= I can't make any promises. =tôi không dám hứa gì An undertaking=a venture= a business enterprise=kinh doanh hay đầu tư lớn có phần rủi ro. It's quite an undertaking=thật là một vụ đầu tư lớn.= It's a very big step for us=thật là một vụ kinh doanh lớn đối với hãng chúng tôi. Tương tự với undertaking có chữ venture=đầu tư mạo hiểm có thể bị rủi ro thua lỗ, nhưng có thể thu lời nhiều.

Cut 4

Dialog: FIB Dialog, Introductions

Larry: Dialog

Blake: I'm going to put this information in a report after I fax Beijing.

Graham: Okay.

Blake: And I'll have the report ready for you tomorrow.

And maybe we can come up with a solution to the problem.

Graham: Okay. Well, that sounds fine.

Even then, Mr. Blake, I can't make any guarantees.

You know, we've never done business with a Chinese company before, so it's quite an undertaking.

Blake: Oh, I can certainly understand.

Graham: So I hope you will understand.

Blake: Sure.

Graham: Okay.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Variations, quí vị nghe cách diễn tả cùng một ý bằng hai cách.

Cut 5

Language Focus: Listen and Repeat: Variations

Larry: Variations.

Listen to these variations.

Eliz: I'll have the report ready for you tomorrow.

Larry: The report will be ready for you tomorrow.

(pause)

Eliz: I can't make any guarantees.

Larry: I can't promise anything.

(pause)

Eliz: It's quite an undertaking.

Larry: It's a very big step for us.

(pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần kế tiếp, quí vị nghe mẩu đàm thoại giữa Elizabeth và Bà Graham. I was very impressed with Mr. Blake's presentation=tôi có ấn tượng rất tốt đối với phần trình bày của ông Blake. Convince=thuyết phục ai. But I still wasn't convinced that his company was the right company for us.=nhưng tôi vẫn chưa tin chắc là hãng của ông ta đúng là hãng thích hợp với chúng tôi.

Cut 6.

Interview: Graham

Larry: Interview

Eliz: So, how did you feel about this discussion?

Graham: I was very impressed by Mr. Blake's presentation.

But I still wasn't convinced that his company was the right company for us.

I couldn't make any guarantees.

Eliz: I understand.

Thank you again for joining us.

Graham: It's been my pleasure.

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 102 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 103

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English, bài 103. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Trong bài trước ta đã nghe chuyện bà Graham thuộc hãng Advanced Technologies tính mua người máy điện tử kỹ nghệ industrial robots của hãng International Robotics của ông Blake.

You know, we've never done business with a Chinese company before, so it's quite an undertaking.= Như ông biết, chúng tôi chưa bao giờ buôn bán với một công ty Trung Hoa, nên đây là một vụ đầu tư rất lớn. Ta hãy một câu hỏi rồi nghe một mẩu đối thoại trong đó có câu trả lời. Quí vị thử trả lời, và sau khi nghe câu trả lời đúng, xin lập lại.

Cut 1

Language Focus: Questions Based on FIB Dialog

Larry: Questions.

Listen to the question.

Eliz: Has Ms. Graham's company ever done business with a Chinese company?

(short pause)

Larry: Now listen to the dialog.

Graham: Okay. Well, that sounds fine.

Even then, Mr. Blake, I can't make any guarantees.

You know, we've never done business with a Chinese company before, so it's quite an undertaking.

Eliz: Has Ms. Graham's company ever done business with a Chinese company?(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: No, it hasn't.(short pause)

Larry: Listen to the question.

Eliz: Does Mr. Blake understand Ms. Graham's position?(short pause)

Larry: Now listen to the dialog.

Graham: You know, we've never done business with a Chinese company before, so it's quite an undertaking.

Blake: Oh, I can certainly understand.

Graham: So I hope you will understand.

Blake: Sure.

Graham: Okay.

Eliz: Does Mr. Blake understand Ms. Graham's position?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: Yes, he does.

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Mách Giúp Văn Hóa Culture Tip, Gary chỉ cho ta cách hỏi lại cho chắc mình hiểu một đề nghị. His Culture Tip is about asking questions in a business discussion.

When I'm making a proposal to Americans, they always interrupt me with questions=khi tôi trình bầy một đề nghị cho người Mỹ, họ thường ngắt lời tôi bằng những câu hỏi.

Why won't they let me finish what I want to say? Tại sao không để tôi nói xong điều tôi muốn nói? Rude=thô lỗ, thiếu lịch sự. Irritation=sự bực bội. Americans aren't trying to be rude. Người Mỹ không phải muốn tỏ ra thiếu lịch sự.

They are trying to be effective and polite=họ muốn tỏ ra hữu hiệu và lễ độ. You can't respond to a proposal if you don't understand it.=Bạn không thể trả lời một đề nghị nếu không hiểu rõ đề nghị đó.

Americans like a two way communication=người Mỹ thích có người hỏi người đáp trong một cuộc nói chuyện. A two way communication=một cuộc đối thoại hai chiều, có người hỏi người đáp. Asking questions is a good way to keep both people talking.= đặt câu hỏi là một cách tốt để có khiến cả hai bên tiếp tục đàm thoại.

Culturally speaking, Americans in business situations expect questions=Ðứng về mặt văn hoá, người Mỹ trong môi trường kinh doanh, mong có những câu hỏi. To expect=mong chờ, chắc rằng, tưởng rằng một chuyện sẽ xẩy ra. We expected you yesterday=hôm qua chúng tôi tưởng anh tới mà anh không tới.

Confirm understanding=kiểm chứng, hay hỏi lại cho chắc là mình hiểu người khác nói gì.

Cut 2

Culture Tips: Confirming Understanding of a Proposal

Larry: Culture Tips

Eliz: Welcome once again to "Culture Tips" with Gary Engleton.

Gary: Hello everyone!

Eliz: Today's question is "When I'm making a proposal to Americans, they always interrupt me with questions."

"That seems very rude to me."

"Why won't they let me finish what I want to say?"

Gary: Well, I can certainly understand your irritation.

But the Americans aren't trying to be rude.

They are trying to be effective and polite.

Eliz: Effective and polite?

Gary: Yes, Americans ask questions for two reasons.

Eliz: What are they?

Gary: First, to see whether or not they have understood what was said.

Eliz: Do you mean that they are confirming understanding?

Gary: Yes, exactly. You can't respond to a proposal if you don't understand it.

Eliz: That's certainly true!

Gary: Second, asking questions shows that you are interested, which is the polite thing to do.

Eliz: So silence would be impolite?

Gary: Yes, sometimes it would.

Culturally speaking, Americans in business situations expect questions.

It is also a good way to keep both people talking.

Americans like two way communication.

Eliz: Thanks Gary!

Gary: My pleasure!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe một câu rồi trả lời Ðúng hay Sai, True or False tùy nghĩa trong bài.

Cut 3

Language Focus: True/False

Larry: True or False.

Larry: Listen. Is this statement true or false?

Eliz: Americans don't like people who ask a lot of questions.

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: False. In business situations, Americans expect a lot of questions.(pause)

Eliz: Before you respond to a proposal, you should confirm your understanding.

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: True. Asking questions is a good way to confirm your understanding. (pause)

Eliz: For Americans, asking questions is a way to show interest.

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: True. Americans like two way communication.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới ta học về cách tóm tắt điều mình hiểu. Mr. Davis and Mr. Jones are in final stages of a negotiation=ông Davis và Ông Jones đang ở giai đoạn cuối của cuộc thương lượng. Mr. Davis wants to sell his product to Mr. Jones=Ông Davis muốn bán sản phẩm của mình cho Ông Jones.

Mr. Davis is summarizing the situation=Ông Davis đang tóm tắt tình trạng vụ kinh doanh. To summarize=tóm tắt. To sum up. The price is higher than we expected and we need delivery within six months at the latest=Giá cao hơn mức chúng tôi dự trù (phỏng chừng), và chúng tôi cần được giao hàng trễ nhất là trong vòng sáu tháng.

Delivery date=ngày giao hàng. Discount=giá bớt, chiết khấu.

There are still problems with the delivery date and the size of the discount.=vẫn còn vấn đề về ngày giao hàng và giá bớt (số tiền bớt còn quá cao). I'll check and see if it's possible=tôi sẽ kiểm soát lại và xem có thể giao hàng đúng hẹn không. Everything else is okay=mọi chuyện khác thì không có gì trở ngại.

Cut 4

Business Dialog: Summarizing

Larry: Business Dialog

Eliz: Let's listen to today's Business Dialog.

Mr. Davis and Mr. Jones are in final stages of a negotiation.

Mr. Davis wants to sell his product to Mr. Jones.

Mr. Davis is summarizing the situation.

SFX: office sounds

Davis: To summarize, there are still problems with the delivery date and the size of the discount, but everything else is okay.

Is that right?

Jones: Yes. That's right.

The price is higher than we expected, and we need delivery within six months at the latest.

Davis: I see. Well, I'll see what I can do.

The delivery date is going to be a problem, but I'll check and see if it's possible.

Can we get together again? How about later this week?

Jones: Okay, but I'm afraid I won't be free except for tomorrow afternoon.

Is that too early?

Davis: No, that'll be fine. How about 3:00?

Jones: Okay, good. I'll see you tomorrow, Mr. Davis.

Davis: See you then.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần kế tiếp, xin chú ý vào cách nói những câu dài và cách tóm lược.

Cut 5

Focus on Functions: Summarizing

Larry: Focus on Functions: Summarizing

Eliz: Now let's focus on Summarizing.

Larry: Listen carefully to this summary of Mr. Davis's position.

Eliz: the delivery date

Eliz: There are still problems with the delivery date.

(pause)

Eliz: the size of the discount

Eliz: There are still problems with the delivery date and the size of the discount.

(pause)

Eliz: everything else is OK

Eliz: There are still problems with the delivery date and the size of the discount, but everything else is okay.

(pause)

Eliz: To summarize, there are still problems with the delivery date and the size of the discount, but everything else is okay.

(pause)

Larry: Now listen to this summary of Mr. Jones's position.

Eliz: the price

Eliz: The price is higher than we expected.

(pause)

Eliz: delivery

Eliz: We need delivery within six months.

(pause)

Eliz: The price is higher than we expected, and we need delivery within six months.

(pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần cuối bài học, Gary chỉ cho ta cách tóm tắt lập trường của mình. Ðể ý đến câu hỏi, "Is that right?" Vậy có đúng không? để xem người nghe có hiểu ý mình nói không.

The delivery date is going to be a problem, but I'll check and see if it's possible. Ngày giao hàng sẽ là một vấn đề, nhưng tôi sẽ xét xem có thể lo được không. I'll see what I can do=tôi sẽ cố xem có thể giúp giải quyết được không.

Cut 6

Gary's Tips:

Larry: Gary's Tips.

UPBEAT MUSIC

Eliz: Now it's time for Gary's Tips with Gary Engleton!

Gary: Hello, Elizabeth!

Today I'll be talking about how to summarize your position at the end of a meeting.

In today's Business Dialog, Mr. Davis summarizes his understanding.

He uses the expression, "To summarize."

Davis: To summarize, there are still problems with the delivery date and the size of the discount, but everything else is okay.

Is that right?

Jones: Yes. That's right.

Gary: He confirms his understanding by asking Mr. Jones "Is that right?"

Mr. Jones confirms, "Yes, that's right."

Then Mr. Jones summarizes his position in more detail.

Jones: The price is higher than we expected, and we need delivery within six months at the latest.

Davis: I see.

Gary: Mr. Jones cannot promise that he will be able to meet the delivery schedule.

He offers to do his best.

Davis: Well, I'll see what I can do.

The delivery date is going to be a problem, but I'll check and see if it's possible.

Gary: He qualifies his answer, because he isn't sure if he can deliver the products on time.

They agree to meet again to try to solve these problems.

(pause)

Gary: In a similar way, Ms. Graham qualifies her response to Mr. Blake.

She cannot promise that they will be able to come to an agreement.

Graham: Even then, Mr. Blake, I can't make any guarantees.

You know, we've never done business with a Chinese company before, so it's quite an undertaking.

Gary: In summarizing your position in a business discussion, it is best to be honest about any problems.

Most importantly, you shouldn't make promises that you can't keep.

Thanks for joining us today for Gary's Tips.

Eliz: Thanks Gary!

MUSIC

FIB Closing

Eliz: Well, our time is up. Tune in again next time for Functioning in Business. See you then!

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 103 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 104

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English bài 104. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Chủ đề của bài học hôm nay là Can You Use the Internet?=bạn có biết dùng Liên mạng Internet không? Ta nghe chuyện cô Denise Collins làm tiếp viên nhận điện thoại ở một tổ hợp luật sư ở Washington.

Denise Collins is a receptionist at a law firm in Washington. She's the Employee of the Year at her company=cô là nhân viên gương mẫu trong năm tại công ty của cô. Bài này cũng ôn lại cách dùng can và can't. [Nhận xét về cách đọc: CAN và CAN'T trong hai câu I can get there in half an hour; tôi có thể đến đó trong vòng nửa giờ; và I can't get there in half an hour; it's too far from here=tôi không thể đến đó trong vòng nửa giờ; từ đây đến đó xa quá].

Xin nghe câu: She's blind. She can't see=cô ấy bị mù. Cô ấy không trông thấy gì. Nhận xét: bây giờ thay vì dùng chữ BLIND-mù muốn tế nhị, ta có thể dùng tiếng nhẹ hơn là VISUALLY IMPAIRED-khiếm thị]. Ôn lại: Receptionist=nhân viên giữ điện thoại. Law=luật; lawyer=luật sư; law firm=tổ hợp luật sư. Employee of the year=nhân viên gương mẫu trong năm.

Cut 1

NDE MUSIC lead in and then dips for voice over

Max (voice over): Hi, I'm Max.

Kathy (voice over): Hello. My name is Kathy.

Max and Kathy (voice over): Welcome to New Dynamic English!

MUSIC up and then fade

New Dynamic English is a basic English language course and an introduction to American people and culture.

Larry: Today's unit is Can You Use The Internet?

This lesson reviews expressions of ability with "can" and "can't."

MUSIC

Max: Hi, Kathy. How are you today?

Kathy: Fine. How are you?

Max: Just fine.

Who's our guest today?

Kathy: Today's guest is Denise Collins.

Max: Denise. She was Employee of the Year at her company.

Kathy: That's right. She works at a law firm.

She's a receptionist.

Max: She's blind, isn't she?

Kathy: That's right. She's blind. She can't see.

Max: And what's our topic for today?

Kathy: We're going to talk with Denise about her work and her school.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta thấy cô Denise Collins bị mù, nhưng vẫn làm tiếp viên trong một tổ hợp luật sư. Denise is a receptionist at a law firm=Denise làm tiếp viên trong một tổ hợp luật sư. Blind=mù. Work skills=khả năng cần cho công việc. Answer phones=trả lời máy điện thoại. Take messages=ghi lại lời nhắn. Type=đánh máy; Typist=người đánh máy. Typewriter=máy chữ. Computer=máy vi tính hay điện toán.

She has a computer that she can talk to=cô ta có máy vi tính và cô ấy có thể nói vào máy. I can also speak to my computer and my computer can write what I say=tôi có thể nói vào máy vi tính (máy điện toán) và máy có thể đánh thành chữ điều tôi nói. I can speak faster than I can type=tôi nói nhanh hơn đánh máy. Does the computer make many mistakes?=máy vi tính có phạm nhiều lỗi không? And it's getting better all the time.=và máy vi tính mỗi ngày một tốt hơn.

Cut 2

Interview: Denise Collins: I can't see, but my computer can talk

Larry: Interview

Kathy: Now it's time for today's interview.

Our guest today is Denise Collins.

She's a receptionist at a law firm in Washington, D.C.

Hi, Denise. It's nice to see you again.

Denise: It's nice to be here.

Kathy: I'd like to ask you a little about your work skills.

Denise: Yes?

Kathy: You answer phones and take messages.

Denise: That's right.

Kathy: Can you type?

Denise: Yes. I'm a very fast typist.

I can also speak to my computer and my computer can write what I say.

Kathy: Really? Your computer can write what you say?

Denise: That's right, if I speak clearly.

Kathy: Is it faster than typing?

Denise: That's a good question.

I can type very fast.

But I can speak faster than I can type.

Kathy: Does the computer make many mistakes?

Denise: No, not many. And it's getting better all the time!

Kathy: That's very interesting!

Thank you, Denise.

Our guest is Denise Collins. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe và lập lại, và tập dùng những câu diễn tả sự có thể hay không thể, với can. [âm "a" trong "can" đọc như âm ơ, khi không nhấn mạnh và âm "a" trong can't đọc như âm e.]

Cut 3

Language Focus. Listen and repeat: Can or can't?

Larry: Listen carefully. Can or can't?

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: Denise can't see.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Can Denise see?

(pause for repeat)

Max: No, she can't.

(pause for repeat)

Max: She can't see.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Denise can type.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Can she type?

(pause for repeat)

Max: Yes, she can.

(pause for repeat)

Max: She can type.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe chuyện cô Denise Collins. Denise uses a computer when she studies=Denise dùng một máy vi tính khi cô học bài. The computer can read out loud to her from her textbook and from the Internet=máy vi tính có thể đọc to cho cô nghe từ sách học của cô và từ Liên Mạng Internet. Read out loud=đọc to lên. Textbook=sách học.

A computer with speakers=máy vi tính có gắn máy khuyếch âm. I can't see, but I can hear=tôi không nhìn thấy, nhưng tôi nghe được. My textbook is on a CD ROM= [CD viết tắt từ Compact Disk; đĩa thu gọn; ROM, Read Only Memory, bộ nhớ của máy vi tính, đọc được nhưng không sửa đổi nội dung được]. Sách học của tôi được thâu vào đĩa thu gọn CD. My computer can read the textbook out loud to me=máy vi tính của tôi có thể đọc to bài học trong cuốn sách cho tôi nghe. Night school=trường dạy lớp tối. Law=luật. Lawyer=luật sư. Law firm=tổ hợp luật sư.

Cut 4

Interview 2: Denise Collins: Can a computer help you write?

Larry: Interview

Kathy: We're back with our guest, Denise Collins.

We're talking about computers.

You're taking classes at night school, aren't you?

Denise: That's right. I'm studying law.

Kathy: Do you use a computer when you study?

Denise: Yes, I do.

Kathy: How?

Denise: I can't see, but my computer can speak to me.

Kathy: So you have a computer with speakers?

Denise: That's right.

I can't see but I can hear.

I can listen to my computer.

Kathy: How does that help you?

Denise: My textbook is on a CD ROM.

My computer can read the textbook out loud to me.

Kathy: What about the Internet?

Can you use the Internet?

Denise: Yes, I can.

My computer can also read pages from the Internet to me.

Kathy: So computers really help you!

Denise: Yes. For me, computers are wonderful!

Kathy: Thank you, Denise.

Our guest is Denise Collins. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe câu hỏi và trả lời.

Cut 5

Language Focus. Listen and answer. Can Denise see?

Larry: Listen and answer.

Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max: Can Denise hear?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: Yes, she can. She can hear.

(short pause)

Max: Can she see?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: No, she can't . She's blind.

(short pause)

Max: Can her computer speak to her?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: Yes, it can. It can speak to her.

(short pause)

Max: Can she use the Internet?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: Yes, she can. She can use the Internet.

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần điện thư sắp tới, một thính giả hỏi cô Denise làm gì vào cuối tuần. On weekends, Denise likes to go for walks with her family=Vào cuối tuần, Denise thích đi dạo với gia đình cô. Go for a walk=Go for walks=đi dạo.

She also likes to go to outdoor concerts=cô ấy cũng thích nghe nhạc ngoài trời. When the weather is warm, we all like to go for walks in the park=khi trời ấm, chúng tôi đều thích đi dạo trong công viên. Park=công viên. It's wonderful to sit outside and listen to beautiful music=ngồi ngoài trời và nghe nhạc hay thì thật tuyệt vời.

To listen to=nghe. I like to listen to classical music=tôi thích nghe nhạc cổ điển. Especially on a warm summer night.=nhất là vào một đêm hè ấm. It's one of my favorite things in life.= đó là một trong những thú tôi ưa trên đời.

Cut 6

E mail: What do you like to do on the weekend?

Larry: E mail

Kathy: Welcome back.

It's time to check our e mail.

We have an e mail from Naomi in Philadelphia.

She asks: What do you like to do on the weekend?

Denise: As you know, I'm married and I have two children.

When the weather is warm, we all like to go for walks in the park.

Kathy: What else do you like to do?

Denise: In the summer, we love to go to outdoor concerts.

It's wonderful to sit outside and listen to beautiful music.

Especially on a warm summer night.

It's one of my favorite things in life!

Kathy: Denise, thank you so much for being on our show.

Denise: It's been my pleasure.

Kathy: Let's take a short break.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe và lập lại câu dài. Outdoor concert=buổi hòa nhạc ngoài trời.

Cut 7

Language Focus. Listen and repeat:

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: walks in the park

Max: Denise likes to go for walks in the park.

(pause for repeat)

Max: When it's sunny, Denise likes to go for walks in the park.

(pause for repeat)

Max: outdoor concerts

Max: She loves to go to outdoor concerts.

(pause for repeat)

Max: In the summer, she loves to go to outdoor concerts.

(pause for repeat)

Max: beautiful music

Max: It's wonderful to listen to beautiful music.

(pause for repeat)

Max: It's wonderful to sit outside and listen to beautiful music.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe một mẩu đàm thoại trong văn phòng du lịch. I'd rather=viết tắt từ chữ I would rather (tiếng Mỹ) hay had rather (tiếng Anh)=I prefer=tôi thích hơn. I'd rather sit and read a book=I prefer to sit and read a book=tôi thích ngồi đọc sách hơn. [I'd rather=I would rather=I prefer; thí dụ: We would rather rent the house than buy it outright=chúng tôi muốn thuê căn nhà hơn là mua thẳng luôn. => Nếu dùng prefer thì động từ theo sau có to đứng trước, nhưng nếu dùng would rather thì động từ theo sau không có to. Nghe lại: I would rather sit and read a book. I prefer to sit and read a book]

Cut 8

Daily Dialogue: Part 3. At a Travel Agent

Larry: Daily Dialogue: At a Travel Agent (Part 3)

Larry: Listen to the conversation.

Office sounds

Agent: Can I help you?

(short pause)

Customer: Yes, I'd like to go to Hawaii next month.

(short pause)

Customer: Can you recommend a place to stay?

(short pause)

Agent: What do you like to do when you're on vacation?

(short pause)

Customer: Nothing. Mostly I like to relax.

(short pause)

Agent: Don't you like to go shopping?

(short pause)

Customer: Not when I'm on vacation.

(short pause)

Customer: I'd rather sit and read a book.

(short pause)

Agent: Do you want to be near the ocean?

(short pause)

Customer: Yes, I love to sit on the beach and watch the ocean.

(short pause)

Agent: Do you like to stay in big hotels?

(short pause)

Customer: No, I prefer small hotels.

(short pause)

Agent: Well, I can recommend a very nice small hotel.

(short pause)

Customer: Is it very expensive?

(short pause)

Agent: No, it's not expensive at all.

(short pause)

Customer: That sounds wonderful!

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 104 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng. New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 105

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English, bài 105. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Mở đầu bài học, quí vị nghe phần Câu Ðố Trong Tuần, Question of the Week với câu hỏi, What Animal Is It? Trong ba con, con vịt, con cá, con rùa, đoán xem đó là con gì.

Question of the Week: question

Larry: Question of the Week!

• a duck vịt [drake=vịt đực; duck=vịt cái; duckling=vịt con]

• a fish cá [a school of fish=đàn cá; chữ fish thường dùng chung cho số ít và số nhiều]

• a turtle rùa

UPBEAT MUSIC

Max: This week we will ask What Animal Is It?

We'll have the answers on the next show.

Question number one. Is it a duck..., a fish..., or a turtle?

Listen carefully.

Larry: It can walk.

It can swim.

It can't fly.

Max: What is it?

Max: Question number two. Is it a duck..., a fish..., or a turtle?

Listen carefully.

Larry: It can't walk.

It can swim.

It can't fly.

Max: What is it?

Max: Question number three. Is it a duck..., a fish..., or a turtle?

Listen carefully.

Larry: It can walk.

It can swim.

It can fly.

Max: What is it?

We'll have the answers on next week's show.

MUSIC

NDE Closing

Larry: A Question for You

Max: Now here's a question for you.

Larry: Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max: Can you use a computer?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: OK. I see.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe Elizabeth kể sẽ cùng bạn trai là Boris đi chơi ở Williamsburg, ngày xưa là thủ phủ của tiểu bang Virginia [bây giờ thủ phủ của Virginia là Richmond]. Do you have special plans this weekend?= Cuối tuần này bạn có dự tính làm gì đặc biệt không? Weekend=cuối tuần; ở Mỹ, công sở nghỉ làm việc cuối tuần, tức là thứ bẩy và chủ nhật..

Elizabeth is going on a trip to Williamsburg with Boris.

• capital thủ phủ, thủ đô. [Dùng thủ phủ cho tiểu bang; dùng thủ đô cho cả nước]. Ôn lại, phân biệt: Capitol=toà nhà Quốc Hội Mỹ hay toà dân biểu tiểu bang.

• romantic lãng mạn

It looks the same way it did four hundred years ago. Thành phố trông y như xưa cách đây 4 trăm năm.

I've always wanted to visit Williamsburg. Tôi vẫn hằng muốn thăm Williamsburg.

Cut 2

SFX: show ending music.

Larry: Thanks, folks. Show's over.

SFX: door opening sound, footsteps

Max: (voice over) Well, I'm ready for my weekend.

Eliz: So am I!

Max and Kathy: Hi. Hi, Elizabeth.

Max: Ready for your weekend, too, huh, Elizabeth?

Do you have any special plans?

Eliz: Actually, I do.

Kathy: Really? What's up?

Eliz: Well, I'm going away for the weekend.

Boris and I are going on a trip this weekend.

Kathy: Oh, how romantic!

Where are you going?

Eliz: We are going to Williamsburg, Virginia.

Max: Williamsburg. That's the old capital of Virginia.

I went there with my family a few weeks ago.

It's a very old city. And beautiful.

You know, it looks the same way it did four hundred years ago.

Eliz: Yes, I've always wanted to visit Williamsburg.

And Boris has never been there either.

Kathy: Well, have a wonderful time!

Max: Yes, have a good time.

Eliz: Oh. It's time to begin my show.

Excuse me.

Larry: Ready for Functioning in Business. Cue Music...

Vietnamese Explanation

Cut 3

Trong phần Functioning in Business, Anh Ngữ Thương Mại Trung cấp, quí vị nghe mẩu đàm thoại trong phần cuối bữa ăn trưa, phần 6. This program focuses on showing appreciation=chương trình này chú trọng vào cách bầy tỏ lòng cảm kích. Charles had presented his information to Shirley, and now she had to make her decision. =Charles đã trình bầy tin tức của mình cho Shirley, và bây giờ bà ấy phải quyết định. Hãy nghe mẩu đàm thoại vào phần cuối bữa ăn trưa. I hope we will be able to do business together=tôi hy vọng chúng ta có thể giao dịch thương mại với nhau.

If there is any further information that we need, we'll give you a call at the hotel=nếu cần thêm tin tức, chúng tôi sẽ gọi điện thoại cho ông ở khách sạn. Sau đó trong phần kế tiếp, quí vị học thêm những câu như, Could we have the check, please? Xin cho tôi biên lai tính tiền. You've put a lot of time and effort into this proposal=ông đã bỏ ra nhiều thì giờ và công lao vào đề nghị này. Discuss in detail=thảo luận từng chi tiết. We really appreciate it=chúng tôi thực rất cảm kích.

Opening

FIB MUSIC lead in and then background

Eliz: Hello, I'm Elizabeth Moore. Welcome to Functioning in Business!

MUSIC swells and fades

Larry: Functioning in Business is an intermediate level business English course with a focus on American business practices and culture.

Today's unit is "A Business Lunch, Part 6."

This program focuses on Showing Appreciation.

We are following three people involved in business meetings and negotiations.

They are Charles Blake, of International Robotics, Michael Epstein of Advanced Technologies, and Shirley Graham, also of Advanced Technologies.

MUSIC

Interview: Epstein

Larry: Interview

Eliz: Today we'll be talking with Mike Epstein of Advanced Technologies.

SFX: Phone bleep

Eliz: Hello, Mike.

Epstein: Hello, Elizabeth.

Eliz: Today we're going to listen to the end of your lunch meeting with Charles Blake.

Epstein: Yes, Charles had presented his information to Shirley, and now she had to make her decision.

Eliz: OK. Let's listen to the conversation.

Dialogue: The End of the Meal

Larry: Dialog

Mr. Epstein, Mr. Blake, and Ms. Graham finish their meal.

We really appreciate it. Chúng tôi thực rất cảm kích.

Epstein: Could we have the check, please?

Waitress: Certainly. I'll bring it right over.

Blake: Well, thank you for the delicious meal.

Graham: You're very welcome.

You've put a lot of time and effort into this proposal.

We really appreciate it.

Blake: It was a pleasure.

I hope that we'll be able to do business together.

Graham: Mike and I will discuss your proposal in detail this afternoon.

And we look forward to seeing you tomorrow.

How about one o'clock in my office?

Blake: That sounds fine.

I'll fax my report to you in the morning.

Graham: Good.

Blake: And if there's any further information that you need......

Graham: We'll give you a call at your hotel.

Epstein: Can we take you back to your hotel?

Blake: No, thanks!

I think I'll go for a walk before I go back to the hotel.

Epstein: Well, see you tomorrow!

Blake: I'm looking forward to it!

Graham: Have a nice walk!

Blake: Thanks!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, xin nghe và lập lại để tập nói những câu vừa học. Delicious=ngon miệng; a delicious meal=bữa ăn ngon miệng.

Cut 4

Language Focus: Listen and Repeat

Larry: Listen and Repeat.

Eliz: Well, thank you for the delicious meal.

(pause for repeat)

Larry: You're very welcome.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: We really appreciate it.

(pause for repeat)

Larry: It was a pleasure.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: Can we take you back to your hotel?

(pause for repeat)

Larry: No, thanks! I think I'll go for a walk.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, Elizabeth hỏi Ông Epstein về cảm tưởng của Ông về đề nghị mua người máy điện tử robots của hãng của Ông Blake. Reliable=(adj.) đáng tin. [verb: To rely on, to count on, nhờ, tin]. You can count on me. Bạn có thể tin ở tôi. Can I rely on your help? Tôi nhờ bạn giúp được không?

Well, I thought Charles presented a very strong case=tôi nghĩ là Charles trình bầy trường hợp rất vững, đầy tính thuyết phục, convincing. A strong case=trường hợp mạnh, vững, đáng tin. And I was convinced that we should buy his robots=và tôi tin là chúng tôi nên mua máy điện tử của ông ta. But it was Shirley's project and it was her decision=nhưng đó là dự án của bà Shirley Graham và đó là quyết định của bà. My job was to give her the best advice=việc của tôi là đưa ra lời khuyên tốt nhất cho bà ta. Nhận xét: advice=(danh tự ở số ít, không có s), lời khuyên. A piece of advice=một lời khuyên.

Cut 5

Interview: Epstein

Larry: Interview

Eliz: Well, do you think it was a successful meeting?

Epstein: Well, I thought Charles presented a very strong case.

I knew that his company made the best robots.

And I was convinced that we should buy his robots.

Eliz: So you weren't concerned about aftersales service?

Epstein: No, I wasn't.

I felt that the robots were extremely reliable and that aftersales service wouldn't be a problem.

Eliz: It wasn't your decision, though?

Epstein: No, it wasn't. It was Shirley's project and it was her decision.

My job was to give her the best advice.

Eliz: Well, thank you again for being on our show.

Epstein: It's been my pleasure.

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 105 trong Chương trình Anh ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 106

Ðây là chương trình Anh ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English bài 106. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Trong bài trước, ta nghe mẩu đàm thoại giữa ba người là Ông Epstein, và Bà Graham cà hai thuộc hãng Advanced Technologies và Ông Blake thuộc hãng International Robotics.

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe một câu hỏi, rồi nghe một mẩu đàm thoại trong đó có câu trả lời, sau đó quí vị trả lời và khi nghe câu trả lời đúng, quí vị lập lại. Discuss=thảo luận (verb), a discussion=một cuộc thảo luận. Proposal (n.)=bản đề nghị ; verb: to propose. In detail=kỹ, từng chi tiết, tỉ mỉ.

They discussed the proposal in detail=họ thảo luận về đề nghị rất kỹ. Can we take you back to your hotel? Chúng tôi có thể đưa ông về khách sạn của ông không? How about one o'clock in my office? thế lúc một giờ, gặp ở văn phòng của tôi có tiện không? [dùng how about trước một đề nghị, xem người nghe có đồng ý không]. That sounds fine=được.

Cut 1

Language Focus: Questions Based on FIB Dialog

Larry: Questions.

Listen to the question.

Eliz: When and where will Mr. Blake and Ms. Graham meet next?

(short pause)

Larry: Now listen to the dialog.

Graham: Mike and I will discuss your proposal in detail this afternoon.

And we look forward to seeing you tomorrow.

How about one o'clock in my office?

Blake: That sounds fine.

Eliz: When and where will Mr. Blake and Ms. Graham meet next?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: They'll meet tomorrow at one o'clock in Ms. Graham's office.

(short pause)

Larry: Listen to the question.

Eliz: What will Mr. Blake do after lunch?

(short pause)

Larry: Now listen to the dialog.

Epstein: Can we take you back to your hotel?

Blake: No, thanks!

I think I'll go for a walk before I go back to the hotel.

Epstein: Well, see you tomorrow!

Blake: I'm looking forward to it!

Graham: Have a nice walk!

Blake: Thanks!

Eliz: What will Mr. Blake do after lunch?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: He'll go for a walk.

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Mách Giúp Văn Hoá. Culture Tips, Gary chỉ cho chúng ta cách cho tiền típ tiền thưởng, (tiền puộc boa) sau khi ăn ở nhà hàng bên Mỹ Tipping in American restaurants. To tip; to leave a tip=cho tiền puộc boa, tiền típ. To serve=tiếp, hầu; server=người hầu bàn, tiếp viên nhà hàng; waiters, waitresses. An hourly wage=lương giờ. Hour=giờ; hourly=(adj.) mỗi giờ. Xem cách thành lập tĩnh từ bằng cách thêm y vào danh từ: day, daily (hàng ngày); week, weekly (hàng tuần); month; monthly (hàng tháng); year, yearly (hàng năm). The bill=the check=biên lai tính tiền ăn. Credit card=thẻ tín dụng, thẻ mua chịu. Most servers expect a tip of at least 15 percent of the cost of the meal=Phần lớn người hầu bàn mong được cho tiền típ ít nhất là 15 phần trăm tổng số chi phí bữa ăn. To serve=tiếp đãi; servers=người hầu bàn, người phục vụ, waiters or waitresses.

Waiters and waitresses get most of their money from tipping=người hầu bàn nam và nữ kiếm được phần lớn nhờ tiền típ. The restaurants may only pay them a small hourly wage=nhà hàng chỉ trả họ lương giờ rất nhỏ. Tipping customs= tục cho tiền típ. Service charge=tiền trả thêm về dịch vụ ngoài giá món ăn [service charge coi như tiền típ như ở Âu châu, hay tiền tính thêm ở Mỹ cho cả một nhóm khách.] Ôn lại To leave a tip=cho tiền típ. International visitors=du khách ngoại quốc.

If you don't leave a tip, the manager might ask you if something was wrong with the service=nếu bạn không cho tiền típ, quản lý nhà hàng có thể hỏi bạn hay là vì việc tiếp đãi có gì làm bạn không hài lòng không.

They may even calculate the tip for you at different rules, for example, 15% and 20%=họ còn tính hộ tiền típ cho bạn theo qui tắc khác, thí dụ như 15 và 20 phần trăm.

Cut 2

Culture Tips: Tipping in American Restaurants

Larry: Culture Tips

This Culture Tip is about tipping at American restaurants.

Eliz: Welcome to "Culture Tips" with Gary Engleton.

Gary: Hello everyone!

Eliz: Today's question is: "When I eat at a restaurant in the United States, do I have to leave a tip?"

Gary: Well, first you must understand that waiters and waitresses get most of their money from tipping.

Eliz: Really?

Gary: Yes, the restaurant may only pay them a small hourly wage.

So most servers expect a tip of at least 15% of the cost of the meal.

Eliz: What if the service is bad? Should I leave a tip?

Gary: Of course, if the service is really terrible, you may want to give less than 15% and then never go to that restaurant again.

Eliz: What if I leave a small tip or don't tip at all?

Gary: Well, the restaurant host may come to you and ask if there was a problem with the service.

This can be very embarrassing.

Unfortunately, many travelers to the US do not understand American tipping customs.

Eliz: Why is that?

Gary: In Europe, the tip is included in the bill, and in Asia there is almost no tipping.

So American restaurants are trying to make tipping easier for international visitors.

Eliz: How are they doing that?

Gary: Some restaurants write information about tipping in several foreign languages.

And if you pay with a credit card, the credit card form usually has a line that says "Tip."

They may even calculate the tip for you at different rates, for example, 15% and 20%.

Eliz: In the US, is the tip ever included in the bill?

Gary: Sometimes. Some restaurants include a 15% service charge for large groups.

Eliz: Well, thanks again Gary for your helpful information.

Gary: My pleasure.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Ôn lại: Hourly wage=lương giờ. Something's wrong with the service=có gì sai quấy, sơ xót trong việc tiếp đãi. Customers are expected to leave a tip=khách hàng nên cho tiền típ. Trong phần tới quí vị nghe một câu rồi tùy nghĩa bài học mà trả lời Ðúng hay Sai, True or False.

Cut 3

Language Focus: True/False

Larry: True or False.

Larry: Listen. Is this statement true or false?

Eliz: American waiters and waitresses get most of their money from tips.

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: True. The restaurant may only pay them a small hourly wage.

(pause)

Eliz: If you don't leave any tip, the manager might ask you if something was wrong with the service.

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: True. In American restaurants, customers are expected to leave a tip.

(pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới ta nghe đoạn Mark ăn trưa với cô June, một thân chủ (khách hàng) quan trọng, an important client.

To respond=trả lời. Thank you for responding so quickly=cám ơn ông đã trả lời rất nhanh. To treat=đãi ai. To treat her to the theater=mời cô ta đi xem kịch.

Cut 4

Larry: Business Dialog

Mark is eating lunch with June, an important customer.

• a case of champagne một thùng rượu xâm banh. A case=thùng rượu-thường gồm mười hai chai.

Can I at least leave the tip? Ít nhất là cho phép tôi cho tiền típ không?

OK. If you insist. Ðược, nếu bạn nhất định muốn vậy

And next time, I'd like to treat you. Và lần tới, tôi muốn trả tiền mời bạn.

To treat=đãi, mời ai.

Treat her to the theater=mời cô ta đi xem kịch.

Eliz: Let's listen to today's Business Dialog.

Mark is eating lunch with June, an important client.

SFX: restaurant noise

Mark: ... and so we'll deliver twenty cases of champagne next Thursday.

June: That sounds good.

And thank you for responding so quickly.

Mark: It's my pleasure. We really appreciate your business.

June: Here... let me get the check.

Mark: No, you're my guest!

June: Can I at least leave the tip?

Mark: OK. If you insist.

June: I do.

And next time, I'd like to treat you.

Mark: All right.

When I see you next Thursday, you can buy me lunch.

June: Mark, thanks again for the meal.

Mark: You're very welcome, June.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe và lập lại những câu dùng để cám ơn.

Cut 5

Focus on Functions: Thanking

Larry: Focus on Functions: Thanking

Eliz: Now let's focus on Thanking.

Larry: Listen and Repeat.

Listen to these expressions of appreciation. Repeat each one.

Eliz: Thank you for responding so quickly.

(pause for repeat)

Larry: It's my pleasure.

(pause for repeat)

Larry: We really appreciate your business

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: Thanks again for the meal.(pause for repeat)

Larry: You're very welcome.(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới Gary chỉ cho ta cách bày tỏ lòng biết ơn hay sự cảm kích. Thí dụ:

Thank you for inviting me=cám ơn bạn đã mời tôi. Thank you for the delicious meal=cám ơn bạn đã cho ăn môt bữa ăn ngon. Thank you for the thoughtful gift=cám ơn bạn đã cho món quà nhiều ý nghĩa. I appreciate your kindness=cảm ơn lòng quí hóa của bạn. Khi ai cám ơn mình thì có thể trả lờI một trong những câu như, You're welcome=You're very welcome=It's my pleasure=Dạ, không có chi; dạ, không dám. You can create good business relationship by remembering to say 'thank you.'= bạn sẽ tạo được liên hệ thương mại tốt đẹp bằng cách ngỏ lời "cám ơn.'' A little appreciation goes a long way=một chút lòng cảm kích sẽ gây được thịnh tình lâu dài.

Cut 6

Gary's Tips: Showing Appreciation

Larry: Gary's Tips.

UPBEAT MUSIC

Eliz: Now it's time for Gary's Tips with Gary Engleton!

Gary: Hello, Elizabeth! Today I'll be talking about how to show appreciation.

The easiest and most common way to express appreciation is to say "Thank you."

What do you think is the most common way to respond to "Thank you?"

Let's listen to Mr. Blake and Ms. Graham:

Blake: Well, thank you for the delicious meal.

Graham: You're very welcome.

Gary: That's right.

"You're welcome" or "You're very welcome" is the most common response.

Another way show to appreciation is to say "I appreciate..."something you've done.

For example, in today's Business Dialog, June thanks Mark for his quick response.

And Mark says that he appreciates June's business.

Let's listen:

Mark: ... and so we'll deliver twenty cases of champagne next Thursday.

June: That sounds good.

And thank you for responding so quickly.

Mark: It's my pleasure. We really appreciate your business.

Gary: When June thanks Mark, he says, "It's my pleasure."

And then he thanks her for her business.

When someone thanks you for something, you can often respond by thanking them.(short pause)

Gary: You can also use "Thank you" to respond to an offer.

If someone asks if you would like something, you can say "Yes, thank you."

Eliz: What if you want to refuse an offer?

Gary: Then you say "No, thank you" or "No, thanks."

Let's listen:

Epstein: Can we take you back to your hotel?

Blake: No, thanks!

Gary: You can create good business relationships by remembering to say "thank you."

As they say, "A little appreciation goes a long way."

And so...

Thank you for joining us today for Gary's Tips.

Eliz: Thanks, Gary! I really enjoyed today's show.

MUSIC

Eliz: Well, our time is up. Tune in again next time for Functioning in Business. See you then!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 106 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 107

Ðây là chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English bài 107. Phạm văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Chủ đề của bài học hôm nay là Jupiter is the largest planet=hành tinh Jupiter (Mộc tinh) là hành tinh lớn nhất.

Chúng ta sẽ học về các hành tinh trong thái dương hệ (solar system). Ðó là Mercury (Thuỷ tinh, lớn thứ tám, gần mặt trời nhất), Venus (Vệ tinh hay sao Kim, lớn thứ sáu, gần mặt trời thứ nhì), the Earth (Trái đất, lớn thứ 5, cách mặt trời hàng thứ ba), Mars (Hoả tinh, lớn thứ bẩy, gần mặt trời hàng thứ tư), Jupiter (Mộc tinh, lớn nhất, gần mặt trời hàng thứ năm), Saturn (Thổ tinh, lớn thứ nhì, cách mặt trời hàng thứ sáu), Uranus (thiên vương tinh, lớn thứ ba, cách mặt trời hàng thứ bảy), Neptune (Hải vương tinh, lớn thứ tư, cách mặt trời hàng thứ tám), và Pluto (Diêm vương tinh, nhỏ nhất và cách mặt trời xa nhất, hàng ngoài cùng, thứ 9, trong thái dương hệ).

Saturn is the second largest planet in the solar system=Thổ tinh là hành tinh lớn thứ nhì trong thái dương hệ. Pluto is the smallest planet in the solar system=Diêm vương tinh là hành tinh nhỏ nhất trong thái dương hệ. Lecture=diễn thuyết; go to a lecture=attend a lecture=đi nghe diễn thuyết. A lecturer=diễn giả [lecturer cũng chỉ chức giảng sư đại học, dưới chức phó giáo sư (Assistant professor) và giáo sư (professor.)]

Bài hôm nay cũng chú ý về những lối so sánh 'hơn' hay 'nhất' (comparatives and superlatives) và cách dùng mệnh đề phụ bắt đầu bằng "that" gọi là relative clauses. Thí dụ, There are nine planets that travel around the sun=có chín hành tinh quay quanh mặt trời. ['That' thay cho ''nine planets."] Ôn lại: Mystery writer=nhà văn viết truyện bí ẩn, trinh thám.

Max (voice over): Hi, I'm Max.

Kathy (voice over):Hello. My name is Kathy.

Max and Kathy (voice over): Welcome to New Dynamic English!

MUSIC up and then fade

Larry: New Dynamic English is a basic English language course and an introductionto American people and culture.

Today's unit is "Jupiter is the Largest Planet."

This program will focus on comparatives and superlatives.

It will also introduce relative clauses.

• the Earth trái đất

• a planet hành tinh

• the solar system thái dương hệ

MUSIC

Kathy: Hi, Max.

Max: Hi, Kathy.

Who's our guest today?

Kathy: Martha Harris, the mystery writer.

Max: Oh, yes. She lives here in Washington.

And what are we going to talk about?

Kathy: She's going to talk about a lecture that she went to last night.

Max: What was it about?

Kathy: It was about the Earth and the other planets.

You know, the solar system.

Max: Oh, I studied about the solar system in high school.

Kathy: I did too.

I studied about the sun... and about the planets that travel around the sun.

Max: OK, Kathy, tell me: How many planets are there?

Kathy: There are... nine planets.

Max: And what is the largest planet?

Kathy: It's Jupiter. Jupiter is the largest planet.

Max: And the smallest planet is...

Kathy: Pluto. The smallest planet is Pluto.

Max: Very good.

Kathy: OK. Max, your turn.la What is the second largest planet?

Max: The second largest? Saturn? Is it Saturn?

Kathy: Yes. Saturn is the second largest planet.

OK. Let's take a short break and then we'll talk with Martha Harris.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe và lập lại. Ðể ý đến cách nói: Largest=lớn nhất; second largest=lớn thứ nhì.

CUT 2

Language Focus. There are nine planets.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: There are nine planets.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Jupiter is the largest planet.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Saturn is the second largest planet.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Pluto is the smallest planet.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đoạn tới, ta nghe bà Martha Harris kể tối qua đi nghe diễn thuyết về ba hành tinh gần mặt trời nhất trong thái dương hệ.=Martha Harris attended a lecture about three planets that are closest to the sun; đó là Thuỷ tinh, Kim tinh và Trái đất Mercury, Venus and the Earth. Nhận xét cách phát âm: Tĩnh từ CLOSE đọc là [klâux]-nghĩa là "gần" còn động từ TO CLOSE đọc là [klâuz]-đóng lại.

CUT 3

Interview. Martha Harris

Larry: Interview

Last night, Martha attended a lecture about the three planets that are closest to the sun: Mercury, Venus and the Earth.

Mercury is the closest planet to the sun. Thuỷ tinh là hành tinh gần mặt trời nhất

Kathy: Our guest today is Martha Harris.

Hello, Martha.

Martha: Hi, Kathy.

Kathy: Last night you and your husband attended a lecture about the solar system.

Was the lecture about all the planets that travel around the sun?

Martha: No. It was about three planets...

The three planets that are closest to the sun.

Mercury is the closest planet to the sun.

The second closest is Venus.

The Earth is the third closest planet to the sun.

Kathy: Our guest is Martha Harris. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe rồi lập lại. Ðể ý đến cách dùng closest, gần nhất; second closest, gần thứ nhì, third closest, gần thứ ba. The Earth is the third closest planet to the sun=Trái đất là hành tinh gần mặt trời thứ ba.

CUT 4

Language Focus. Mercury is the closest planet to the sun.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: Mercury

Mercury is the closest planet to the sun.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Venus

Venus is the second closest planet to the sun.

(pause for repeat)

Max: The Earth

The Earth is the third closest planet to the sun.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe câu; the Earth is the only planet where life exists=Trái đất là hành tinh độc nhất nơi đó có sinh vật. Lecturer=diễn giả. Life on other planets=đời sống ở các hành tinh khác.

CUT 5

Interview 2. Martha Harris: The Earth is the only planet where life exists.

Larry: Interview

The lecturer did not talk about life on other planets.

Kathy: Our guest today is Martha Harris.

Last night, Martha went to a lecture about the solar system.

It was about the three planets that are closest to the sun.

Martha: That's right: Mercury, Venus, and the Earth.

Kathy: Did the lecturer talk about life on other planets?

Martha: No, she didn't.

The Earth is the only planet where life exists.

Kathy: Our guest is Martha Harris. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe câu: There are nine planets that travel around the sun=có chín hành tinh chuyển động quanh mặt trời. Closest to the sun=gần mặt trời nhất. Ôn lại về chín hành tinh đó, tính từ hành tinh gần mặt trời nhất; đó là: Mercury, Venus, the Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune and Pluto.

CUT 6

Language Focus. There are nine planets that travel around the sun.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: There are nine planets.

(pause for repeat)

Max: The nine planets travel around the sun.

(pause for repeat)

Max: There are nine planets that travel around the sun.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Mercury, Venus, and the Earth are planets.

(pause for repeat)

Max: These three planets are closest to the sun.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Mercury, Venus, and the Earth are the three planets that are closest to the sun.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe những câu như: Bigger=lớn hơn; smallest=nhỏ nhất, closest=gần nhất, largest=lớn nhất. Pluto is the smallest planet=Diêm vương tinh là hành tinh nhỏ nhất. Mercury is smaller than EITHER Venus OR the Earth=Thuỷ tinh nhỏ hơn cả Kim tinh lẫn Trái đất.

CUT 7

E mail: Is Venus bigger than the Earth?

Larry: E mail.

The e mail question is: Is Venus bigger than the Earth?

Kathy: Now let's check our e mail.

Computer keyboard sounds tiếng máy điện toán

Kathy: We have an e mail from Lauren in Richmond.

Her question is: Is Venus bigger than the Earth?

Martha: No, it isn't. It's smaller.

Kathy: What about Mercury? Is it bigger?

Is it bigger than the Earth?

Martha: No, it isn't. Mercury is smaller than either Venus or the Earth.

Mercury is the second smallest planet.

Kathy: Which is the smallest planet?

Martha: Pluto. Pluto is the smallest planet.

Kathy: Let's take a short break.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe và lập lại những câu vừa học Venus is closer to the sun than the Earth=.Kim tinh gần mặt trời hơn Trái đất. Ðể ý đến cách dùng chữ WHICH, nghĩa là "nào'' ở câu hỏi. Which planet is the largest? Hành tinh nào lớn nhất?.

CUT 8

Language Focus. Listen and answer.

Larry: Listen and answer.

Max: Which planet is the largest?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: Jupiter is the largest planet.

(short pause)

Max: Which is the smallest planet?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: Pluto is the smallest planet.

Max: Which planet is closer to the sun, Venus or the Earth?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: Venus is closer to the sun.

(short pause)

Max: Which is the only planet where life exists ?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: The Earth is the only planet where life exists.

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe một mẩu đàm thoại hai chị em hẹn gặp nhau ăn trưa ở một nhà hàng. Two sisters meet at a restaurant for lunch. Have a party=tổ chức một buổi tiệc. Guest=khách mời. A guest list=danh sách tên khách sẽ mời. I don't know what to do!=tôi không biết phải làm gì! What's wrong?= Có chuyện gì trở ngại? Sao vậy? Sau khi nghe đoạn này, quí vị nghe lại và lập lại các câu vừa nghe.

CUT 9

Daily Dialogue: Planning a Party (Part 1)

Larry: Daily Dialogue: Planning a Party (Part 1)

Two sisters meet at a restaurant for lunch.

One sister is going to have a party.

Larry: Listen to the conversation.

Mary: Help!

(short pause)

Liz: What's wrong?

(short pause)

Mary: I'm having a party and I don't know what to do!

(short pause)

Liz: Well, first you need a guest list.

(short pause)

Mary: Okay. Guests. I need guests.

(short pause)

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Mary: Help!

(pause for repeat)

Liz: What's wrong?

(pause for repeat)

Mary: I'm having a party and I don't know what to do!

(pause for repeat)

Liz: Well, first you need a guest list.

(pause for repeat)

Mary: Okay. Guests. I need guests.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 107 trong Chương trình Anh ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 108

Ðây là chương trình Anh ngữ Sinh động New Dynamic English bài 108; Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Mở đầu bài học là phần Câu Ðố Trong Tuần. What are they going to do? Họ sắp làm gì ? Xin nghe mấy chữ khó. Letter=lá thư. Mail a letter=gửi thư. A tooth=cái răng (số nhiều, teeth). Put a stamp on an envelope=dán tem lên phong bì. Toothbrush=bàn chải đánh răng. Toothpaste=kem đánh răng. Brush his/her teeth=đánh răng. A cat=mèo, a kitten=mèo con. Ðộng từ bất qui tắc, To feed/fed/fed=cho ăn. He's going to feed his cat=anh ta sắp cho mèo ăn. Milk=sữa. Bowl=bát.

Cut 1

Question of the Week (answer): What are they going to do?

Larry: Question of the Week!

MUSIC

Max: Well, Kathy. Are you ready to play Question of the Week?

Kathy: Yes, I am.

Max: This week's question is: What are they going to do?

Here's the first question: Listen carefully.

What's he going to do?

Larry: He is putting a stamp on an envelope.

Max: What's he going to do?

Kathy: Let's see. He's putting a stamp on an envelope.

He's... he's going to mail a letter.

Max: Yes, that's right. He's going to mail a letter.

Here's the second question:

Max: What's she going to do?

Larry: She's putting toothpaste on her toothbrush.

Max: What's she going to do?

Kathy: Can I hear it again?

Max: Sure.

Larry: She's putting toothpaste on her toothbrush.

Kathy: I know. She's going to brush her teeth.

Max: Yes.

Now here's the last question:

What's he going to do?

Larry: He's putting milk into a bowl.

He's saying "Here, kitty, kitty."

Max: What's he going to do?

Kathy: Hmmm. He's putting some milk into a bowl and saying "Here, kitty, kitty."

I get it. He has a cat. And he's going to feed his cat.

Max: That's it. He's going to feed his cat.

You did very well.

Kathy: Thanks. It was easy.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, CÂU CHUYỆN GIỮA BÀI, Story interlude, Max kể chuyện cùng vợ và con ông thăm nghĩa trang quốc gia (National Cemetery) ở Gettysburg (ở bang Pennsylvania) nơi có hai đạo quân miền Bắc (the Union) và Miền Nam (the Confederacy) đánh nhau vào tháng 7, 1863, và là nơi tổng thống Lincoln đọc bài diễn văn truy niệm, trong đó, ở phần cuối, có câu government of the people, by the people, for the people=chính phủ của dân, do dân bầu ra, vì dân phục vụ. Civil War=trận nội chiến Hoa kỳ, 1861 65. Excited about=háo hức, phấn khởi. We had a wonderful time=chúng tôi có những giờ phút vui thú. Visitor's Center= Trung tâm đón khách. Our son was interested in the history of the battle=con chúng tôi thích đọc về lịch sử trận đánh ở Gettysburg. To buy, bought, bought=mua. To read, read, read=đọc. History books=sách về lịch sử. Library=thư viện. Army=đạo quân; số nhiều armies. Battle=trận đánh; battlefield=bãi chiến trường. To chuckle=cười nhẹ.

MUSIC up and then fade

CUT 2

Story Interlude: Gettysburg (2)

Larry: And... we're off the air.

Kathy: So, Max, how was your weekend?

Did you go to Gettysburg?

Max: Yes, we did. We had a wonderful time.

We went to the Visitor's Center, and then we walked around the battlefield.

Today, it's a field with trees and grass.

But during the Civil War, two American armies had a big battle there.

Kathy: That's right.

Max: But do you know what my wife and I liked best?

Kathy: What's that?

Max: Well, our son was very excited about Gettysburg.

He was very interested in the history of the battle.

And now he wants to learn more.

Kathy: That's good.

Max: My wife bought him a book about the history of the Civil War.

And he read it all day Sunday.

And he's going to get some more American history books from the library at his school.

Kathy: Hey, it sounds like he's really excited about learning!

Max: Yes, my wife and I are really pleased.

Of course, we don't say anything to him.

Kathy: Oh, really? Why not?

Max: Well, then he would never read anything!

Kathy: (chuckles ) Oh. Right!

SFX: Elizabeth entering

Eliz: Hi, Max, Kathy. Hello, Larry.

Time for my show.

Larry: Alright. Ready for Functioning in Business. Cue Music...

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Anh ngữ thương mại trung cấp Functioning in Business, ta nghe đề nghị cuối cùng-the Final Proposal, Part 1 trong đó ông Blake trình bầy đề nghị bán người máy điện tử cho hãng Advanced Technologies của bà Graham. Chắc quí vị còn nhớ là bà Graham lo ngại hãng ông Blake không có chỗ chứa phụ tùng thay thế. Today we're going to listen to your final presentation to Advanced Technologies=hôm nay chúng ta sẽ nghe buổi trình bầy cuối của ông trước hãng Advanced Technologies. To make a presentation=trình bầy. Hai cách phát âm của presentation /pre/ hay /pri/. She was especially worried about storing spare parts at the factory=bà đặc biệt lo vì không có kho chứa đồ phụ tùng thay thế ở xưởng. I know it would be very hard to convince Ms. Graham=tôi biết rất khó thuyết phục bà Graham. The conclusion=phần kết, phần cuối. To conclude...=để kết luận...[Thường dùng In summary (tóm lai) hay To conclude ở cuối bài trình bầy.]

Cut 3

FIB Opening

FIB MUSIC lead in and then background

Eliz: Hello, I'm Elizabeth Moore. Welcome to Functioning in Business!

MUSIC swells and fades

Larry: Functioning in Business is an intermediate level business English course with a focus on American business practices and culture.

Today's unit is "The Final Proposal, Part 1."

This program focuses on Making a Presentation.

MUSIC

Interview: Blake, his final proposal to Graham

Larry: Interview

Eliz: Today, Charles Blake is calling from his office in Beijing.

Phone beep

Eliz: Hello again, Mr. Blake.

Blake: Hello.

Eliz: Today we're going to listen to your final presentation to Advanced Technologies.

You changed your proposal after Ms. Graham told you her concerns about the first proposal.

Blake: Yes, I remember it well.

She was especially worried about storing spare parts at the factory.

Eliz: How did you feel before your presentation?

Blake: Well, I was hopeful, but I knew that it would be very hard to convince Ms. Graham.

Eliz: Let's listen to the conclusion of your presentation.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, trong phòng hội (conference room) của hãng Advanced Technologies, ta nghe ông Blake trình bầy đề nghị cuối của ông. Mr. Blake is presenting his final proposal to Ms. Graham=ông Blake sắp trình bầy đề nghị cuối cùng cho bà Graham. We guarantee a further reduction in the price, another ten percent=chúng tôi bảo đảm sẽ giảm thêm giá, thêm 10% nữa. Further (adj.)=additional=more=thêm. In addition=thêm vào đó, hơn nữa; tương tự, có chữ furthermore (adverb), hay moreover. Train your employees=huấn luyện nhân viên của hãng của bà. They can service the robots=họ có thể bảo trì và sửa chữa người máy điện tử. To service=bảo trì và sửa chữa. Fantastic=tuyệt diệu (như chữ wonderful) . I think that takes care of some of your main concerns=tôi nghĩ đề nghị vậy sẽ giải quyết được một số điều quan ngại chính của bà. Yes, I think it does [does=takes care of some of your main concerns.] Meet the October deadline= giữ đúng hẹn giao hàng vào tháng Mười. Storage facilities=những kho chứa hàng. To sum up=tóm tắt lại.

Cut 4

Dialog: FIB Dialog, Blake's final proposal

Larry: Dialog

Larry: This scene takes place in the conference room at Advanced Technologies.

Mr. Blake is presenting his final proposal to Ms. Graham.

Blake: So... to sum up my company's final proposal, we guarantee a further reduction in the price, another ten percent.

This will make our robots much less expensive than the competition's.

In addition, we will send two engineers to California to train your employees so that they can service the robots, if necessary.

Epstein: Oh, that would be fantastic. Don't you agree, Shirley?

Graham: Well, it's a good first step.

Blake: I think that this takes care of some of your main concerns.

Epstein: Yes, I think it does.

Blake: And I am certain that we will meet the October first deadline.

Epstein: I'm very glad to hear that.

Blake: You'll also be pleased to hear that we are planning to provide storage facilities in California.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Variations sắp tới, ta tập diễn tả một ý bằng hai cách. Thí dụ, In addition, và Furthermore đều có nghĩa là "Hơn nữa," thường hay dùng ở đầu câu và có dấu phẩy (comma) theo sau. To take care of=nguyên nghĩa là săn sóc. Nhưng trong câu This takes care of some of your main concerns thì takes care có nghĩa là ''giải quyết'' và có thể dùng động từ tương tự là ''deals with.''

CUT 5

Language Focus: Variations

Larry: Variations.

Listen to these variations.

Eliz: We guarantee a further reduction in the price.

Larry: We will reduce the price still further.

(pause)

Eliz: In addition, we will send two engineers.

Larry: Furthermore, we will send two engineers.

(pause)

Eliz: This takes care of some of your main concerns.

Larry: This deals with some of your main concerns.

(pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần phỏng vấn ông Blake sắp tới, ta nghe lại đoạn ông trình bầy. Concession=sự nhượng bộ. Ðộng từ là to concede. You made some major concessions=ông đã có vài nhượng bộ lớn. Major=chính, big, great. To reassure=làm yên lòng, làm cho vững tâm. To reduce=giảm; reduce the price=giảm giá. We felt that sending two maintenance engineers would reassure Ms. Graham.=chúng tôi cảm thấy gửi hai kỹ sư lo về bảo trì sẽ làm bà Graham yên tâm. Overall=nói một cách tổng quát. I thought we had made the best proposal that we could=tôi nghĩ là chúng tôi đưa ra đề nghị tốt nhất mà chúng tôi có thể đưa ra.

CUT 6

Interview: Blake

Larry: Interview

Eliz: Mr. Blake, let's talk about your presentation.

You made some major concessions.

Blake: Yes, we did. My company agreed to reduce the price another ten percent.

That made us much cheaper than United Industries.

Eliz: And you proposed to send two engineers.

Blake: We felt that sending two maintenance engineers would reassure Ms. Graham.

Eliz: I understand. Overall, how did you feel about the proposal?

Blake: I thought that we had made the best proposal that we could.

Eliz: Yes. Well, thank you for being on our program again.

Blake: I always enjoy talking to you.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 108 trong chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 109

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English, bài 109. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Chủ đề của bài học hôm nay là cách trình bầy một vấn đề how to make a presentation. Trước hết, để luyện nghe hiểu, quí vị nghe một mẩu đàm thoại trong đó có câu trả lời, và khi nghe câu hỏi, xin trả lời; rồi khi nghe câu trả lời đúng, xin lập lại.

Trong câu, This would make our robots much less expensive than the competition's=bớt thêm 10% sẽ làm cho người máy điện tử của chúng tôi rẻ hơn người máy của hãng đang cạnh tranh với hãng tôi nhiều. Sau 'competition' có dấu phết cao (dấu lược, Apostrophe) và s, hiểu ngầm là chữ robots, khỏi phải lập lại. Xin nghe lại câu này: This would make our robots much less expensive than our competition's.

To reduce=giảm; reduction (danh từ)= sự giảm bớt. In addition, we will send two engineers to Califormia to train your employees so that they can service the robots, if necessary.=thêm vào đó, chúng tôi sẽ gửi hai kỹ sư đến California để huấn luyện nhân viên của hãng bà cách sửa chữa và bảo trì người máy điện tử, nếu cần.

Cut 1

Language Focus: Questions Based on FIB Dialog

Larry: Questions.

Listen to the question, then listen to the dialog.

Eliz: Does Mr. Blake offer to reduce the price of the robots?

(short pause)

Blake: So... to sum up my company's final proposal, we guarantee a further reduction in the price, another ten percent.

This will make our robots much less expensive than the competition's.

Eliz: Does Mr. Blake offer to reduce the price of the robots?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: Yes, he does. He offers to reduce the price by another ten percent.

(short pause)

Larry: Listen to the question, then listen to the dialog.

Eliz: Why does Mr. Blake offer to send two engineers to California?

(short pause)

Blake: In addition, we will send two engineers to California to train your employees so that they can service the robots, if necessary.

Epstein: Oh, that would be fantastic. Don't you agree, Shirley?

Graham: Well, it's a good first step.

Eliz: Why does Mr. Blake offer to send two engineers to California?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: He offers to send the engineers to train employees at Advanced Technologies.

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần mách giúp văn hóa, Culture Tips, Gary chỉ cho ta cách trình bầy một vấn đề. To make a formal presentation=trình bầy một đề tài một cách nghiêm túc. Trước hết, Gary nói, The main thing is to remember to be very clear about everything.=điểm chính là phải nhớ là phải rành mạch về mọi điểm trình bầy. Clear=rành mạch; trái nghĩa là, Vague=mơ hồ. Don't be vague=đừng nói mơ hồ.

Thứ hai, theo Gary, you have to give specific examples and facts to support your opinions=bạn phải cho thí dụ và dữ kiện cụ thể để hỗ trợ ý kiến của mình. Specific=cụ thể, rành mạch, đặc trưng, đặc thù, riêng biệt đồng nghĩa có những chữ detailed, clear, precise, to the point . [Nhận xét: "specific" khác với "special'' nghĩa là đặc biệt]. Organize your presentation clearly=xếp đặt bài trình bầy cho có hệ thống rõ ràng. Bằng cách dùng những chữ như, First, trước hết; Second, thứ hai, Next, kế tiếp là, hay, Moreover, Furthermore, In addition, hơn nữa, và cuối cùng, nên tóm tắt những điểm chính đã trình bầy (repeat the main points of your presentation) bằng cách dùng nhóm chữ To sum up, hay In summary. Sau cùng, dùng chữ Finally để người nghe biết mình sắp kết thúc bài trình bầy.

Cut 2

Culture Tips: Formal Presentations

Larry: Culture Tips

This Culture Tip answers the question: How do I make a formal presentation to Americans?

• a formal presentation một bài trình bầy nghiêm túc.

Eliz: Welcome once again to "Culture Tips" with Gary Engleton.

Today, our e mail question is "How do I make a formal presentation to Americans?"

"I made a presentation last week and they asked a thousand detailed questions afterwards."

Gary: Well, the main thing to remember is to be very clear about everything.

Say exactly what you mean, even if the audience disagrees with you.

Eliz: So don't be vague.

Gary: Exactly. Give specific examples and facts to support your opinions.

Eliz: Good advice!

Gary: Also, organize your presentation clearly.

For each new idea in your presentation, use words like "First," "Second," and "Next."

Eliz: That would be clearer.

Gary: And be sure to summarize the main points of your presentation at the end.

You can say, "In summary" and then repeat the main points of your presentation.

Finally, if the audience asks a lot of questions, that's good!

Eliz: Why?

Gary: Because it means that they were really listening and were interested.

If there are no questions, it may mean that they weren't very interested.

Eliz: Every week, we get a lot of questions from listeners.

Does that mean that they are very interested?

Gary: I hope so!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần True or False, quí vị tập nghe và trả lời những câu hỏi căn cứ vào ý nghĩa trong bài. Ôn lại: facts=sự kiện; an opinion=ý kiến; the audience=thính giả..

Cut 3

Language Focus: True/False

Larry: Listen and answer.

Eliz: In a presentation, why should you support your ideas with examples and facts?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: Examples and facts help the listeners understand your opinions.

(pause)

Eliz: Why is it good if the audience asks a lot of questions?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: Questions usually mean that the audience was interested in your presentation.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần đàm thoại thương mại sắp tới, quí vị nghe cô Melissa, Phó chủ tịch công ty lo về Thị trường (Vice President of Marketing) của hãng nước ngọt Spenser Soft Drinks, trình bầy lý do với vị Tổng Giám đốc CEO [viết tắt từ chữ Chief Executive Officer], và Giám đốc Thị trường (Director of Marketing) và ban Giám Ðốc (Board of Directors) của hãng tại sao nên mở một chi nhánh ở Nam Phi -Open a branch office in South Africa. The government there is stable, and the economy is strong.=chính phủ ở đó vững và kinh tế xứ đó mạnh. Stable=vững vàng.

There are almost forty two million people there=xứ đó có gần 42 triệu dân. In addition, the climate is hot, so the people are always thirsty=thêm vào đó, khí hậu nóng, nên lúc nào người ta cũng khát. The government there allows foreign companies to own one hundred percent of their company=chính phủ ở đó cho phép công ty ngoại quốc làm chủ 100 phần trăm vốn của công ty của họ. To own=làm chủ. They are reducing taxes=họ giảm thuế.

They want us to create jobs for their people=họ muốn chúng ta tạo việc làm cho dân xứ họ. Create jobs=tạo việc làm. Ðể ý những chữ khi cô Melissa trình bầy: trước một lý do, cô dùng 'First', 'Second', 'In addition', và cuối cùng, cô dùng 'Finally.' Và cô kết luận, All of this makes South Africa a great opportunity for us=tất cả những sự kiện này khiến Nam Phi là một dịp may lớn cho công ty của chúng ta.

Cut 4

Business Dialog: Making a Proposal

Larry: Business Dialog

The Vice President of Marketing for Spencer Soft Drinks is making a proposal.

She is talking to the CEO, the Director of Marketing and the Board of Directors.

• a branch office văn phòng chi nhánh

Eliz: Let's listen to today's Business Dialog.

The Vice President of Marketing for Spencer Soft Drinks is making a proposal.

She is talking to the CEO, the Director of Marketing and the Board of Directors.

office sounds

Melissa: I am proposing that we open up a branch office in South Africa.

I think it is a good idea for the following reasons:

First, the government there is stable, and the economy is growing (phát triển.)

Second, there are almost forty two million people there.

In addition, the climate is hot, so the people are always thirsty.

Finally, the government wants foreign companies to come to South Africa.

They allow foreign companies to own one hundred percent of their company.

And they are reducing taxes.

In summary, there is a stable government and a large, thirsty population.

And the government wants us to create jobs for their people.

All of this makes South Africa a great opportunity for us.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe lại những điểm cô Melissa trình bầy và để ý những chữ mở đầu cho một lý do đưa ra. Ðó là, First, Second, In addition, Finally và In summary.

Cut 5

Focus on Functions: Making a Presentation

Larry:Focus on Functions: Making a Presentation

Larry: Listen to these expressions.

Larry: First

Eliz: First, the government there is very stable and the economy is stronger.

(pause)

Larry: Second

Eliz: Second, there are almost forty two million people there.

(pause)

Larry: In addition

Eliz: In addition, the climate is hot, so the people are always thirsty.

(pause)

Larry: Finally

Eliz: Finally, the government wants foreign companies to come to South Africa.(pause)

Larry: In summary

Eliz: In summary, there is a stable government and a large, thirsty population.(pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe Gary chỉ cho ta nghe cô Melissa trình bầy lý do nên mở một chi nhánh nước ngọt ở Nam phi. Ta nghe ở câu đầu, cô dùng câu I am proposing...tôi xin đề nghị. Sau đó, cô lần lượt đưa ra những lý do và dùng những chữ như FIRST, SECOND, IN ADDITION. Trước lý do chót, cô dùng FINALLY...và khi gần hết phần trình bầy, cô dùng IN SUMMARY (tóm lại).

She's numbering the main points=cô ta lần lượt nêu ra những điểm chính.To number=đánh số; kể ra lần lượt theo thứ tự 1, 2, 3.

Quí vị cũng nghe câu Of course, in actual business situations, a presentation would be much longer and would be supported by more detailed examples and information. Dĩ nhiên, trong những hoàn cảnh thương mại thực sự, bài trình bầy có thể dài hơn nhiều và có thể được hỗ trợ bởi nhiều thí dụ và tin tức tỉ mỉ hơn. Actual= thực sự, đồng nghĩa có chữ real. A business situation=một hoàn cảnh thương mại. Support=hỗ trợ; supported by more detailed examples and information=được hỗ trợ bằng nhiều thí dụ và tin tức tỉ mỉ hơn. Danh từ Detail=chi tiết; tĩnh từ detailed=tỉ mỉ.

Whether the presentation is long or short, it is important to follow these same basic principles=Dù bài trình bầy dài hay ngắn, điều quan trọng là theo những nguyên tắc căn bản tương tự này. Basic=căn bản. Principle=nguyên tắc. And to be sure to summarize your main ideas at the conclusion of your talk=và nhớ là phải tóm tắt những ý chính của bạn ở đoạn cuối phần trình bầy.

Cut 6

Gary's Tips: Business Presentations

Larry: Gary's Tips.

Gary discusses business presentations.

UPBEAT MUSIC

Eliz: Now it's time for Gary's Tips with Gary Engleton!

Gary: Hello, Elizabeth! Today I'll be talking about business presentations.

In today's Business Dialog, we heard an example of a short business presentation.

Notice how the speaker begins with a statement of her main idea, using the expression "I am proposing..."

Melissa: I am proposing that we open up a branch office in South Africa.

Gary: She then introduces the reasons that support her idea.

She makes the organization of her proposal very clear by numbering each of her main points.

Melissa: I think it is a good idea for the following reasons:

Melissa: First, the government there is stable and the economy is growing.

Second, there are almost forty two million people there.

In addition, the climate is hot, so the people are always thirsty.

Gary: As she gets near the end of her proposal, she uses the expression "Finally" to let her audience know that this will be her last point.

Melissa: Finally, the government wants foreign companies to come to South Africa.

Gary: And at the end of her presentation, she summarizes her main points, using the expression "In summary."

Melissa: In summary, there is a stable government and a large, thirsty population.

And the government wants us to create jobs for their people.

All of this makes South Africa a great opportunity for us.

Gary: Of course, in actual business situations, a presentation would be much longer and would be supported by more detailed examples and information.

But whether a presentation is long or short, it is very important to follow these same basic principles:

Begin with a statement of your main idea, and clearly indicate the main points in your presentation with words such as "First," "In addition," and "Finally."

And be sure to summarize your main ideas at the conclusion of your talk.

Thanks for joining us today for Gary's Tips. We'll see you again next time!

Eliz: Thanks, Gary!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 109 trong Chương Trình Anh ngữ Sinh động New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 110

Ðây là chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English, bài 110. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Chủ đề của bài học là What does a plant need? Cây cỏ cần gì? Ðộng từ NEED nghĩa là 'cần'. Danh từ needs nghĩa là 'nhu cầu'. Plant khác với tree. Plant=cây thân thảo, hay các cây hoa; còn tree=cây thân mộc. AIR=không khí; HEAT=hơi nóng, LIGHT=ánh sáng. SUNLIGHT=ánh sáng mặt trời.

Chúng ta cũng học về cách dùng những mệnh đề chỉ điều kiện, bắt đầu bằng IF, nghĩa là "Nếu." Nhận xét là nếu mệnh đề if đi trước thì có dấu phết (comma) ngăn cách mệnh đề này với mệnh đề chính. If a plant does not get enough water, it dies. Nhưng nếu mệnh đề if đi sau mệnh chính thì không dùng dấu phết để ngăn cách với mệnh đề chính. A plant dies if it does not get enough water [không có comma sau dies]. Richard Chen sắp nói về cây cỏ và cây cỏ cần gì để sống.

Cut 1

Max (voice over): Hi, I'm Max.

Kathy (voice over): Hello. My name is Kathy.

Max and Kathy (voice over): Welcome to New Dynamic English!

MUSIC up and then fade

Larry: New Dynamic English is a basic English language course and an introduction to American people and culture.

Today's unit is "What Does a Plant Need?"

This program focuses on conditional statements using "If."

Today Richard Chen is going to talk about plants.

He's going to talk about plants and about what plants need.

MUSIC

Kathy: Hello, Max.

Max: Hi, Kathy.

Who's our guest today?

Kathy: Richard Chen. Do you remember him?

He's a teacher.

He teaches science and math.

Max: And what's he going to talk about?

Kathy: He's going to talk about plants.

Max: About planets?

Kathy: No, about plants. You know, flowers, trees, and so on.

Max: I see... plants.

Kathy: Yes. He's going to talk about plants and about what plants need.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần phỏng vấn, Richard Chen, thầy giáo dạy khoa học và toán, sẽ tới lớp học của con trai và sẽ giải thích rằng cây cỏ cần nước, không khí, nhiệt, và ánh sáng mặt trời để sống. If a plant doesn't get enough water, it dies=nếu một cây không có đủ nước, nó chết. Dark room=phòng tối. Plants need light=cây cỏ cần ánh sáng.

Cut 2

Interview. Richard Chen: What does a plant need to live?

Larry: Interview

Kathy: Now it's time for today's interview.

Our guest today is Richard Chen.

How are you today?

Richard: Fine.

Kathy: Why do you have that plant with you?

Richard: I'm going to my son's school.

I'm going to teach a lesson about science.

Kathy: Really?

Richard: And I'm going to ask the children some questions about plants.

Kathy: Questions?

Richard: Yes. For example, what does a plant need?

What do you think, Kathy?

What does a plant need to live?

Kathy: Water?

Richard: Yes, a plant needs water.

If a plant doesn't get enough water, it dies.

What else? What else does a plant need?

Kathy: Uh,... light? Sunlight?

Richard: Yes, a plant needs light.

If a plant is in a dark room, what happens?

Kathy: The plant dies.

Richard: Yes, the plant dies. Plants need light.

If a plant doesn't get enough light, it dies.

Kathy: Our guest is Richard Chen. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe và lập lại những câu bắt đầu bằng IF, như, If a plant doesn't get enough water, it dies=nếu cây không có đủ nước, nó chết. Hay có thể nói: Without water, a plant dies.

Cut 3

Language Focus. A plant needs water.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: water

A plant needs water.

(pause for repeat)

Max: If a plant doesn't get enough water, it dies.

(pause for repeat)

Max: light

A plant needs light.

(pause for repeat)

Max: If a plant doesn't get enough light, it dies.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tiếp, Richard Chen còn nói thêm cây cối cần các chất khác để sống, như HEAT=hơi nóng, nhiệt. A plant needs heat=cây cần hơi nóng. Some plants die in the winter if the weather gets too cold.=một số cây chết vào mùa đông nếu thời tiết trở nên lạnh quá. What else=gì nữa. What else does a plant need? Cây còn cần gì nữa để sống?

Cut 4

Interview 2. Richard Chen: What else does a plant need?

Larry: Interview

Kathy: Our guest today is Richard Chen.

He's talking about plants.

Richard: OK, Kathy. What else does a plant need?

Kathy: Hmmm...

Richard: Well, what happens if you put a plant in a very cold place?

Kathy: It ... dies.

Richard: Yes. A plant needs heat.

If a plant doesn't get enough heat, it dies.

Kathy: Some plants die in the winter if the weather gets too cold.

Richard: Yes, that's right.

So plants need water, and sunlight, and heat.

Kathy: Our guest is Richard Chen. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe câu hỏi, What happens if a plant doesn't get enough heat? Nếu cây không có đủ nhiệt thì sao? It dies=nó chết. To happen=xẩy ra, what happens..., chuyện gì sẽ xẩy ra. Xin nghe và lập lại.

Cut 5

Language Focus. What happens if a plant doesn't get enough heat?

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: A plant needs heat.

(pause for repeat)

Max: What happens if a plant doesn't get enough heat?

(pause for repeat)

Max: If a plant doesn't get enough heat, it dies.

(pause for repeat)

Max: A plant needs water.

(pause for repeat)

Max: What happens if a plant doesn't get enough water?

(pause for repeat)

Max: If a plant doesn't get enough water, it dies.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần kế tiếp, ta nghe hai cách nói: Plants also need air=cây cũng cần không khí, If plants don't get enough air, they die=nếu cây không có đủ không khí, thì chúng chết..Nhớ lại: 'gh' trong 'enough' đọc như âm /f/: Enough. [tương tự, draught=/draft/=luồng gió; cough =ho.] Thay vì nói, If plants don't get enough air, they die, có thể nói: Without air, plants can't live=không có không khí, cây không sống được.

Cut 6

Interview 3. Richard Chen: Without air, plants can't live.

Larry: Interview

Without air, plants can't live.

Kathy: Our guest today is Richard Chen.

He's talking about plants.

Richard, people need air to live.

If we don't get enough air, we die.

Do plants also need air?

Richard: Yes, they do.

Without air, plants can't live.

If plants don't get enough air, they die.

Kathy: Thank you, Richard, for being our guest today.

Richard: Thank you, Kathy!

Kathy: Let's take a short break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe và trả lời, căn cứ vào ý nghĩa những câu đã nghe trong bài.

Cut 7

Language Focus. Listen and answer.

Larry: Listen and answer.

Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max: What happens if plants don't get enough air?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: They die.

If plants don't get enough air, they die.

(short pause)

Max: Can plants live without water?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: No, they can't.

Plants can't live without water.

(short pause)

Max: Do people need air?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: Yes, we do.

Max: If we don't get enough air, we die.

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần cuối, ta nghe lại cuộc đàm thoại giữa hai chị em, Elizabeth và Mary. Mary sắp sửa soạn một bữa tiệc mời khách và những món cần phải sửa soạn. Ôn lại: guest=khách; guest list=danh sách khách sẽ mời; food=thực phẩm; drinks=đồ giải khát. Sounds expensive! Có vẻ tốn tiền. To sound=nghĩa trong bài là nghe có vẻ, tương tự như 'seem', động tự thuôc loại linking verb, theo sau bởi một adjective [theo sau động từ sounds là adjective 'expensive'-sounds expensive.] Without food and drinks, it's not a party= nếu không có đồ ăn và thức uống thì không ra một bữa tiệc. Xin nghe rồi sau đó nghe lại và lập lại.

Cut 8

Daily Dialogue: Planning a Party (Part 2)

Larry: Daily Dialogue: Planning a Party (Part 2)

One sister is going to have a party.

Sounds expensive!

Larry: Listen to the conversation.

Mary: Help!

(short pause)

Liz: What's wrong?

(short pause)

Mary: I'm having a party and I don't know what to do!

(short pause)

Liz: Well, first you need a guest list.

(short pause)

Mary: Okay. Guests. I need guests.

(short pause)

Liz: Then you need food and drinks.

(short pause)

Mary: Food and drinks?

(short pause)

Sounds expensive!

(short pause)

Liz: Maybe...but without food and drinks, it's not a party.

(short pause)

Mary: All right, all right... guests, food and drinks.

(short pause)

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Liz: Then you need food and drinks.

(pause for repeat)

Mary: Food and drinks?

(pause for repeat)

Sounds expensive!

(pause for repeat)

Liz: Maybe...but without food and drinks, it's not a party.

(pause for repeat)

Mary: All right, all right...guests, food and drinks.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 110 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 111

Đây là Chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English bài 111, Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Mở đầu bài học là phần Man on the Street, trong đó, Kent Moss phỏng vấn một cụ già tên là Earl Beek chạy đua ở Washington. Finish line=đích của cuộc chạy đua. A marathon=cuộc chạy đua đường dài 26 miles, 385 yards, chừng 42 kilometers. [Theo tích truyện Hy Lạp, một người chạy từ Marathon đến Athens, bây giờ là thủ đô Hy lạp, năm 490 trước công nguyên, để báo tin quân Hy Lạp đã thắng quân Ba Tư. Ðể kỷ niệm, tên trận Marathon dùng để chỉ cuộc chạy đua đường trường 26 dặm ở thế vận hội Olympic]. Marathoner=lực sĩ chạy trong cuôc đua đường trường. Bây giờ 'marathon' chỉ một cuộc chạy đua đường dài tổ chức ở những thành phố và ai cũng có quyền dự thi, kể cả những vị có tuổi. Bất cứ cuộc thi đua bền bỉ nào cũng gọi là 'marathon.' Run the race=chạy đua. Runner=người chạy đua.

To wind=làm cho hết hơi, thở hổn hển, to cause to be out of breath. The old man was winded by the long run=cụ già thở hổn hển vì chạy quá xa. Am I the last person to finish? Có phải tôi là người về chót không? Nhận xét: Trong câu, he's younger than I am, ông ta còn ít tuổi hơn tôi, động từ trong mệnh đề đi trước là động từ 'be' [he's younger] nên sau than dùng động từ be [than I am]. Không dùng 'than me.' Tương tự, phải để ý đến động từ ở mệnh đề đi trước. Thí dụ: He came here early. I came 15 minutes later.=> He came here 15 minutes earlier than I did. [dùng trợ động từ did thay cho quá khứ của come là came].

Cut 1

Man on the Street: Runner

Larry: Man on the Street

Kent is standing at the finish line at the Washington Marathon.

Are you all right? Cụ có sao không?

Am I the last person to finish? Tôi có phải là người về chót không?

UPBEAT MUSIC

Kent: This is the New Dynamic English Man on the Street, Kent Moss.

I'm standing at the finish line of the Washington, D.C. Marathon.

Sir? Excuse me, sir, are you all right?

Earl: (Winded) Yes...yes...I'm fine.

Kent: May I ask your name, sir?

Earl: (Still winded) Earl...Earl Beek.

Kent: How long did it take you to run the race, Earl?

Earl: Six hours and fifty eight minutes!

Kent: That's a long time to run!

Earl: That's a long time to do anything, son!

Am I the last person to finish?

Kent: No, no, sir.

There's one more runner behind you.

Earl: Oh...yes...I see my friend, George, is still running!

You know, he's younger than I am.

But I'm faster!

Kent: How old are you?

Earl: I'm 79 years old!

Kent: And how old is George?

Earl: He's 78!

Kent: Well, congratulations, Earl!

Earl: Thanks!

MUSIC

NDE Closing

Larry: A Question for You

Max: Now here's a question for you.

Larry: Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max: What kind of plants do you have in or around your home?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: Interesting...

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Câu chuyện giữa bài, Story Interlude, Kathy kể lại đi xe điện ngầm lần đầu ở Washington. Ở Mỹ, xe điện ngầm gọi subway, hay Metro [Cột có chữ M chỉ cho người bộ hành biết dấu hiệu của nhà ga xe điện ngầm. Bên Anh, xe điện ngầm còn gọi là TUBE hay UNDERGROUND. To take the subway=đi xe điện ngầm. The Red Line=tên một trong những đường xe điện ngầm-dùng mầu để phân biệt. Station=Ga. Stress=tình trạng đầu óc căng thẳng; tương tự=pressure. No traffic=không bị kẹt xe. Traffic=xe cộ [TRAFFIC thường dùng ở số ít: There was much traffic this morning=sáng nay đông xe quá].

Tương tự, có chữ Gridlock=nạn kẹt xe; hay những chữ như a traffic jam, a tie up, congestion. The Washington area had the third worst traffic congestion in the United States, behind Los Angeles and San Francisco. Thủ đô Washington là vùng có nạn kẹt xe thứ ba sau Los Angeles và San Francisco ở Hoa Kỳ.

CUT 2

Story Interlude: Kathy takes the subway

Larry: OK... and we're off the air.

Kathy: Max, guess how I got to work today.

Max: How? By car?

Kathy: No. I took the subway!

Max: The Metro?

Kathy: That's right.

Larry: I take the subway every day. It's great.

Kathy: Yes. Well, today was my first trip on the Washington subway.

There's a new subway station near my apartment.

So this morning I walked there, and then took the subway.

Max: What did you think of it?

Kathy: Hey, it's great! No traffic! No stress!

Larry: Yeah, I love the Metro.

Kathy: What line do you take, Larry?

Larry: I'm on the Red Line. I get off at Cleveland Park.

It's close to...

SFX: Elizabeth entering

Larry: Oh, here's Elizabeth! It's time to start the show.

Max:OK. See you later.

Larry: Alri i i ght. Ready for Functioning in Business.

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, Anh ngữ Thương mại Trung cấp, Functioning in Business, ta nghe phần 2 của đề nghị của Ông Blake, trong đó ta nghe cách hứa trong thương mại. the Final Proposal, Part 2, on Promising. To reduce=giảm, danh tự là a reduction, hay là a decrease trái nghĩa là an increase. Nhận xét cách phát âm của hai từ increase và decrease to inCREASE; an INcrease; to deCREASE; a DEcrease-hai động từ này nhấn mạnh vần nhì, danh từ của chúng nhấn mạnh vần đầu. A big decrease=một sự giảm lớn. International Robotics=tên hãng chế tạo người máy điện tử (robots) của ông Blake. To set up=thiết lập. Storage facilities=xưởng chứa đồ.

CUT 3

FIB Opening

FIB MUSIC lead in and then background

Eliz: Hello, I'm Elizabeth Moore. Welcome to Functioning in Business!

MUSIC

Larry: Functioning in Business is an intermediate level business English course with a focus on American business practices and culture.

Today's unit is "The Final Proposal, Part 2."

This program focuses on Promising.

Interview: Blake's final proposal

Larry: Interview

Eliz: Today, we are talking to Mr. Mike Epstein in his San Jose office.

SFX: Phone beep

Eliz: Hello again, Mr. Epstein.

Epstein: Hello. It's good to talk to you again.

Eliz: Today, we're listening to Mr. Blake's final proposal to Advanced Technologies.

Epstein: Yes, I remember that meeting.

International Robotics had made three changes in their proposal.

They reduced the price of the robots by ten percent-a big decrease.

They offered to send two engineers to our factory.

And they decided to set up a storage facility in California.

Eliz: Let's listen to Mr. Blake's presentation.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần đàm thoại sắp tới, ta hãy nghe ông Blake đưa ra đề nghị cuối cùng cho bà Graham. Ta hãy nghe những câu ông Blake dùng để hứa: We guarantee a further reduction in the price, another ten percent=Chúng tôi bảo đảm sẽ giảm giá thêm mười phần trăm nữa.

In addition, we will send two engineers to California to train your employees so that they can service the robots, if necessary. Thêm vào đó, chúng tôi sẽ gửi hai kỹ sư sang California để huấn luyện nhân viên hãng của bà để họ có thể bảo trì và sửa chữa người máy điện tử, nếu cần. [động từ to service=bảo trì, sửa chữa.]

You'll be pleased to hear that we are planning to provide storage facilities in California=bà sẽ hài lòng khi biết là hãng chúng tôi đang dự trù cung cấp nơi chứa đồ ở California. By mid November=trước giữa tháng mười một. That's not soon enough. =Như vậy là trễ rồi, như vậy không kịp.

CUT 4

Dialog: FIB Dialog, Blake's Proposal

Larry: Dialog

Blake: So... to sum up my company's final proposal, we guarantee a further reduction in the price, another ten percent.

This will make our robots much less expensive than the competition's.

In addition, we will send two engineers to California to train your employees so that they can service the robots, if necessary.

Epstein: Oh, that would be fantastic. Don't you agree, Shirley?

Graham:Well, it's a good first step.

Blake:I think that this takes care of some of your main concerns.

Epstein:Yes, I think it does.

Blake: And I am certain that we will meet the October first deadline.

Epstein:I'm very glad to hear that.

Blake: You'll also be pleased to hear that we are planning to provide storage facilities in California.

Graham:When will those facilities be ready?

Blake: Uh... they'll be ready by mid November.

Graham:I'm sorry, but that's not soon enough.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Variations sắp tới, ta nghe cách diễn tả cùng một ý bằng hai cách. Thí dụ như I am certain that we will meet the October deadline=chúng tôi tin chắc chúng tôi sẽ kịp hẹn chót vào tháng mười. We will definitely meet the October deadline. DEFINITELY=CERTAINLY. Nhớ là: Trong câu I am certain that we will meet the October deadline, ta dùng adjective certain sau động từ am; còn trong câu We will definitely meet the October deadline, ta dùng adverb definitely trước động từ meet. Xin nghe lại hai câu. Not soon enough=trễ, không kịp.

CUT 5

Language Focus: Variations

Larry:Variations.

Listen to these variations.

Eliz: I am certain that we will meet the October deadline.

Larry: We will definitely meet the October deadline.(pause)

Eliz: They'll be ready by mid November.

Larry: They'll be ready by the middle of November.

(pause)

Eliz: I'm sorry, but that's not soon enough.

Larry: I'm sorry, but that's too late.

(pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần cuối, ta nghe đoạn Elizabeth phỏng vấn ông Epstein về đề nghị của ông Blake thuộc hãng International Robotics. Without a doubt=không nghi ngờ; certainly, undoubtedly. Bid=cuộc đặt giá, giá đưa ra; ở đây bid có nghĩa như là offer, hay proposal đề nghị đưa ra. Attractive=hấp dẫn. Have two engineers available for local support=cử hai kỹ sư để hỗ trợ tại địa phương. A weakness=khuyết điểm. Reaction=phản ứng.

CUT 6

Interview:Epstein

Larry: Interview

Eliz: Mr. Epstein, how did you feel about the changes in Mr. Blake's proposal?

Epstein: Well, without a doubt, it was a much more attractive bid.

Their robots were already very cheap and of excellent quality.

And having two of their engineers available for local support was a wonderful idea.

Eliz: Did you see any weaknesses in the offer?

Epstein: Well, I knew that Shirley would not be happy about the storage facilities.

She wanted them ready to meet the October deadline.

Eliz: Well, we'll hear more of Ms. Graham's reaction on our next show.

Eliz: Mr. Epstein, thanks for being with us again.

Epstein: It was my pleasure.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 111 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 112

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English, bài 112. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Mở đầu bài học, quí vị luyện nghe hiểu bằng cách nghe một câu hỏi, sau đó, nghe một mẩu đàm thoại trong có có câu trả lời, rồi sau nghe lại câu hỏi, hãy trả lời, và khi nghe câu trả lời đúng, xin lập lại. Confident=tin chắc, vững tin.

Hãy nghe ba câu diễn tả cùng một ý nhưng theo sau chữ CONFIDENT bởi 'about', 'of', và 'that'. I'm confident about our team=Tôi tin chắc rằng đội nhà sẽ thắng; tương tự I feel confident of our team's victory; I am confident that our team will win. Deadline=hạn chót. Mid November=giữa tháng 11=in the middle of November. Storage facilities=xưởng chứa đồ

Cut 1

Language Focus: Questions Based on FIB Dialog

Larry: Questions.

Listen to the question, then listen to the dialog.

Eliz:Is Mr. Blake confident that he can meet the deadline?

(short pause)

Blake: I think that this takes care of some of your main concerns.

Epstein: Yes, I think it does.

Blake: And I am certain that we will meet the October first deadline.

Epstein: I'm very glad to hear that.

Eliz: Is Mr. Blake confident that he can meet the deadline?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: Yes, he is. He is certain he can meet the deadline.

(short pause)

Larry: Listen to the question, then listen to the dialog.

Eliz: When will the storage facilities be ready?

(short pause)

Blake: You'll also be pleased to hear that we are planning to provide storage facilities in California.

Graham: When will those facilities be ready?

Blake: Uh... they'll be ready by mid November.

Graham: I'm sorry, but that's not soon enough.

Eliz: When will the storage facilities be ready?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: They'll be ready by the middle of November.

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe Gary trong phần Mách giúp Văn hoá chỉ cách gây lòng tin, GÂY TÍN NHIỆM building trust. A shipping department=phân vụ gửi hàng trong một hãng lớn. An order=một vụ đặt hàng. A shipment=sự gửi hàng, một món hàng gửi đi. To ship=gửi hàng hoá bằng đường thuỷ, đường bộ hay đường hàng không, chứ không phải chỉ bằng đường thuỷ mà thôi.. Shipping and handling=phí tổn (cước phí) về gửi hàng và gói hàng hay đóng hộp. Shipper=người hay hãng lo về gửi hàng đi. Tracking=theo dõi. Computerized tracking=theo dõi lộ trình của món hàng gửi đi bằng máy điện toán. Americans take promises seriously=người Mỹ coi việc hứa là quan trọng. Deliver goods on time=gửi hàng đến đúng ngày. Quality goods=hàng có phẩm chất tốt. Have a bad experience=có kinh nghiệm xấu.

A product=sản phẩm. To confirm the details of the order=xác nhận chi tiết của một đơn đặt hàng. Use the Internet to find out where your package is=dùng liên mạng Internet xem kiện hàng của mình đi đến đâu. Trong đoan tới, Gary trả lời câu hỏi, 'Làm cách nào gây tín nhiệm với khách hàng Mỹ?

Cut 2

Culture Tips: Building trust

Larry: Culture Tips

This Culture Tip answers the question: "How can I build trust with my American customers?"

They may want you to use a shipper with computerized tracking.=họ muốn bạn dùng hãng gửi hàng có trang bị máy điện tử để theo dõi xem hàng đi đến đâu.

Eliz: Welcome once again to "Culture Tips" with Gary Engleton.

Today, our e mail question is "How can I build trust with my American customers?"

"I tell them that I will deliver quality goods on time, but they are always worried."

Gary: In many cases, it may be that they have had bad experiences with other people.

Maybe someone made a promise and then couldn't deliver a product on time.

Eliz: That is an awful situation to be in!

Gary: Yes, before making a promise, make sure your shipping department can deliver.

Americans take promises seriously.

Eliz: What else can a business do?

Gary: Well, it's a good idea to give the customer a lot of information about their order.

For example, some companies e mail customers to confirm the details of the order.

Eliz: That's a good idea!

So American business people like a lot of communication and control.

Gary: Yes. So they may want you to use a shipper with computerized tracking.

Eliz: Computerized tracking? Could you tell us more about that?

Gary: It means that you can use the Internet to find out where your package is.

Eliz: Anytime?

Gary: Anytime. Twenty four hours a day.

Eliz: Gary, thanks again for your excellent information.

Let's take a short break.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần True or False, quí vị nghe một câu rồi tuỳ ý trong bài mà trả lời Ðúng hay Sai. To break a promise=không giữ lời hứa. Communication and control=liên lạc và kiểm soát. PHÂN BIỆT: Communication, không có s, số ít, chỉ sự truyền đạt tin tức, hay tín hiệu; communications có s, số nhiều, nghĩa là (1) hệ thống truyền thông như bưu điện, điện thoại, máy vi tính; (2) hệ thống giao thông, như xe lửa, đường xá; means of communications=các phương tiện giao thông. Communications satellites=vệ tinh truyền thông; mass communications=ngành truyền thông trong đại chúng như báo chí, truyền thanh, truyền hình.

Cut 3

Language Focus: True/False

Larry: True or False.

Eliz: For Americans in business, you can only break a promise if you have a good reason.

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: False. If you break a promise for any reason, Americans may not trust you again.

(pause)

Eliz: Communication and control are important to American business people.

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: True. That's why American customers like to get a lot of information about their order.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, Business Dialog, Ðàm thoại Thương Mại, ta nghe vị chủ tịch hãng Bay Company nói chuyện qua máy điện thoại với một hãng cung cấp hàng chính, a major supplier. Sally gọi điện thoại cho Harry hỏi bao giờ thì những bộ phận máy điện toán mà bà đã đặt mới tới. Computer parts=bộ phận máy điện toán. PROcessors=bộ xử lý trung ương của máy điện toán, như bộ não của máy điện toán, hay còn gọi là CPU-Central Processing Unit. Next Day Air=gửi đường hàng không hôm sau nhận. [nhanh hơn nữa là overnight express, gửi tốc hành gửi hôm trước, nhận được sáng hôm sau.] A supplier=người hay hãng cung cấp dịch vụ hay hàng hoá. Special shipping packages=kiện hàng gửi đi đặc biệt. Deliver=giao hàng; danh từ delivery. I will arrange the shipping myself=chính tôi sẽ lo gửi hàng đi. I can't wait that long! Tôi không thể chờ lâu đến vậy! THAT trong câu trên là adverb, có nghĩa là "đến mức đó". Khi đọc 'that' trong trường hợp này, phát âm rõ âm /a/.

Cut 4

Business Dialog:

Larry: Business Dialog

The President of Bay Computing is talking on the telephone to a major supplier.

She is asking when some computer parts will be delivered.

We're getting them ready to ship to you. Chúng tôi đang sẵn sàng gửi đi cho bà

Don't mention it! Không có chi !

Eliz: Let's listen to today's Business Dialog.

The President of Bay Computing is talking on the telephone to a major supplier.

She's asking when some computer parts will be delivered.

SFX: telephone

Sally: Harry, we've got to have those processors quickly.

Harry: Sally, we're getting them ready to ship to you.

You know that they have to be put in special shipping packages.

Sally: So when will we get them?

Harry: You'll definitely have them by Friday.

Sally: Friday? Harry, it's Monday!

I can't wait that long.

I need them tomorrow!

Harry: Well, I can ship them Next Day Air, but it'll cost more.

Sally: It will cost me a lot more if they don't get here tomorrow!

Harry: OK, Sally. You're my best customer.

I'll arrange the shipment myself.

Sally: So will they get here tomorrow?

Harry: I guarantee that they will get there tomorrow.

They'll get there late in the afternoon, but it will be tomorrow.

Sally: Thanks, Harry!

Harry: Don't mention it!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta để ý đến cách hứa chắc. Xin nghe và lập lại.

Cut 5

Focus on Functions: Promising

Larry: Focus on Functions: Promising

Larry: Listen and Repeat.

Eliz: You'll definitely have them by Friday.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: I'll arrange the shipment myself.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: I guarantee that they will get there tomorrow.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: They'll get there late in the afternoon, but it will be tomorrow.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Mách Giúp Văn Hoá, Gary chỉ cho ta những câu dùng khi hứa chắc điều gì-Expressions you can use to make promises. Đó là những chữ hay câu như Definitely, hay Have it by...sẽ nhận được trước....I am certain that=tôi chắc là...I guarantee that...tôi bảo đảm là...và dùng động từ will. I guarantee that they will be there tomorrow=tôi bảo đảm hàng sẽ tới ngày mai.. It will be there tomorrow.=Hàng sẽ tới ngày mai. Ðể ý đến giọng nhấn mạnh trong câu này.

Cut 6

Gary's Tips:

Larry: Gary's Tips.

UPBEAT MUSIC

Eliz: Now it's time for Gary's Tips with Gary Engleton!

Gary: Hello, Elizabeth! Today I'll be talking about expressions you can use to make promises.

In today's Business Dialog, Harry tries to reassure Sally that she will receive her microprocessors on time.

He first promises that they will be delivered by Friday, and he uses the word "definitely" to make the promise stronger.

Harry: You'll definitely have them by Friday.

Gary: In a similar way, Mr. Blake uses the expression "I am certain" to make his promise to Ms Graham stronger:

Blake: And I am certain that we will meet the October first deadline.

Gary: Another way to strengthen a promise is to use the expression "I guarantee," as in this example from the Business Dialog.

Sally: So will they get here tomorrow?

Harry: I guarantee that they will get there tomorrow.

They'll get there late in the afternoon, but it will be tomorrow.

Gary: Notice how Harry emphasizes the word "will."

If you say, "I will be there tomorrow," this is a much stronger promise than if you just say "I'll be there tomorrow."

Thanks for joining us today for Gary's Tips. We'll see you again next time!

Eliz: Thanks, Gary!

MUSIC

Closing

Eliz: Well, our time is up. Tune in again next time for Functioning in Business. See you then!

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 112 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 113

Đây là Chương trình Anh ngữ Sinh động New Dynamic English, bài 113. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Chủ đề của bài học hôm nay là Where were you born? Bài này chỉ cho ta cách nói mình sinh trưởng ở đâu. Nhận xét: BORN là quá khứ phân từ của động từ bất qui tắc BEAR (mang, đẻ), và dùng thì quá khứ của BE khi nói ta sinh trưởng ở đâu, bao giờ. I was born in Vietnam.

Tôi sinh trưởng ở Việt Nam. Maria's parents were born in Mexico.=cha mẹ cô Maria sinh ở Mê hi cô. To bear/bore/born/borne. Hình thức 'borne'-sinh con dùng cho người mẹ. She had borne a child=bà ta sinh một đứa con. She has borne him six sons=bà ấy có sáu mặt con trai với ông ta. The eldest son was born in 1950.= đứa lớn nhất sinh năm 1950. Dùng IN trước năm hay tháng, hay nơi chốn, ON trước ngày, AT trước giờ: In 1950, In Mexico, In September, In Hanoi, In San Jose, On Monday, On the fifth of April, At 3 o'clock in the afternoon, At noon.

Cut 1

NDE MUSIC lead in and then dips for voice over

Max (voice over): Hi, I'm Max.

Kathy (voice over): Hello. My name is Kathy.

Max and Kathy (voice over): Welcome to New Dynamic English!

MUSIC up and then fade

Larry: New Dynamic English is a basic English language course and an introduction to American people and culture.

Today's unit is "Where Were You Born?"

This program teaches you how to talk about where you were born.

MUSIC

Kathy: How are you?

Max: Fine thanks. How are you doing?

Kathy: Pretty good.

Max: Who's our guest today?

Kathy: Today our guest is Maria Alvarez.

Max: Oh, Maria's a store manager.

She lives in San Jose, California.

Kathy: That's right. She speaks English and Spanish.

Max: And her parents come from Mexico.

Kathy: Yes, I remember.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đọan tới, Kathy phỏng vấn Maria Alvarez. Maria's parents were born in Mexico, but she was born in the United States.= Ông bà cụ thân sinh ra Maria sinh ở Mê hi cô, nhưng cô ấy sinh ở Mỹ. I was born in the United States, so I'm an American citizen.=tôi sinh ở Mỹ nên tôi là công dân Mỹ [Luật Mỹ cho hài nhi sinh ở Mỹ hay trên một tầu thuỷ của Mỹ đều có quốc tịch Mỹ.]

Cut 2

Interview. Maria Alvarez: They were born in Mexico.

Larry: Interview

They were born in Mexico. Họ sinh ở Mê hi cô.

Were you born in Mexico? Bạn có sinh ở Mê hi cô không?

I was born in the United States, so I'm an American citizen. Tôi sinh ở Mỹ, nên tôi là công dân Mỹ.

Kathy: Now it's time for today's interview.

Our guest today is Maria Alvarez.

Hello, Maria.

Maria: Hello, Kathy.

Kathy: Maria, your parents come from Mexico, don't they?

Maria: Yes, they do.

They were born in Mexico.

Kathy: Were you born in Mexico?

Maria: No, I wasn't.

I was born in the United States, in California.

My parents came to the U.S. before I was born.

Kathy: So you're an American citizen.

Maria: That's right. I was born in the United States, so I'm an American citizen.

Kathy: Our guest is Maria Alvarez. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe và lập lại.

Cut 3

Language Focus. Maria was born in the United States.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: Maria's parents were born in Mexico.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Maria was born in the United States.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Maria's parents came to the U.S. before she was born.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Maria was born in the United States, so she's an American citizen.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnmaese Explanation

Tiếp theo, Kathy phỏng vấn Maria Alvarez. On her father's side=về bên nội. My paternal grandparents=ông bà nội, My grandparents on my father'side. My maternal grandparents=ông bà ngoại, My grandparents on my mother'side. On her mother's side=về bên ngoại. When was the last time you saw them? Lần cuối (mới đây nhất) cô thăm ông bà cô vào năm nào?

Cut 4

Interview 2. Maria Alvarez. Where do your grandparents live?

Larry: Interview

Maria's grandparents on her father's side live in Mexico. Ông bà nội của Maria sống ở Mê hi cô.

I went to Mexico three years ago to visit them. Cách đây ba năm tôi về thăm ông bà tôi.

My grandmother died when I was a child. Bà (ngoại) tôi mất khi tôi còn nhỏ.

Kathy: Our guest today is Maria Alvarez.

Maria, your parents live in the United States.

Where do your grandparents live?

Maria: My father's parents live in Mexico, near Mexico City.

Kathy: When was the last time you saw them?

Maria: I went to Mexico three years ago to visit them.

Kathy: What about your mother's parents?

Kathy: Do they live in Mexico too?

Maria: No, they don't.

My grandfather lives in California.

He lives near us, in San Jose.

My grandmother died when I was a child.

Kathy: Our guest is Maria Alvarez. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Xin nghe và lập lại, và để ý đến cách dùng hình thức quá khứ của BE là WAS (dùng với chủ từ I, HE, SHE), và WERE (dùng với YOU, WE, THEY) khi dùng với BORN.

Cut 5

Language Focus. Where was Maria born?

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: Where was Maria born?

(pause for repeat)

Max: She was born in the United States.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Where were her parents born?

(pause for repeat)

Max: They were born in Mexico.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Where does Maria live?

(pause for repeat)

Max: She lives in San Jose, California.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Where do her father's parents live?

(pause for repeat)

Max: They live in Mexico, near Mexico City.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Visa=chiếu khán nhập cảnh; citizen=công dân. If you're an American citizen, you don't need a visa to visit Mexico=Nếu bạn là công dân Mỹ, bạn không cần chiếu khán (thị thực nhập cảnh trên hộ chiếu) khi sang thăm Mê hi cô. Canadian citizens don't need a visa to visit Mexico.=Công dân xứ Ca na đa (Gia Nã Ðại) không cần chiếu khán nhập cảnh khi sang thăm Mê hi cô.

Cut 6

Interview 3: Maria Alvarez Did you need a visa?

Larry: Interview

Maria didn't need a visa when she visited Mexico.=Khi sangthăm Mê hi cô. Maria không cần chiếu khán nhập cảnh.

Kathy: We're back with our guest, Maria Alvarez.

Maria, did you need a visa when you visited Mexico?

Maria: No, I didn't.

If you're an American citizen, you don't need a visa to visit Mexico.

Kathy: What if you're not an American citizen?

Maria: Well, people from Canada-Canadian citizens-don't need a visa.

But if you're not an American or Canadian citizen, you need a visa to visit Mexico.

Kathy: Maria, thank you for being our guest today.

Maria: I was happy to be here.

Kathy: Let's take a short break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Xin nghe và trả lời, căn cứ vào ý nghĩa các đoạn đã học.

Cut 7

Language Focus. Listen and answer. Was Maria born in Mexico?

Larry: Listen and answer.

Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max: Was Maria born in Mexico?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: No, she wasn't. She was born in the United States.

(short pause)

Max: Is Maria an American citizen?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: Yes, she is. She was born in the U.S. and so she's an American citizen.

(short pause)

Max: Did Maria need a visa when she visited Mexico?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: No, she didn't.

Max: If you're an American citizen, you don't need a visa to visit Mexico.

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần cuối, quí vị nghe lại đoạn đàm thoại giữa hai chị em Elizabeth và Mary khi Mary tổ chức một buổi tiệc. To serve=mời, dọn. Serve meat=dọn món thịt. A vegetarian=người ăn chay. Sau khi nghe rồi, quí vị nghe lại và lập lại.

Ôn lại:

Muốn nói, Tôi sắp tổ chức một bữa tiệc, thì quí vị nói sao? I'm having a party. Tôi cần nhiều thứ, nhất là tiền. I need a lot of things, most of all, money. Tôi phải lập danh sách khách sẽ mời. I have to make a guest list. Tôi phải lo không dọn món thịt cho người ăn chay. I have to make sure not to serve meat to vegetarians. Ðồ uống.=drinks; đồ uống không có rượu=non alcoholic drinks, soft drinks.

Cut 8

Daily Dialogue: Planning a Party (Part 3)

Larry: Daily Dialogue: Planning a Party (Part 3)

Larry: Listen to the conversation.

Mary: Help!

(short pause)

Liz: What's wrong?

(short pause)

Mary: I'm having a party and I don't know what to do!

(short pause)

Liz: Well, first you need a guest list.

(short pause)

Mary: Okay. Guests. I need guests.

(short pause)

Liz: Then you need food and drinks.

(short pause)

Mary: Food and drinks?

(short pause)

Sounds expensive!

(short pause)

Liz: Maybe...but without food and drinks, it's not a party.

(short pause)

Mary: All right, all right...guests, food and drinks.

(short pause)

Liz: And remember... if you invite Bob and Sally, you can't serve meat.

(short pause)

Mary: Why not?

(short pause)

Liz: They're vegetarians!

(short pause)

Mary: Okay...guests, food, drinks, no meat.

(short pause)

Wait...I think there's one more thing I need.

(short pause)

Liz: What's that?

(short pause)

Mary: Money!

(short pause)

I don't have enough money!

(short pause)

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Liz: And remember... if you invite Bob and Sally, you can't serve meat.

(pause for repeat)

Mary: Why not?

(pause for repeat)

Liz: They're vegetarians!

(pause for repeat)

Mary: Okay...guests, food, drinks, no meat.

(pause for repeat)

Wait...I think there's one more thing I need.

(pause for repeat)

Liz: What's that?

(pause for repeat)

Mary: Money!

(pause for repeat)

I don't have enough money!

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 113 trong Chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 114

Đây là chương trình Anh ngữ Sinh động New Dynamic English, bài 114. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Mở đầu bài học là phần Câu Ðố Trong Tuần, QUESTION OF THE WEEK, trong đó, quí vị nghe một việc sắp làm và chọn những gì cần cho việc đó. Take a bath=tắm. Bathtub=bồn tắm. Towel=khăn tắm. Soap=xà phòng, Write a letter=viết thư. Envelope=phong bì. Stamp=tem. A pen=bút. Make tea=pha trà. Teapot=ấm trà. Teabag=túi giấy đựng trà đủ pha một tách.. Teaspoon=thìa uống trà. Tea time=giờ uống trà. Tea kettle=nồi nấu nước sôi pha trà; teacup=tách uống trà. Ðặc ngữ (idiom): Not my cup of tea=không phải là điều tôi ưa thích.

What else do they need? Họ còn cần thêm gì nữa?

Cut 1

Question of the Week (question): What else do they need?

Larry: Question of the Week!

The Question of the Week is "What else do they need?"

Tom is going to take a bath.

Lauren is going to write a letter.

Andy is going to make tea.

UPBEAT MUSIC

Max: It's time for Question of the Week.

This week's question is: "What else do they need?"

We'll have the answers on our next show.

Okay...first question.

Larry: Tom is going to take a bath.

He has soap.

He has a towel.

He has a bathtub.

Max: What else does he need?

Question number two.

Larry: Lauren is going to write a letter.

She has an envelope.

She has a pen.

She has a stamp.

Max: What else does she need?

Question number three.

Larry: Andy is going to make tea.

He has a teapot.

He has hot water.

He has a teacup.

Max: What else does he need?

Listen to the next show for the answers to these questions.

MUSIC

Larry: A Question for You

Max: Now here's a question for you.

Larry: Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max: Where were you born?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: Mm hnh.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, Câu Chuyện Giữa Bài, ta nghe Elizabeth nói, vì cô ở tiểu bang Virginia nên cô ta không đi xe điện ngầm đi làm, mà phải lái xe. Take the subway=đi xe điện ngầm. I wish I could=tôi ước như vậy mà không được. I wish I could, but I can't. There isn't a station near my house=không có ga xe điện ngầm gần nhà tôi ở. I drive to work=tôi lái xe đi làm. I drive about thirty miles a day-each way.=Mỗi ngày, tôi lái xe chừng ba mưoi dặm mỗi lượt đi hay về. Buy gas=mua săng. Use the credit card=dùng thẻ mua chịu. Insert the credit card.=bỏ thẻ vào khe. Gas pumps=cột bơm săng. Gas là tiếng gọi tắt của gasoline. Bên Anh, săng gọi là petrol. My car is running out of gas. I have to stop at a gas station and fill it up.=Xe hơi của tôi sắp hết săng. Tôi phải ngừng ở trạm săng và đổ đầy bình săng. It's very quick, and you don't have to pay...until the credit card bill comes.=rất nhanh và không phải trả tiền...cho đến khi biên lai thẻ mua chịu gửi đến thì mới phải trả.

Cut 2

Story Interlude: Buying Gas

Larry: OK... and we're off the air.

So, Kathy, did you take the subway to work today?

Kathy: Yes, I sure did.

SFX: door opening, footsteps

Eliz: Hi, everyone.

Kathy: Hi, Elizabeth.

Eliz: So you take the subway now, huh?

I wish I could. But there isn't a station near my home.

So I drive to work.

Larry: You live in Virginia, don't you?

Eliz: Yes. I drive about thirty miles a day each way.

I'm always buying gas.

But I'm really glad I can use my credit card at the gas pump.

Kathy: At the pump?

Eliz: Yes. With the new gas pumps, you just insert your credit card.

Then you put the gas in the car and go!

It's very quick, and you don't have to pay...

Kathy: ... until the credit card bill comes. (laughs)

Eliz: Right.

Kathy: Oh, that's great.

Eliz: Err...not if you see how much I spend on gas!

Oh! It's time to start my show.

Max: OK. See you later.

Larry: Alri i i ght. Ready for Functioning in Business. Cue Music...

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới của bài học ta nghe phần ba của đề nghị của Ông Blake-và chú trọng vào cách bác một đề nghị rejecting a proposal. Ôn lại: To reject a proposal=bác đề nghị. Danh từ, a rejection=một sự từ chối, bác bỏ, không chấp thuận. Trái nghĩa với reject là accept hay approve. To reduce=giảm; reduce the price=giảm giá. Significant=important=quan trọng. Significant changes=thay đổi quan trọng. To address=to deal with=giải quyết. Address a problem, address an issue=tìm cách giải quyết một vấn đề khó khăn. Concern=nỗi quan tâm, lo ngại. But I didn't feel that the final proposal really addressed our biggest concerns.=nhưng tôi cảm thấy rằng đề nghị cuối cùng thực sự chưa giải đáp được những mối quan tâm lớn nhất của chúng tôi.

Cut 3

FIB Opening

FIB MUSIC lead in and then background

Eliz: Hello, I'm Elizabeth Moore. Welcome to Functioning in Business!

MUSIC swells and fades

Larry: Functioning in Business is an intermediate level business English course with a focus on American business practices and culture.

Today's unit is "The Final Proposal, Part 3."

This program focuses on Rejecting a Proposal.

MUSIC

Interview: Graham's response to Blake

Larry: Interview

Today, we are talking to Shirley Graham from her San Jose office.

SFX: Phone beep

Eliz: Hello again, Ms. Graham.

Graham: Hello.

Eliz: Today, we're listening to Mr. Blake's final proposal to your company.

Graham: Oh, yes. There were some significant changes from the first proposal.

They reduced the price and guaranteed that two engineers would help us.

But I didn't feel that the final proposal really addressed our biggest concerns.

Eliz: Let's listen to that conversation.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới ta nghe bà Graham bác đề nghị bán người máy điện tử của ông Blake.

Storage facilities.=xưởng chứa đồ. Look, Charles (tên ông Blake), I appreciate your efforts in putting together this proposal=Tôi rất cảm kích là ông đã mất nhiều công lao lo sửa soạn cho đề nghị này. Put together=lo xếp đặt, sửa soạn. Frankly=một cách thành thực. To meet a deadline= kịp hạn chót. But, frankly, I just don't think your company can provide the support that we need in order to meet our deadline.=Xin nói thẳng với ông là tôi không nghĩ là công ty của ông có thể cung cấp phần hỗ trợ mà chúng tôi cần để kịp hạn chót của chúng tôi. Học thêm một câu về trì hoãn-Shouldn't we discuss this a little more? Perhaps we can work out something=chúng ta có nên bàn thêm một chút không?; Có lẽ có thể tìm ra giải pháp nào đó.

Cut 4

Dialog: FIB Dialog: Graham's response to Blake

Larry: Dialog

Ms. Graham rejects Mr. Blake's proposal.

I'm sorry you feel that way. Tôi rất ân hận là bà nghĩ như vậy.

We don't have much time. Chúng tôi không có nhiều thì giờ.

Graham: When will those facilities be ready?

Blake: Uh... they'll be ready by mid November.

Graham: I'm sorry, but that's not soon enough.

Blake: I see. I'm sorry you feel that way.

Graham: Look, Charles, I appreciate your efforts in putting together this proposal.

But, frankly, I just don't feel that your company can provide the support that we need in order to meet our deadline.

You have no organization in the United States, and to me that represents too great a risk.

I'm sorry, but I'm not going to be able to accept your proposal.

Epstein: Shouldn't we discuss this a little more?

Perhaps we can work out something.

Graham: No, Mike. We don't have much time, so we have to make a decision now.

I'm sorry, Charles.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Sau đây, ta nghe mấy câu chủ chốt trong bài (key sentences).

Cut 5

Language Focus: Key sentences

Larry: Listen to these key sentences.

Eliz: I appreciate your efforts... in putting together this proposal.

(pause)

Eliz: I'm sorry... but I'm not going to be able... to accept your proposal.

(pause)

Eliz: We don't have much time... so we have to make a decision now.

(pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đoạn tới, ta nghe lý do tại sao bà Graham bác đề nghị của ông Blake về vụ mua người máy điện tử. Concessions=những nhượng bộ. Ðộng từ, to concede. Ôn lại-ten percent reduction in price (hạ giá thêm 10 phần trăm); making two engineers available for local support (cử hai kỹ sư giúp tại địa phương); building storage facilities in California. (xây xưởng chứa đồ ở California). Take the risk=liều, mạo hiểm. Risk=sự rủi ro. That's a risky business=việc đó có phần nguy hiểm. Make a good effort=nỗ lực.

His company has no organization in the US. Công ty của ông ta không có tổ chức đại diện ở Hoa Kỳ.

Cut 6

Interview: Graham

Larry: Interview

Eliz: Ms. Graham, why did you reject the proposal?

Graham: Well, I appreciated the concessions he made about price, and so on.

But my main concern was still the October deadline.

I am sure that Charles believed that his company could meet the deadline.

But I don't think that he knew how very difficult it would have been.

Eliz: Because his company has no organization in the US?

Graham: Exactly. I just couldn't take the risk.

He made a good effort, but unfortunately he could not give us what we needed.

Eliz: Thank you very much for talking to us today.

Graham: You're very welcome.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 114 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng, New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 115

Ðây là Chương trình Anh ngữ Sinh động New Dynamic English, bài 115. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Trong phần đầu bài học, để luyện nghe hiểu, trước hết, quí vị nghe một câu hỏi, rồi nghe một mẩu đàm thoại trong đó có câu trả lời; rồi nghe lại câu hỏi, và trả lời. Khi nghe câu trả lời đúng, xin lập lại.

You have no organization in the United States, and to me, that represents too great a risk= Ông không có tổ chức ở Mỹ, như vậy, theo tôi, chứng tỏ một sự mạo hiểm lớn. [Chữ 'represents' có nghĩa như 'shows' hay 'indicates']. Nhận xét: Trong nhóm chữ 'too great a risk'=rủi ro quá lớn.Thay vì nói "a very big risk,'' ta thấy, nếu dùng 'too' thì mạo từ 'a' đi trước danh từ 'risk,' và đi sau 'too great.' [TOO+ADJECTIVE+ARTICLE+NOUN], Too great a risk. Tương tự, thay vì nói, It's a very difficult task for me=đó là môt nhiệm vụ rất khó đối với tôi.. nhưng nếu dùng 'too'(quá) thì ta viết, It's too difficult a task for me.

Language Focus: Questions Based on FIB Dialog

Cut 1

Larry: Questions.

Listen to the question, then listen to the dialog.

Eliz: Has Ms. Graham decided to reject Mr. Blake's proposal?

(short pause)

Graham: Look, Charles, I appreciate your efforts in putting together this proposal.

But, frankly, I just don't feel that your company can provide the support that we need in order to meet our deadline.

You have no organization in the United States, and to me that represents too great a risk.

I'm sorry, but I'm not going to be able to accept your proposal.

Eliz: Has Ms. Graham decided to reject Mr. Blake's proposal?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: Yes, she has. She has decided not to accept the proposal.

(short pause)

Larry: Listen to the question, then listen to the dialog.

Eliz: Is Ms. Graham willing to discuss the issue further?

(short pause)

Epstein: Shouldn't we discuss this a little more?

Perhaps we can work out something.

Graham: No, Mike. We don't have much time, so we have to make a decision now.

I'm sorry, Charles.

Eliz: Is Ms. Graham willing to discuss the issue further?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: No, she isn't. She feels that the decision has to be made now.

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Culture Tips, Gary trả lời câu hỏi, 'How do I find a good company to work with?' Làm cách nào tìm được một công ty tốt để giao dịch thương mại với họ? Reference=giới thiệu; các công ty thường giao dịch với và biết rõ công ty mình muốn tìm hiểu. Business publication=tài liệu về công ty thương mại. Do a search on the Internet=tìm trên liên mạng Internet. Research=nghiên cứu. Visit the companies and interview people from those companies.=thăm các công ty và phỏng vấn nhân viên các hãng này. Reliable=đáng tin cậy. Find out how reliable a company is=Tìm xem một công ty đáng tin đến mức nào. A complicated process.=một quá trình phức tạp. Hai cách đọc chữ PROCESS: Âm 'O' đọc như /a/ như trong chữ 'hot' trong tiếng MỸ, hay /ou/ như trong chữ 'open' trong tiếng Anh. A big contract.=giao kèo lớn. Hire a professional.=Thuê chuyên viên, an expert. A good business partner=một cộng tác viên kinh doanh tốt. It's worth the time and money=đáng (bõ) thì giờ và tiền bạc.

Cut 2

Culture Tips: Company reliability (sự đáng tin của một công ty)

Larry: Culture Tips

This Culture Tip answers the question: "How do I find a good company to work with?"

You could do a search on the Internet.

Eliz: Welcome once again to "Culture Tips" with Gary Engleton.

Today, our e mail question is: "My company is based outside the U.S. and we're looking for an American partner."

"How do I find a good company to work with?"

Gary: Well, basically, you have to do a lot of research.

Eliz: What kind of research?

Gary: For example, you could do a search on the Internet and in business publications for information.

Then you should visit the companies and talk to the managers.

Ask each company for a list of references.

Eliz: References?

Gary: Yes, the names of companies they have worked with.

Finally, interview people from those companies to find out how reliable each company is.

Gary: If this is for a big contract, you could hire a professional to do research.

Eliz: That's a complicated process. Won't it take a lot of time and money?

Gary: Yes, but if it's important to you to find a good business partner, it's worth the time and money.

Eliz: Thank you, Gary, for your excellent suggestions.

Gary: My pleasure!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe một câu rồi tuỳ ý nghĩa trong bài trả lời Ðúng hay Sai, True or False. List of references.=danh sách người hay hãng giới thiệu. Check the references.=kiểm chứng xem những chi tiết nói về công ty có chính xác không.

Cut 3

Language Focus: True/False

Larry: True or False.

Eliz: If you are trying to find a good American company to work with, you should do a lot of research.

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: True. You should try to find out as much as possible about potential partners.

(pause)

Eliz: If you want to find out about a company, you should ask them for a list of references.

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: True. You can check the references to find out how reliable the company is.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đoạn tới, John Martin, tổng Giám Ðốc hãng Martin Engines nói chuyện với Rose Levy, Kế toán Trưởng của hãng chế phụ tùng xe hơi Gulf Auto Parts. Rose Levy đề nghị hai hãng nhập làm một-A merger. Sales revenues.=mức thu về hàng bán ra. Make good sense=hợp lý. Debt=nợ. After I paid my debt, I am now out of debt, but I have no money left.=Sau khi trả nợ, tôi hết nợ, nhưng cũng hết tiền. Advantage=lợi. Make a large profit=lời lớn. Overseas risk.=rủi ro, thua lỗ khi hàng bán ra nước ngoài. Division= phân vụ. Lose our freedom=mất tự do của chúng tôi. That doesn't interest me= điều đó tôi không muốn quan tâm đến, tôi không thích bàn về chuyện đó. In our best interest=có ích lợi cho chúng tôi. Not in our best interest=không có ích lợi cho chúng tôi..

Cut 4

Business Dialog: Rejecting a Proposal

Larry: Business Dialog

John Martin, CEO of Martin Engines, is listening to Rose Levy, Chief Accountant of Gulf Auto Parts.

Rose is proposing a merger between their two companies.

• a merger= Sự nhập hai hay nhiều công ty làm một.

You have about ten million dollars in debt. Hãng của ông/bà nợ mười triệu dollars.

Our growth has been steady with almost no debt=mức phát triển của hãng chúng tôi tăng đều đặn và hầu như không có thiếu nợ.

Let's just keep things as they are. Thôi chúng ta cứ giữ nguyên vậy.

Eliz: Let's listen to today's Business Dialog.

John Martin, CEO of Martin Engines, is listening to Rose Levy, Chief Accountant of Gulf Auto Parts.

Rose is proposing a merger between their two companies.

SFX: office sounds

Rose: I think a merger makes good sense because of our long relationship.

You're our biggest customer in the US.

And we supply you with sixty percent of your engine parts.

John: Well, I suppose that there would be some advantages.

You are much bigger than we are.

However, you have about ten million dollars in debt.

And your sales revenues haven't been growing as fast as they should.

Our growth has been steady with almost no debt.

And we're making a very large profit without any overseas risks.

Rose: But a merger could help us both increase growth.

John: Yes, but we would become just one division of your company.

We'd lose our freedom.

That's the main reason a merger doesn't interest me, at least not now.

Rose: Could you at least discuss it with your Board of Directors?

John: There's nothing to discus, Rose.

I control the company.

And I don't think a merger with any other company is in our best interest.

I'm afraid the answer has to be 'no.'

Let's just keep things as they are, okay?

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe và lập lại những câu chủ chốt trong bài. A merger doesn't interest me.=một sự sáp nhập công ty là điều tôi không muốn lưu tâm đến. It's not in our best interest.=việc hợp nhất hai công ty không có lợi ích cho chúng tôi. There's nothing to discuss.=không còn gì để bàn nữa.

CUT 5

Focus on Functions: Rejecting a Proposal

Larry: Focus on Functions: Rejecting a Proposal

Larry: Listen and Repeat.

Eliz: That's the main reason a merger doesn't interest me.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: There's nothing to discuss.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: I don't think a merger is in our best interest.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: I'm afraid the answer has to be 'no.'

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, Gary nói về những câu dùng khi bác bỏ đề nghị. Ta hãy nghe:

But a merger could help us both increase growth.=sáp nhập với nhau sẽ làm cả hai hãng chúng ta phát triển thêm. But we could become just one divison of your company.=nhưng hãng tôi có thể chỉ biến thành một phân vụ của hãng bà.

That's the main reason a merger doesn't interest me, at least not now.= đó là lí do chính tôi không muốn sáp nhập công ty của tôi vào công ty của bà, ít ra là lúc này. There's nothing to discuss.=không còn gì bàn nữa. I'm afraid the answer has to be 'no.'=rất tiếc là tôi phải trả lời là 'không.'

Cut 6

Gary's Tips: Rejecting a Proposal

Larry: Gary's Tips.

Today Gary talks about rejecting a proposal.

• the pros and cons= những lý luận thuận và nghịch về một vấn đề; điều lợi hại.

UPBEAT MUSIC

Eliz: Now it's time for Gary's Tips with Gary Engleton!

Gary: Hello, Elizabeth! Today I'll be talking about rejecting a proposal.

In today's Business Dialog, Ms. Levy presents arguments in favor of a merger.

But after discussing the pros and cons, Mr. Martin decides to reject her proposal.

Rose: But a merger could help us both increase growth.

John: Yes, but we would become just one division of your company.

We'd lose our freedom.

That's the main reason a merger doesn't interest me, at least not now.

Gary: When Ms. Levy tries to get him to discuss it further, he refuses.

Notice how Mr. Martin uses Ms. Levy's first name to make his refusal more friendly.

John: There's nothing to discuss, Rose.

I control the company.

And I don't think a merger with any other company is in our best interest.

Gary: He then restates his decision in a way that is both polite and very clear:

John: I'm afraid the answer has to be 'no.'

Gary: Even though he is rejecting her proposal, Mr. Martin wants to keep a good relationship with Ms. Levy.

(pause)

Gary: Earlier we saw how Ms. Graham rejected Mr. Blake's proposal.

She thanked Mr. Blake for his work and gave her reasons for rejecting the proposal.

Let's listen again:

Graham: Look, Charles, I appreciate your efforts in putting together this proposal.

But, frankly, I just don't feel that your company can provide the support that we need in order to meet our deadline.

You have no organization in the United States, and to me that represents too great a risk.

I'm sorry, but I'm not going to be able to accept your proposal.

Gary: In business situations, it is often necessary to reject a proposal.

It is best to use language that is very clear and to give your reasons for rejecting the proposal.

And if you thank the person for the proposal, you can help keep a good relationship.

I hope today's tips were helpful! We'll see you again next time!

Eliz: Thanks, Gary!

MUSIC

FIB Closing

Eliz: Well, our time is up. Tune in again next time for Functioning in Business. See you then!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 115 trong Chương trình Anh ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 116

Đây là Chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh động New Dynamic English, bài 116. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Chủ đề của bài học hôm nay là The Problem of Pollution vấn đề ô nhiễm. Chúng ta cũng học về nguyên nhân và hậu quả bằng cách dùng từ CAUSE: a cause=nguyên nhân; to cause=gây nên.

Cũng học về cách dùng LESS (ít hơn) và MORE (nhiều hơn) khi so sánh. Chữ mới: Pollution=sự ô nhiễm. To pollute= làm ô nhiễm, to contaminate. Polluted=bị ô nhiễm. Pollutant=chất ô nhiễm. Environment=môi sinh. [Ở Mỹ có cơ quan bảo vệ môi sinh gọi tắt là EPA, Environmental Protection Agency.] Waste material=chất bã thải ra. An expert=chuyên viên, chuyên gia. She's an expert on the environment.=bà ta là chuyên gia về môi sinh. Expert còn dùng như một adjective. An expert opinion=ý kiến của một nhà chuyên môn. Expertise=(noun) kiến thức chuyên môn.

Cut 1

Opening

MUSIC

Max (voice over): Hi, I'm Max.

Kathy (voice over): Hello. My name is Kathy.

Max and Kathy (voice over): Welcome to New Dynamic English!

MUSIC up and then fade

Larry: New Dynamic English is a basic English language course and an introduction to American people and culture.

Today's unit is "The Problem of Pollution."

This program focuses on the language of cause and effect, using the noun "cause" and the verb "to cause."

This lessons also focuses on comparison with "less" and "more".

Ellen Williams is an expert on the environment.

MUSIC

Kathy: Hi, Max. How are you today?

Max: Fine, Kathy. Thanks for asking.

So, who's our guest today?

Kathy: Ellen Williams.

She's an expert on the environment.

She works for the US government.

I interviewed her last week about the problem of pollution.

And I invited her to be on our show.

Max: I'm looking forward to meeting her.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đoạn tới, Kathy phỏng vấn Ellen Williams, một chuyên viên về môi sinh. Ellen Williams is an expert on the environment. She works for the US government.=bà ấy làm việc cho chính phủ Mỹ. Hãy nghe mấy câu dùng danh từ POLLUTION, và tĩnh từ POLLUTED.

Air pollution makes us sick=ô nhiễm không khí làm chúng ta bịnh. Pollution causes health problems=ô nhiễm gây bịnh. Health problems=vấn đề sức khoẻ, bịnh tật. Pollution also kills plants, and plants give us clean air.= Ô nhiễm cũng giết chết cây cỏ, và cây cỏ cho chúng ta không khí trong lành. To produce=sản xuất, sinh ra. Plants and trees produce the air that we breathe=cây cỏ sinh ra không khí ta thở. Polluted water kills animals and fish.= nước bị ô nhiễm làm loài vật và cá chết. If we breathe polluted air, we get sick=nếu ta thở không khí bị ô nhiễm, thì ta bị bịnh. We also get sick if we drink polluted water=chúng ta cũng bị bịnh nếu ta uống nước bị ô nhiễm. Nhận xét về cách dùng động từ to breathe và danh từ breath. To breathe=thở; to breathe in=hít hơi vào; to breathe out=thở hơi ra; to breathe a sigh of relief= thở phào vì hết lo. Don't breathe a word of this to anyone=đừng hé răng lộ cho ai biết điều này. He said something under his breath=anh ta nói thầm. Waste one's breath=phí lời nói The doctor told him to take a deep breath=Bác sĩ bảo anh ta hít hơi thật mạnh vào.

Polluted air and water is bad for our health and for the environment.=Không khí và nước nhiễm độc có hại cho sức khoẻ chúng ta và cho môi sinh.

Cut 2

Interview. Ellen Williams: Why is pollution a problem?

Larry: Interview

Kathy: Now it's time for today's interview.

Our guest today is Ellen Williams.

She's going to talk to us about the problem of pollution.

Kathy: Ellen, why is pollution a problem?

Ellen: Well, for one thing, pollution makes us sick.

Kathy: You mean, it's bad for our health?

Ellen: That's right. Pollution causes health problems.

For example, if we breathe polluted air, we get sick.

Kathy: I see. And we also get sick if we drink polluted water.

Ellen: Yes.

Kathy: What else?

Ellen: Polluted water kills animals and fish.

Kathy: That's terrible!

Ellen: Pollution also kills plants, and plants give us clean air.

Kathy: Plants give us clean air?

Ellen: Yes. Plants and trees produce the air that we breathe.

Pollution kills the plants which give us clean air.

Kathy: Right. I remember that from school.

Our guest is Ellen Williams. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, quí vị nghe và lập lại.

Cut 3

Language Focus. Pollution makes us sick.

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: Pollution makes us sick.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Pollution causes health problems.

(pause for repeat)

Max: If we breathe polluted air, we get sick.

(pause for repeat)

Max: We also get sick if we drink polluted water.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, Kathy phỏng vấn Ellen Williams, chuyên viên về môi sinh. Ta học cách dùng danh từ cause, nguyên do, và động từ to cause, gây nên. A factory=xưởng máy. Factories cause air pollution and water pollution. Xưởng máy gây ra ô nhiễm không khí và nước. Automobiles and factories are two main causes of pollution=xe hơi và xưởng máy là hai nguyên do chính gây ra ô nhiễm.

Cut 4

Interview 2. Ellen Williams: There are many causes of air pollution

Larry: Interview

Kathy: Our guest today is Ellen Williams.

Ellen, what causes air pollution?

Ellen: There are many causes of air pollution.

Automobiles are one major cause of air pollution.

Kathy: What about factories? Do factories cause pollution?

Ellen: Yes, factories cause lots of pollution.

Factories cause air pollution.

They also cause water pollution.

Kathy: Let's take a short break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới quí vị nghe và lập lại. Hình thức của động từ cause ở ngôi thứ ba số ít là causes. What causes pollution?=Tại sao có ô nhiễm? [Sau câu hỏi bắt đầu bằng WHAT như, "What causes pollution?" thì động từ ở hình thức ngôi thứ ba số ít, causes. Tương tự, What kills animals and fish? Tại sao loài vật và cây cỏ bị chết? Kills ở ngôi thứ ba số ít.] Pollution causes health problems= ô nhiễm gây ra bịnh tật. Polluted water kills animals and fish. Nước bị ô nhiễm làm loài vật và cá bị chết.

Cut 5

Language Focus. Factories cause water pollution

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: Pollution causes health problems.

(pause for repeat)

Max: What causes health problems?

(pause for repeat)

Max: Pollution causes health problems.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Factories cause water pollution.

(pause for repeat)

Max: What causes water pollution?

(pause for repeat)

Max: Factories cause water pollution.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Polluted water kills animals and fish.

(pause for repeat)

Max: What kills animals and fish?

(pause for repeat)

Max: Polluted water kills animals and fish.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần điện thư e mail, ta học những câu như, Ellen explains about automobiles and pollution=Ellen giải thích về xe hơi và ô nhiễm. Ta hãy nghe Ellen nói. In general, new cars cause less pollution than old cars.=Tựu trung, xe hơi mới gây ít ô nhiễm hơn xe cũ. And big cars usually cause more pollution than small cars.=và xe hơi lớn gây ra nhiều ô nhiễm hơn xe hơi nhỏ.

Cut 6

E mail: Do all automobiles cause pollution?

Larry: E mail.

Ellen explains about automobiles and pollution.

New cars cause less pollution than old cars.

Kathy: Now let's check our e mail.

SFX: Computer keyboard sounds (tiếng bàn máy điện toán)

Kathy: We have an e mail from Ted in Atlanta.

His question is: Do all automobiles cause pollution?

Ellen: That's a good question.

All automobiles cause some pollution.

In general, new cars cause less pollution than old cars.

And big cars usually cause more pollution than small cars.

Kathy: Ellen, thank you for being on our show.

Ellen: Thank you, Kathy.

Kathy: Let's take a short break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đoạn tới, quí vị nghe và trả lời, căn cứ vào ý nghĩa trong bài.

Cut 7

Language Focus. Listen and answer.

Larry: Listen and answer.

Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max: Do automobiles cause pollution?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: Yes, they do. Automobiles cause pollution.

(short pause)

Max: Does pollution cause health problems?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: Yes, it does. Pollution causes health problems.

(short pause)

Max: Do plants and trees cause air pollution?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: No, they don't.

Plants and trees produce clean air.

They don't cause air pollution.

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đoạn tới, ta nghe mẩu đàm thoại giữa hai vợ chồng Harry và Susan trong nhà bếp vào buổi sáng. A husband and wife are in the kitchen in the morning. To be out of=hết. They're out of coffee=họ hết cà phê. What do you mean there's no coffee? Anh nói sao, hết cà phê à? I mean there isn't any coffee=tôi muốn nói hết sạch cà phê. Footsteps=tiếng chân người.

Cut 8

Daily Dialogue: No Coffee! (Part 1)

Larry: Daily Dialogue: No Coffee! (Part 1)

A husband and wife are in the kitchen in the morning.

What do you mean there's no coffee?

I mean there isn't any coffee.

Larry: Listen to the conversation.

SFX: footsteps entering room

Susan: Good morning, Harry!

(short pause)

Harry: There's no coffee, Susan.

(short pause)

Susan: What do you mean there's no coffee?

(short pause)

Harry: I mean there isn't any coffee.

(short pause)

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Susan: Good morning, Harry!

(pause for repeat)

Harry: There's no coffee, Susan.

(pause for repeat)

Susan: What do you mean there's no coffee?

(pause for repeat)

Harry: I mean there isn't any coffee.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 116 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh động New Dynamic English. Phạm văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 117

Đây là Chương trình Anh ngữ Sinh động New Dynamic English, bài 117. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Mở đầu bài học là phần Câu đố trong tuần, Question of the Week. Hãy nghe liệt kê các món cần, và đoán xem còn thiếu thứ gì. What else does he need? Anh ta còn cần thêm gì nữa? What else do they need? Họ còn cần thêm gì nữa?

Ôn lại: BATH và BATHE. Take a bath=tắm trong nhà; soap=xà bông; bathtub=bồn tắm; towel=khăn tắm; bathrobe=áo choàng sau khi tắm xong. To bathe=tắm ngoài nhà như ngoài biển, hay trong hồ bơi; to bathe còn có nghĩa là rửa ráy. Bathe cũng là danh từ. Let's go for a bathe=chúng ta đi tắm đi. Bathing suit=áo tắm; the nurse bathed the wound=y tá rửa vết thương. The bathing here is safe=Bơi ở đây an toàn. Hot water=nước nóng. To write a letter=viết thư; an envelope=phong bì; a stamp=tem; a pen=bút. To make tea=pha trà; to boil water=đun nước sôi; tea=trà; teacup=chén uống trà; teapot=bình trà; tea kettle=nồi nấu nước sôi pha trà. Quí vị chắc còn nhớ thành ngữ "cup of tea" nghĩa là "điều mình thích''? Không phải ai cũng thích hát bội.=Classical theater is not everyone's cup of tea.

Cut 1

Question of the Week (answer): What do they need?

Larry: Question of the Week!

The Question of the Week is "What else do they need?"

He has soap, he has a towel, and he has a bathtub.

UPBEAT MUSIC

Max: It's time for Question of the Week again, Kathy.

Kathy: I'm ready!

Max: Okay...first question: What else does he need?

Larry: Tom is going to take a bath.

He has soap.

He has a towel.

He has a bathtub.

What else does he need?

Kathy: Let's see.

He has soap, he has a towel, and he has a bathtub.

He needs water!

Max: A glass of water?

Kathy: No!

He needs hot water for his bath.

Max: That's right, Kathy!

He needs hot water for his bath.

Ready for Question Number Two?

Kathy: Ready!

Max: All right.

Larry: Lauren is going to write a letter.

She has an envelope.

She has a pen.

She even has a stamp.

What else does she need?

Kathy: Oh...this is easy!

She has an envelope, a pen and a stamp, so she needs... paper!

She needs paper to write the letter!

Max: Right again, Kathy!

She needs paper.

Okay...last question.

Larry: Andy is going to make tea.

He has a teapot.

He has hot water.

He has a teacup.

What else does he need?

Kathy: A teapot, hot water and a teacup?

Well, he needs tea, of course!

Max: Of course, he needs tea!

Without tea, it would just be hot water.

Well, Kathy, you did very well.

Kathy: Thank you, Max.

I enjoyed the questions.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Câu chuyện giữa bài, Story Interlude, ta nghe Max nói đi bộ cho khỏe, walking for health. Shoes=giầy; I have to change my shoes= Tôi phải thay giầy; walking shoes=giầy đế mềm để đi bộ; dress shoes=giầy da đi làm.To take a walk=đi bộ. My doctor suggested that I take a walk every day.=bác sĩ của tôi khuyên tôi đi bộ hàng ngày. I need to get more exercise=tôi cần vận động thêm. My blood pressure was a little high=áp huyết của tôi hơi cao. [blood=máu; pressure=áp suất]. I went for a checkup Recently.=mới đây, tôi đi khám bác sĩ. Recently=mới đây. Now that you mention it, I see a lot of people out walking after lunch=vì bạn nói tôi mới nhận ra là tôi thấy nhiều người đi bộ sau khi ăn trưa. Now trong câu trên nghĩa như "since, seeing that '' (=vì, thấy rằng).

Now that we've eaten, let's go out for a walk.=Vì chúng ta ăn xong rồi, ta nên đi dạo.

Now that you've grown up, you must stop this childish behavior.=Vì em đã lớn rồi thì phải bỏ trò trẻ con ấy đi. [Nhận xét: Có thể bỏ ''that'' sau ''Now that.''].

To mention=nói đến, đề cập đến. I'm off now.=tôi đi đây. I'll be back in a little while=chút nữa tôi sẽ trở về.

Cut 2

Story Interlude: Walking for Health

Larry: OK... and we're off the air. Good show.

Kathy: Thanks!

SFX: package/bag opening

Max: Well, excuse me while I change my shoes.

Kathy: Change your shoes?

Max: Yes, these are my new walking shoes. Like them?

Kathy: Oh, they're very nice.

So you're going for a walk?

Max: Yes, my doctor suggested that I take a walk every day.

Kathy: Your doctor. That's interesting.

My doctor never said anything to me about walking.

Max: Well, I went for a checkup recently.

My doctor said my blood pressure was a little high.

He told me I needed to get more exercise.

So I think I'll take a walk every afternoon.

Kathy: Walking. That sounds nice.

The weather is good today.

You know, now that you mention it, I see a lot of people out walking after lunch.

Max: Well, I'm off.

I'll be back in a little while.

Kathy: See you later, Max.

SFX: Elizabeth entering

Eliz: Hi, Kathy.

Larry: Quiet, please. Ready for Functioning in Business.

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Anh ngữ Thương mại Trung cấp, ta học về cách duy trì mối liên lạc-keeping in touch, và học những câu dùng khi diễn tả tình cảm-expressing feelings. Thí dụ, trước khi từ giã môt người bạn mà ta biết lâu mới gặp lại, ta nói, "Keep in touch!'' (giữ liên lạc với nhau nhé!)

Disappointed=thất vọng. We were both feeling disappointed (unhappy) with Ms. Graham's decision=Cả hai chúng tôi cùng cảm thấy thất vọng về quyết định của bà Graham. A complete surprise=một sự ngạc nhiên hoàn toàn. Her decision wasn't a complete surprise, however. Dẫu sao thì chúng tôi cũng không hoàn toàn ngạc nhiên về quyết định của bà ấy. [Nhận xét là nếu however đứng ở cuối câu, thì trước nó phải có dấu phẩy]. Honest=thành thật. She was worried about the deadline and the storage problems=bà ấy lo ngại về vấn đề không kịp hẹn chót và không có xưởng chứa đồ. To part=chia tay nhau, từ giã; parting=sự từ giã.

Cut 3

Opening

MUSIC

Eliz: Hello, I'm Elizabeth Moore. Welcome to Functioning in Business!

MUSIC

Larry: Functioning in Business is an intermediate level business English course with a focus on American business practices and culture.

Today's unit is "Keeping in Touch, Part 1."

This program focuses on Expressing Feelings.

MUSIC

Interview: Blake and Epstein's Parting

Larry: Interview

Eliz: Today, we are talking to Charles Blake in his Beijing office.

SFX: Phone beep

Eliz: Hello, Mr. Blake. It's good to talk to you again.

Blake: Hello.

Eliz: You met with Mr. Epstein after Shirley Graham rejected your final proposal.

Blake: Yes, I did. We were both feeling very disappointed with her decision.

Her decision wasn't a complete surprise, however.

She was very honest in all of our conversations.

I knew that she was worried about the deadline and storage problems.

Eliz: OK. Let's listen now to your conversation with Mr. Epstein.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe tiếp mẩu điện đàm giữa ông Blake và ông Epstein về quyết định của bà Graham bác đề nghị mua người máy điện tử của ông Blake. It's too bad.=it's a shame.=rất đáng tiếc. I guess things worked out the way we thought they might.=tôi đã nghĩ là chuyện có thể xẩy ra như vậy. Ðộng từ "guess" thường nghĩa là "đoán" nhưng trong câu trên, "guess" nghĩa như "think" hay "suppose." Worked out=diễn biến, turned out in the end. A valuable experience=kinh nghiệm quí báu. Market=thị trường. North American market=thị trường Bắc Mỹ. Machinery=máy móc (nói chung), dùng ở số ít; machines=máy móc, dùng số ít lẫn số nhiều: A machine=một cái máy, machines=những bộ máy. On the market=trên thị trường. To convince=thuyết phục. Point=lập trường, ý kiến. I can understand her point, too.= Tôi cũng hiểu lập trường của bà ấy. Pressure=áp lực. She's under a lot of pressure.=Bà ấy chịu nhiều áp lực. Get this new operation going by October=điều động cho công trình mới này bắt đầu trước tháng 10.

Cut 4

Dialog: FIB Dialog, Blake and Epstein's Parting

Larry: Dialog

Larry: Mr. Epstein and Mr. Blake discuss Ms. Graham's decision.

It's too bad.

I guess things worked out the way we thought they might.

Epstein: Well, it's too bad, but I guess things worked out the way we thought they might.

Blake: Yeah, but this has been a valuable experience for us.

Now we know what our biggest problem will be with the North American market.

Epstein: Well, for me, of course, I'm still not happy.

I think your machinery is the best on the market.

It's just too bad that I... we couldn't convince Shirley.

Still, I can understand her point, too.

She's under a lot of pressure here to get this new operation going by October.

Blake: Sure.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe hai câu diễn tả cùng một ý.

Cut 5

Language Focus: Variations

Larry: Variations.

Listen to these variations.

Eliz: Well, it's too bad.

Larry: Well, it's a shame.

(pause)

Eliz: I'm not happy.

Larry: I'm disappointed.

(pause)

Eliz: It's too bad that we couldn't convince her.

Larry: I'm sorry that we couldn't convince her.

(pause)

Eliz: I can understand her point.

Larry: I can appreciate her position.

(pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần phỏng vấn sắp tới, Elizabeth hỏi Ông Blake về vụ đề nghị bán người máy điện tử bị bác. Lack of experience=thiếu kinh nghiệm. Take the rejection very well.=không bực vì bị bác, take the rejection graciously. The United States would be a difficult market to enter.=Hoa Kỳ là một thị trường khó vào cạnh tranh.

Tough=difficult=khó. Competition is very tough in North America, especially with high tech products. =mức cạnh tranh rất mạnh ở Bắc Mỹ, nhất là với sản phẩm kỹ thuật cao (như chế tạo người máy điện tử). [High tech, hay High tech, Hi tech viết tắt từ chữ high technolgy, kỹ thuật điện tử cao cấp.] Ôn lại chữ Confident-we are confident that we will succceed.=Chúng tôi tin chắc mình sẽ thành công. [Có thể nói, We are confident of our future success. Theo sau that là một mệnh đề; theo sau of là một nhóm chữ trong đó có danh từ, gọi là noun phrase.]

Cut 6

Interview:

Larry: Interview

Eliz: Mr. Blake, you said the meetings in San Francisco were "a valuable experience."

What did you mean?

Blake: My discussions with Ms. Graham were a good preparation for working with other American managers.

I realized that other companies would be worried about our lack of experience in the US.

Eliz: You seem to have taken the rejection very well.

Blake: Well, we knew that the United States would be a difficult market to enter.

Competition is very tough in North America, especially with high tech products.

But we believe in our product, and we are confident that we will succeed.

Eliz: Thank you again for being our guest.

Blake: Thank you for inviting me.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 117 trong Chương Trình Anh ngữ Sinh động, New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 118

Đây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English, bài 118. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Mở đầu bài học, để luyện nghe hiểu, quí vị nghe một câu hỏi, rồi nghe một mẩu đàm thoại trong đó có câu trả lời. Rồi sau khi nghe lại câu hỏi, xin trả lời. Sau khi nghe câu trả lời đúng, hãy lập lại.

Nhận xét là trong câu, Still, I understand her point, too.=Tuy vậy, tôi cũng hiểu lập trường của bà Graham, chữ ''still" ở đây nghĩa như "nevertheless," nghĩa là "măc dù vậy." [Phân biệt với ''still" nghĩa là "vẫn còn'' như trong câu, ''but I am still not happy with her decision,'' nghĩa là ''tôi vẫn không hài lòng về quyết định của bà ta.'']

Cut 1

Language Focus: Questions Based on FIB Dialog

Larry: Questions.

Listen to the question, then listen to the dialog.

Eliz: Is Mr. Epstein happy with Ms. Graham's decision?

(short pause)

Epstein: Well, it's too bad, but I guess things worked out the way we thought they might.

Blake: Yeah, but this has been a valuable experience for us.

Now we know what our biggest problem will be with the North American market.

Epstein: Well, for me, of course, I'm still not happy. [still not happy=vẫn chưa hài lòng]

Eliz: Is Mr. Epstein happy with Ms. Graham's decision?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: No, he isn't. He is disappointed.

(short pause)

Larry: Listen to the question, then listen to the dialog.

Eliz: In Mr. Epstein's opinion, what was Shirley's main concern?

(short pause)

Epstein: It's just too bad that I... we couldn't convince Shirley.

Still, I can understand her point, too. [still=dẫu vậy.]

She's under a lot of pressure here to get this new operation going by October.

Eliz: In Mr. Epstein's opinion, what was Shirley's main concern?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Eliz: He felt that her main concern was the October deadline.

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe cách diễn tả sự thông cảm (empathy). An idiom=một đặc ngữ hay thành ngữ. Shoes=giầy. To put yourself in someone else's shoes=đặt mình vào hoàn cảnh hay địa vị một người khác [để dễ thông cảm với người ta.] Imagine yourself in that person's situation=tưởng tượng mình ở trong hoàn cảnh người đó. Personal problems=vấn đề cá nhân, chuyện lo riêng.. To prevent someone from doing something=ngăn, cản trở, ai làm chuyện gì. Many managers understand that personal problems can prevent workers from doing a good job.=nhiều quản đốc hiểu rằng chuyện lo riêng có thể gây trở ngại trong công việc làm tốt của công nhân. To help find a solution=giúp tìm cách giải quyết.

Cut 2

Culture Tips: Empathy

Larry: Culture Tips

This Culture Tip answers the question: "How do American managers deal with their employees' personal problems?"

Eliz: Welcome again to "Culture Tips" with Gary Engleton.

Today, our e mail question is "How do American managers deal with their employees' personal problems?"

Gary: Most managers understand that personal problems can prevent workers from doing a good job.

Good managers will talk with their employees and get to know them.

And if there's a problem, they will try to help find a solution.

Eliz: So they'll try to understand the employee's problem.

Gary: Yes. There is an important idiom in English.

It's " to put yourself in someone else's shoes."

Eliz: So you imagine yourself in that person's situation?

Gary: Yes, if you can do that, then you can really understand them.

Eliz: Thanks, Gary. That was very interesting.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần True or False sắp tới, quí vị nghe một câu đã học rồi tuỳ ý nghĩa bài học trả lời Ðúng hay Sai, True or False. To affect=ảnh hưởng đến. Personal problems can affect a person's performance.=Những vấn đề cá nhân có ảnh hưởng đến hiệu năng làm việc của một người. The climate affected his health.=khí hậu làm sức khỏe anh suy yếu. Some plants are quickly affected by cold.=vài thứ cây hơi bị lạnh là héo. Phân biệt với danh từ ''effect" kết quả, hậu quả, hiệu quả, ảnh hưởng, nghĩa như chữ result. Did the medicine have any effect? Thuốc có công hiệu gì không? Còn động từ to effect=gây ra; to bring about, to accomplish. We want to effect a change=chúng tôi muốn thực hiện một thay đổi.

CUT 3

Language Focus: True/False

Larry: True or False.

Eliz: Good managers try to understand other people's feelings.

(ding)

(pause for an answer)

Eliz: True. Many American managers think it is important to get to know their employees.

(pause)

Eliz: Personal problems can affect a person's job performance.

(ding)

(pause for an answer)

Eliz: True. Personal problems outside of work can prevent workers from doing a good job.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Ðàm thoại thương mại, ta nghe cách diễn tả tình cảm. Cô Rita Gonzales, quản đốc về sản xuất, production manager, có nhân viên trong nhóm là Cô Mary mới đây hay tới sở trễ. Mary, you're a great employee, but you've been late a few times recently.=cô Mary à, cô là nhân viên giỏi, nhưng mới đây mấy lần cô đến sở làm trễ. I am sorry to hear that=tôi rất buồn khi nghe chuyện đó. I'm having childcare problems.=tôi đang gặp trở ngại kiếm nguời coi cháu nhỏ.

Make the time up=làm bù. Lunch break=giờ nghỉ ăn trưa. I'd like to start making the time up during my lunch break.=tôi muốn khởi sự làm bù vào khoảng thời gian tôi đến trễ trong giờ nghỉ ăn trưa của tôi. My husband and I take turns driving our son to a day care center=nhà tôi và tôi thay phiên lái xe đưa con trai chúng tôi đến trung tâm giữ trẻ ban ngày. My mother will need another month of rest.=Má tôi cần tĩnh dưỡng một tháng nữa. I'll explain the situation to them=để tôi giải thích tình trạng này cho nhân viên biết. I'm sure they'll understand=tôi chắc họ sẽ thông cảm.

Cut 4

Business Dialog: Expressing Feelings

Larry: Business Dialog

Rita Gonzales, a production manager at Harris Asphalt, Inc., is talking to Mary Zimmerman.

Mary, a member of Rita's team, has been late for work several times in the last two weeks.

I'd like to start making the time up during my lunch break.

Eliz: Let's listen to today's Business Dialog.

Rita Gonzales, a production manager at Harris Asphalt, Inc., is talking to Mary Zimmerman.

Mary, a member of Rita's team, has been late for work several times in the last two weeks.

SFX: office sounds

Rita: Mary, you're a great employee, but you've been late a few times recently.

Mary: Rita, I'm really sorry, but I'm having childcare problems.

Rita: What's going on?

Mary: Well, my mother used to take care of my son during the day.

But she got sick, and ...

Rita: Oh, I'm sorry to hear that.

Mary: Thank you. I think she's going to be fine.

Rita: Oh, that's good.

Mary: So now my husband and I take turns driving our son to a day care center in the morning.

Rita: Mary, I'm really sorry that you're having these problems.

It must be very difficult for you.

Mary: Yes, it has been difficult.

Rita: How long will things be like this, do you think?

Mary: Well, my mother is feeling much better now.

But she'll need at least another month of rest.

Rita: Well, that's not too long.

Mary: I'm glad you think so, but I'm worried about what other people think.

Rita: Oh, don't worry about that.

I'll explain the situation to them.

I'm sure they'll understand.

Mary: I'd like to start making the time up during my lunch break.

Rita: That sounds fair to me.

Mary: Thanks, Rita!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe và lập lại những câu dùng để diễn đạt tình cảm.

Cut 5

Focus on Functions: Expressing Feelings

Larry: Focus on Functions: Expressing Feelings

Larry: Listen and Repeat.

Eliz: Oh, I'm sorry to hear that.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: I'm really sorry that you're having these problems.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: It must be very difficult for you.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: Oh, don't worry about that.

(pause for repeat)

Eliz: I'm sure they'll understand.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đoạn Mách giúp văn hoá, Gary chỉ cho ta những câu thường dùng khi diễn tả tình cảm. I'm sorry to hear that=tôi buồn khi nghe chuyện đó. It must be very difficult for you.=chắc hẳn việc này rất khó khăn cho bạn. I'm sure they'll understand.=tôi chắc họ sẽ thông cảm. Show sympathy=tỏ lòng ái ngại, thương cảm với ai. Understanding the personal feelings of others, and showing interest in their problems, is an important part of being a good manager. Thông cảm với những tình cảm cá nhân của người khác, và tỏ ra lưu tâm đến những vấn đề khó khăn của họ, là một phần quan trọng của một quản đốc giỏi. Manager=Quản đốc, quản lý, giám đốc, xếp, trưởng phòng.

Cut 6

Gary's Tips: Expressing Feelings

Larry: Gary's Tips.

Gary discusses expressing feelings in business situations.

UPBEAT MUSIC

Eliz: Now it's time for Gary's Tips with Gary Engleton!

Gary: Hello, Elizabeth! Today I'll be talking about expressing feelings.

In today's Business Dialog, Rita uses expressions that show that she understands Mary's feelings and her personal situation.

When she hears that Mary's mother is sick, she shows sympathy with the expression "I'm sorry to hear that."

Mary: Well, my mother used to take care of my son during the day.

But she got sick, and ...

Rita: Oh, I'm sorry to hear that.

Mary: Thank you. I think she's going to be fine.

Rita: Oh, that's good.

Gary: Notice how Rita shows that she understands Mary's feelings by using the expression "I'm really sorry."

Rita: Mary, I'm really sorry that you're having these problems.

It must be very difficult for you.

Mary: Yes, it has been difficult.

Gary: And later she tells Mary not to worry.

She is sure that the other people will understand Mary's situation.

Mary: I'm glad you think so, but I'm worried about what other people think.

Rita: Oh, don't worry about that.

I'll explain the situation to them.

I'm sure they'll understand.

Gary: Understanding the personal feelings of others, and showing interest in their problems, is an important part of being a good manager.

Thanks for joining us today for Gary's Tips.

Eliz: Thanks, Gary!

MUSIC

FIB Closing

Eliz: Well, our time is up. Tune in again next time for Functioning in Business. See you then!

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 118 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh động New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 119

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English, bài 119. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Chủ đề của bài học hôm nay là What Killed the Dinosaurs?=Tại sao những con khủng long chết? Mấy chữ mới cần biết trước: Natural History Museum=Bảo tàng viện về Lịch sử Thiên nhiên (thảo mộc và sinh vật học). Denise is the receptionist at a law firm: Denise làm tiếp viên điện thoại ở một tổ hợp luật sư. She is married and has two children=Denise lập gia đình và có hai con. This morning she went to the Natural History Museum with her children. Sáng nay Denise dẫn con đi thăm Bảo tàng viện Lịch sử Thiên nhiên.

DINOSAUR=khủng long. [gốc từ hai chữ Hy lạp deinos=fearful, monstrous, kinh khủng + sauros=lizard, một giống thằn lằn.] Most dinosaurs ate plants but some dinosaurs ate meat. Hầu hết các con khủng long ăn cây cỏ nhưng có một số khủng long ăn thịt. Trong bài học này, ta cũng học cách dùng từ ''because'' bởi vì. Cause and effect=nguyên do và hậu quả. Cũng học động từ bất qui tắc, to eat/ate/eaten=ăn; to take/took/taken=mang, lấy. Denise took her children to the museum=Denise đưa các con đi thăm viện bảo tàng.

MUSIC up and then fade

Larry:New Dynamic English is a basic English language course and an introduction to American people and culture.

Today's unit is "What Killed the Dinosaurs?"

This program will focus on cause and effect and sentences with "because."

Denise went to a museum with her children.

MUSIC

Kathy: Hi, Max.

Max: Hi, Kathy.

Who's our guest today?

Kathy: Denise Collins. Remember, she's the receptionist at a law firm.

She's married and she has two children.

This morning she took her children to the Natural History Museum.

She's going to tell us about it.

Max: That sounds interesting.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe câu, Most dinosaurs ate plants, but some dinosaurs ate meat=phần lớn các con khủng long ăn cây cỏ, nhưng có một số ăn thịt. Kids=trẻ con= children [nguyên nghĩa, kid là con dê con.]

Cut 2

Interview. Denise Collins: There were big dinosaurs.

Larry: Interview

Denise learned about dinosaurs at the museum. Denise biết về khủng long ở bảo tàng viện. [To learn, học, biết được điều gì, Learned là quá khứ và quá khứ phân từ của to learn. Một hình thức khác của learned là learnt, viết theo lối Anh. To learn được coi như động từ bất qui tắc, nhưng viết theo lối Mỹ, khi sang hình thức quá khứ thêm -ed vào cuối chữ nên cách dùng giống một động từ thường.]

Kathy: Today's guest is Denise Collins.

How are you today, Denise?

Denise: Fine, thanks.

Kathy: Did your kids enjoy their visit to the museum?

Denise: Oh, yes. They saw lots of interesting things.

Kathy: What did they like best?

Denise: They liked the dinosaurs best.

We learned about different kinds of dinosaurs.

Kathy: Dinosaurs were very big, weren't they?

Denise: Not all of them were big.

There were big dinosaurs and there were small dinosaurs.

Kathy: What did they eat?

Denise: Most dinosaurs ate plants, but some dinosaurs ate meat.

Kathy: Our guest is Denise Collins. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đoạn tới quí vị nghe rồi lập lại.

Cut 3

Language Focus. Denise went to the Natural History Museum

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: Denise took her kids to the Natural History Museum.

(pause for repeat)

Max: They learned about different kinds of dinosaurs.

(pause for repeat)

Max: There were big dinosaurs and there were small dinosaurs.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Most dinosaurs ate plants, but some dinosaurs ate meat.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần phỏng vấn sắp tới, ta biết lý do tại sao khủng long chết. They died because conditions changed.=chúng chết vì điều kiện sinh sống thay đổi. Meteor=sao băng, a rock from space, một tảng đá lớn trên không gian; còn chữ meteorite là chỉ một tảng đá từ không gian rơi xuống mặt đất, còn gọi là "thiên thạch.'' [Ðể ý đến chữ meteror có hai cách đọc: mí ti ơ hay mí ti o.] About sixty five million years ago, a very large meteor hit the Earth=cách đây khoảng chừng sáu mươi lăm ngàn năm, một vì sao băng rất lớn đâm vào trái đất. To hit/hit/hit=đánh trúng, va phải, đâm vào. Dirt and dust=đất và bụi cát. The Earth suddenly became cold and dark.=Trái đất bất thần trở nên lạnh và tối. Suddenly (adverb)=thình lình, bất chợt, bỗng nhiên, đột ngột. The dirt and dust stopped the sunlight.= đất và bụi che ánh sáng mặt trời không cho chiếu xuống mặt đất. Without heat and light from the sun, the Earth became cold and dark=Vì không có hơi nóng và ánh sáng từ mặt trời nên Trái đất trở nên lạnh và tối. As a result, plants died. Vì thế, cây cỏ chết. And dinosaurs had no food to eat, so they died.= Và khủng long không có đồ ăn nên chúng chết.

Cut 4

Interview 2. Denise Collins: They died because conditions changed.

Larry: Interview

Kathy: Our guest today is Denise Collins.

Denise, I have a question for you.

Why did the dinosaurs die?

Denise: They died because conditions changed.

Kathy: What do you mean?

Denise: The earth suddenly became cold and dark.

Kathy: What caused the change?

Why did the earth suddenly become colder?

Denise: About sixty five million years ago, a very large meteor hit the Earth.

Kathy: A meteor?

Denise: Yes, a rock from space.

When the meteor hit the earth, dirt and dust went into the air.

The dirt and dust stopped the sunlight.

Denise: So without heat and light from the sun, the Earth became cold and dark.

Kathy: The dinosaurs died because it was too cold?

Denise: That's right.

Kathy: Our guest is Denise Collins. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đoạn tới, quí vị nghe và lập lại.

Cut 5

Language Focus. Why did the dinosaurs die?

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: Why did the dinosaurs die?

(pause for repeat)

Max: They died because the Earth became cold and dark.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Why did the Earth become cold and dark?

(pause for repeat)

Max: The Earth became cold and dark because there wasn't enough sunlight.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Why wasn't there enough sunlight?

(pause for repeat)

Max: There wasn't enough sunlight because there was dirt and dust in the air.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Why was there dirt and dust in the air?

(pause for repeat)

Max: There was dirt and dust in the air because a large meteor hit the Earth.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần điện thư e mail sắp tới, ta tập dùng những câu với chữ ''because" bởi vì. Did all the dinosaurs die because it was too cold?= có phải tất cả khủng long chết vì lạnh quá không? Some dinosaurs died from the cold=vài khủng long chết vì lạnh. [lưu ý đến from hay of đi sau 'die'-to die from a wound=chết vì bị thương, die of an illness/a disease=chết vì bịnh.] Other dinosaurs died because they didn't have enough to eat=những khủng long khác chết vì không có đủ đồ ăn. Most dinosaurs ate plants.=phần lớn khủng long ăn cây cỏ. Plants need heat and light.=cây cỏ cần hơi nóng và ánh sáng. When the Earth became too cold and dark, plants died. Khi trái đất trở nên lạnh và tối quá, cây cỏ chết. And when the plants died, the dinosaurs didn't have enough to eat, and they died.=Và khi cây cỏ chết thì khủng long không có đủ đồ ăn, và chúng chết.

Cut 6

E mail: Did all the dinosaurs die because it was too cold?

Larry: E mail.

Kathy: Now let's check our e mail.

SFX: Computer keyboard sounds

Kathy: We have an e mail from Tom in Ohio.

His question is: "Did all the dinosaurs die because it was too cold?"

Denise: Well, some dinosaurs died from the cold.

Other dinosaurs died because they didn't have enough to eat.

Kathy: Why didn't they have enough to eat?

Denise: You see, most dinosaurs ate plants.

Plants need heat and light.

When the earth became cold and dark, many plants died.

And when the plants died, the dinosaurs didn't have enough to eat, and they died.

Kathy: Thank you, Denise.

Denise: Thank you, Kathy.

Kathy: Let's take a short break.

MUSIC

Vietnamese explanation

Trong đoạn tới, xin nghe rồi rồi trả lời, căn cứ vào ý nghĩa trong bài..

Cut 7

Language Focus. Listen and answer.

Larry: Listen and answer.

Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max: Did the dinosaurs die because conditions changed?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: Yes, they did. They died because conditions changed.

(short pause)

Max: Did the Earth become too hot?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: No, it didn't. The Earth became too cold.

(short pause)

Max: Did some dinosaurs die because they didn't have enough to eat?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: Yes, they did. Some dinosaurs didn't have enough plants to eat, so they died.

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đoạn tới ta, nghe hai vợ chồng nói chuyện trong nhà bếp vào buổi sáng. I can't wake up without coffee.=Không có cà phê thì tôi không tỉnh ngủ được. To wake/woke (hay waked)/ woken (hay waked) ngủ dậy; What time do you usually wake up? Bạn thường thức dậy lúc mấy giờ? I woke up early this morning.=sáng nay tôi dậy sớm. Don't wake up the baby.= đừng đánh thức em nhỏ. Has the baby waked (woken) up yet?=em nhỏ dậy chưa? Is he awake or asleep?=anh ta đã tỉnh hay còn ngủ? There was no coffee because you forgot to buy it.=không có cà phê vì anh quên không mua. Shopping list=danh sách các món đồ định mua.

Cut 8

Daily Dialogue:No Coffee! (Part 2)

Larry: Daily Dialogue: No Coffee! (Part 2)

Larry: Listen to the conversation.

SFX: footsteps entering room

Susan: Good morning, Harry!

(short pause)

Harry: There's no coffee, Susan.

(short pause)

Susan: What do you mean there's no coffee?

(short pause)

Harry: I mean there isn't any coffee.

(short pause)

Susan: There's no coffee because you forgot to buy it.

(short pause)

Harry: But I can't wake up without coffee.

(short pause)

Susan: Well, why didn't you buy it?

(short pause)

Harry: I didn't buy it because it wasn't on the shopping list.

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 119 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Ðây là Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English, bài 119. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Chủ đề của bài học hôm nay là What Killed the Dinosaurs?=Tại sao những con khủng long chết? Mấy chữ mới cần biết trước: Natural History Museum=Bảo tàng viện về Lịch sử Thiên nhiên (thảo mộc và sinh vật học). Denise is the receptionist at a law firm: Denise làm tiếp viên điện thoại ở một tổ hợp luật sư. She is married and has two children=Denise lập gia đình và có hai con. This morning she went to the Natural History Museum with her children. Sáng nay Denise dẫn con đi thăm Bảo tàng viện Lịch sử Thiên nhiên.

DINOSAUR=khủng long. [gốc từ hai chữ Hy lạp deinos=fearful, monstrous, kinh khủng + sauros=lizard, một giống thằn lằn.] Most dinosaurs ate plants but some dinosaurs ate meat. Hầu hết các con khủng long ăn cây cỏ nhưng có một số khủng long ăn thịt. Trong bài học này, ta cũng học cách dùng từ ''because'' bởi vì. Cause and effect=nguyên do và hậu quả. Cũng học động từ bất qui tắc, to eat/ate/eaten=ăn; to take/took/taken=mang, lấy. Denise took her children to the museum=Denise đưa các con đi thăm viện bảo tàng.

MUSIC up and then fade

Larry:New Dynamic English is a basic English language course and an introduction to American people and culture.

Today's unit is "What Killed the Dinosaurs?"

This program will focus on cause and effect and sentences with "because."

Denise went to a museum with her children.

MUSIC

Kathy: Hi, Max.

Max: Hi, Kathy.

Who's our guest today?

Kathy: Denise Collins. Remember, she's the receptionist at a law firm.

She's married and she has two children.

This morning she took her children to the Natural History Museum.

She's going to tell us about it.

Max: That sounds interesting.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe câu, Most dinosaurs ate plants, but some dinosaurs ate meat=phần lớn các con khủng long ăn cây cỏ, nhưng có một số ăn thịt. Kids=trẻ con= children [nguyên nghĩa, kid là con dê con.]

Cut 2

Interview. Denise Collins: There were big dinosaurs.

Larry: Interview

Denise learned about dinosaurs at the museum. Denise biết về khủng long ở bảo tàng viện. [To learn, học, biết được điều gì, Learned là quá khứ và quá khứ phân từ của to learn. Một hình thức khác của learned là learnt, viết theo lối Anh. To learn được coi như động từ bất qui tắc, nhưng viết theo lối Mỹ, khi sang hình thức quá khứ thêm -ed vào cuối chữ nên cách dùng giống một động từ thường.]

Kathy: Today's guest is Denise Collins.

How are you today, Denise?

Denise: Fine, thanks.

Kathy: Did your kids enjoy their visit to the museum?

Denise: Oh, yes. They saw lots of interesting things.

Kathy: What did they like best?

Denise: They liked the dinosaurs best.

We learned about different kinds of dinosaurs.

Kathy: Dinosaurs were very big, weren't they?

Denise: Not all of them were big.

There were big dinosaurs and there were small dinosaurs.

Kathy: What did they eat?

Denise: Most dinosaurs ate plants, but some dinosaurs ate meat.

Kathy: Our guest is Denise Collins. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đoạn tới quí vị nghe rồi lập lại.

Cut 3

Language Focus. Denise went to the Natural History Museum

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: Denise took her kids to the Natural History Museum.

(pause for repeat)

Max: They learned about different kinds of dinosaurs.

(pause for repeat)

Max: There were big dinosaurs and there were small dinosaurs.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Most dinosaurs ate plants, but some dinosaurs ate meat.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần phỏng vấn sắp tới, ta biết lý do tại sao khủng long chết. They died because conditions changed.=chúng chết vì điều kiện sinh sống thay đổi. Meteor=sao băng, a rock from space, một tảng đá lớn trên không gian; còn chữ meteorite là chỉ một tảng đá từ không gian rơi xuống mặt đất, còn gọi là "thiên thạch.'' [Ðể ý đến chữ meteror có hai cách đọc: mí ti ơ hay mí ti o.] About sixty five million years ago, a very large meteor hit the Earth=cách đây khoảng chừng sáu mươi lăm ngàn năm, một vì sao băng rất lớn đâm vào trái đất. To hit/hit/hit=đánh trúng, va phải, đâm vào. Dirt and dust=đất và bụi cát. The Earth suddenly became cold and dark.=Trái đất bất thần trở nên lạnh và tối. Suddenly (adverb)=thình lình, bất chợt, bỗng nhiên, đột ngột. The dirt and dust stopped the sunlight.= đất và bụi che ánh sáng mặt trời không cho chiếu xuống mặt đất. Without heat and light from the sun, the Earth became cold and dark=Vì không có hơi nóng và ánh sáng từ mặt trời nên Trái đất trở nên lạnh và tối. As a result, plants died. Vì thế, cây cỏ chết. And dinosaurs had no food to eat, so they died.= Và khủng long không có đồ ăn nên chúng chết.

Cut 4

Interview 2. Denise Collins: They died because conditions changed.

Larry: Interview

Kathy: Our guest today is Denise Collins.

Denise, I have a question for you.

Why did the dinosaurs die?

Denise: They died because conditions changed.

Kathy: What do you mean?

Denise: The earth suddenly became cold and dark.

Kathy: What caused the change?

Why did the earth suddenly become colder?

Denise: About sixty five million years ago, a very large meteor hit the Earth.

Kathy: A meteor?

Denise: Yes, a rock from space.

When the meteor hit the earth, dirt and dust went into the air.

The dirt and dust stopped the sunlight.

Denise: So without heat and light from the sun, the Earth became cold and dark.

Kathy: The dinosaurs died because it was too cold?

Denise: That's right.

Kathy: Our guest is Denise Collins. We'll talk more after our break.

This is New Dynamic English.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đoạn tới, quí vị nghe và lập lại.

Cut 5

Language Focus. Why did the dinosaurs die?

Larry: Listen and repeat.

Max: Why did the dinosaurs die?

(pause for repeat)

Max: They died because the Earth became cold and dark.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Why did the Earth become cold and dark?

(pause for repeat)

Max: The Earth became cold and dark because there wasn't enough sunlight.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Why wasn't there enough sunlight?

(pause for repeat)

Max: There wasn't enough sunlight because there was dirt and dust in the air.

(pause for repeat)

Max: Why was there dirt and dust in the air?

(pause for repeat)

Max: There was dirt and dust in the air because a large meteor hit the Earth.

(pause for repeat)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần điện thư e mail sắp tới, ta tập dùng những câu với chữ ''because" bởi vì. Did all the dinosaurs die because it was too cold?= có phải tất cả khủng long chết vì lạnh quá không? Some dinosaurs died from the cold=vài khủng long chết vì lạnh. [lưu ý đến from hay of đi sau 'die'-to die from a wound=chết vì bị thương, die of an illness/a disease=chết vì bịnh.] Other dinosaurs died because they didn't have enough to eat=những khủng long khác chết vì không có đủ đồ ăn. Most dinosaurs ate plants.=phần lớn khủng long ăn cây cỏ. Plants need heat and light.=cây cỏ cần hơi nóng và ánh sáng. When the Earth became too cold and dark, plants died. Khi trái đất trở nên lạnh và tối quá, cây cỏ chết. And when the plants died, the dinosaurs didn't have enough to eat, and they died.=Và khi cây cỏ chết thì khủng long không có đủ đồ ăn, và chúng chết.

Cut 6

E mail: Did all the dinosaurs die because it was too cold?

Larry: E mail.

Kathy: Now let's check our e mail.

SFX: Computer keyboard sounds

Kathy: We have an e mail from Tom in Ohio.

His question is: "Did all the dinosaurs die because it was too cold?"

Denise: Well, some dinosaurs died from the cold.

Other dinosaurs died because they didn't have enough to eat.

Kathy: Why didn't they have enough to eat?

Denise: You see, most dinosaurs ate plants.

Plants need heat and light.

When the earth became cold and dark, many plants died.

And when the plants died, the dinosaurs didn't have enough to eat, and they died.

Kathy: Thank you, Denise.

Denise: Thank you, Kathy.

Kathy: Let's take a short break.

MUSIC

Vietnamese explanation

Trong đoạn tới, xin nghe rồi rồi trả lời, căn cứ vào ý nghĩa trong bài..

Cut 7

Language Focus. Listen and answer.

Larry: Listen and answer.

Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max: Did the dinosaurs die because conditions changed?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: Yes, they did. They died because conditions changed.

(short pause)

Max: Did the Earth become too hot?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: No, it didn't. The Earth became too cold.

(short pause)

Max: Did some dinosaurs die because they didn't have enough to eat?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: Yes, they did. Some dinosaurs didn't have enough plants to eat, so they died.

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong đoạn tới ta, nghe hai vợ chồng nói chuyện trong nhà bếp vào buổi sáng. I can't wake up without coffee.=Không có cà phê thì tôi không tỉnh ngủ được. To wake/woke (hay waked)/ woken (hay waked) ngủ dậy; What time do you usually wake up? Bạn thường thức dậy lúc mấy giờ? I woke up early this morning.=sáng nay tôi dậy sớm. Don't wake up the baby.= đừng đánh thức em nhỏ. Has the baby waked (woken) up yet?=em nhỏ dậy chưa? Is he awake or asleep?=anh ta đã tỉnh hay còn ngủ? There was no coffee because you forgot to buy it.=không có cà phê vì anh quên không mua. Shopping list=danh sách các món đồ định mua.

Cut 8

Daily Dialogue:No Coffee! (Part 2)

Larry: Daily Dialogue: No Coffee! (Part 2)

Larry: Listen to the conversation.

SFX: footsteps entering room

Susan: Good morning, Harry!

(short pause)

Harry: There's no coffee, Susan.

(short pause)

Susan: What do you mean there's no coffee?

(short pause)

Harry: I mean there isn't any coffee.

(short pause)

Susan: There's no coffee because you forgot to buy it.

(short pause)

Harry: But I can't wake up without coffee.

(short pause)

Susan: Well, why didn't you buy it?

(short pause)

Harry: I didn't buy it because it wasn't on the shopping list.

(short pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 119 trong Chương Trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.

Anh Ngữ sinh động bài 120

Ðây là Chương trình Anh ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English, bài 120; Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả. Mở đầu bài học là phần Man on the Street, trong đó Ken Moss phỏng vấn một nhà thơ tí hon, tên là Ella Schoeffer Wolf, 9 tuổi.

Ðầu đề cuộc thi thơ là "River of Words." (Sông Chữ), và Ella được giải thưởng là một cuộc đi thăm Washington, D.C. To win/won/won=thắng. A poem=bài thơ; a poet=nhà thơ, thi sĩ; poetry=thơ; a poetry contest=cuộc thi thơ. Ôn lại, pollution=ô nhiễm; to pollute=làm ô nhiễm. I want people to love fish=em muốn người ta yêu cá. Because people pollute the water that fish live in, and then the fish die.=vì người ta làm ô nhiễm nước nơi cá sinh sống, và rồi cá chết. To choose/chose/chosen=chọn.

I think if people love fish, then maybe they won't pollute the oceans and rivers.=em nghĩ nếu người ta yêu cá, thì có thể họ sẽ không làm ô nhiễm biển và sông.

CUT 1

Man on the Street: Girl Poet (nữ thi sĩ tí hon)

Larry: Man on the Street

I wrote a poem for a poetry contest. Tôi làm một bài thơ dự cuộc thi thơ.

UPBEAT MUSIC

Kent: This is Kent Moss, the New Dynamic English Man on the Street.

I'm standing outside the Natural History Museum.

With me is Ella Schoeffer Wolf, who is nine years old.

Ella, tell us why you're here.

Ella: Well... I wrote a poem for a poetry contest.

The contest was called "River of Words."

And I won a trip to Washington, D.C.

Kent: And what was your poem about?

Ella: Fish.

Kent: Fish.

Now, why did you write about fish?

Ella: Well... we had to write about something in nature, you know, like the ocean, or rain, or animals.

So I chose fish, because I want people to love fish.

Kent: You want people to love fish?

Ella: Yes, because people pollute the water that fish live in, and then the fish die.

I think if people love fish, then maybe they won't pollute the oceans and rivers.

Kent: I hope you're right, Ella.

Well, it's been very nice talking with you.

Good luck in the future!

Ella: Thank you.

MUSIC

NDE Closing

Larry: A Question for You

Max: Now here's a question for you.

Larry: Listen for the bell, then say your answer.

Max: Are you interested in dinosaurs?

(ding)

(pause for answer)

Max: OK.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, Elizabeth nói về thính giả gửi điện thư vào đài phát thanh. Footsteps=tiếng bước chân. Radio show=chương trình trên đài phát thanh. E mail=điện thư; to e mail=gửi bằng điện thư. [E mail, viết tắt từ chữ Electronic mail, dùng như danh từ và động từ.]

Keep in touch=duy trì liên lạc. Give it a try=thử xem có được không. A try=an attempt=thử xem.

Cut 2

Story Interlude: Talking about e-mail

Larry: OK... and we're off the air.

SFX: Door opening, footsteps.

Kathy: You know, I really like it when our listeners send us e-mail.

Max: Yes, it's great.

Eliz: I love e-mail too.

Kathy: Hi, Elizabeth. So do you use e-mail in your radio show, too?

Eliz: Oh yes, I couldn't do my show without e-mail.

Max: Do you use e mail at home, Elizabeth?

Eliz: Yes, I do. I keep in touch with all my friends that way.

Boris and I send e-mail to each other all the time.

Even my mother.

Kathy: Your mother uses e-mail?

Eliz: Oh yes, she decided one day that she wanted to give it a try.

Now she e-mails me almost every day.

Kathy: That's great that you can stay in touch that way.

Eliz: Well, excuse me. It's time for my show.

Larry: Alright. Quiet please. Music...

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Anh Ngữ Thương Mại Trung Cấp, tựa đề là "Keeping in Touch, Part 2'' ''Duy trì liên lạc, Phần 2," ta nghe nói về dự tính tương lai This program focuses on Taking about the future. Ta nghe câu chuyện giữa ông Blake và ông Epstein. Nhớ lại là bà Graham đã bác đề nghị mua người máy điện tử của ông Blake, và trước khi từ giã, Ông Epstein và Ông Blake hứa sẽ duy trì liên lạc với nhau [keep in touch, hay stay in touch.] . Quite a bit= a lot=nhiều.

Prospective=có thể thành tựu. Prospective customers=khách hàng có thể giao dịch thương mại về sau.

Cut 3

FIB Opening

Eliz: Hello, I'm Elizabeth Moore. Welcome to Functioning in Business!

MUSIC

Larry: Functioning in Business is an intermediate level business English course with a focus on American business practices and culture.

Today's unit is "Keeping in Touch, Part 2."

This program focuses on Talking about the future.

MUSIC

Interview: Blake and Epstein Parting

Larry: Interview

Epstein discusses his final meeting with Mr. Blake.

Eliz: Today, we are talking again to Mike Epstein from his San Jose office.

SFX: Phone beep

Eliz: Hello again, Mr. Epstein.

Epstein: Hello.

Eliz: Today, we're listening to your conversation with Mr. Blake.

It took place after Ms. Graham rejected Mr. Blake's proposal.

Epstein: Oh, yes. I remember that we were both a little sad.

Eliz: Yes, and you talked quite a bit about the future.

Epstein: That's right! We wanted to stay in touch.

Eliz: Let's listen to that conversation.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần tới, ta nghe mẩu đàm thoại giữa ông Epstein và ông Blake trước khi họ từ giã. Plans=Dự tính sẽ làm. I certainly wish you the best of luck=tôi chúc ông nhiều may mắn. In the future, we never know what's going to happen.=trong tương lai, chúng ta không biết chuyện gì sẽ xẩy ra. Ðể tả Tương lai gần, ta dùng BE+verb ing. Tomorrow I'm flying to New York in the afternoon to meet with some prospective customers.=xế trưa mai tôi sẽ đi máy bay tới New York để gặp vài người có thể là thân chủ tương lai.

Cut 4

Dialog: FIB Dialog,

Larry: Dialog

Epstein: So listen, what are your plans from here?

Blake: Well, tomorrow I'm flying to New York in the afternoon to meet with some prospective customers.

Epstein: I certainly wish you the best of luck out there.

Blake: Thank you.

Epstein: Also, I'd like to ask if you could just keep in touch later.

I'm very interested to know what happens.

In the future, we never know what's going to happen.

But it may be possible for us to work together.

Blake: Okay. I certainly will, Mike.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Trong phần Variations, ta tập dùng hai câu diễn tả cùng một ý. Thí dụ, Bạn dự tính sẽ làm gì? Có thể nói hai cách là What are your plans from here? Hay là, What are you going to do next?

Cut 5

Language Focus: Variations

Larry: Variations.

Listen to these variations.

Eliz: What are your plans from here?

Larry: What are you going to do next?

(pause)

Eliz: I wish you the best of luck.

Larry: Best of luck to you.

(pause)

Eliz: I'd like to ask if you could keep in touch.

Larry: I'd appreciate it if you could keep in touch.

(pause)

Eliz: I'm very interested to know what happens.

Larry: I'd like to know what happens.

(pause)

Eliz: It may be possible for us to work together.

Larry: We may be able to work together.

(pause)

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

International Robotics=tên hãng chế tạo người máy điện tử của ông Blake. A view=tầm nhìn, tầm mắt Take a long range view=biết nhìn xa, có viễn kiến. Long range=dài hạn. Range=tầm, phạm vi. Excellent technology=kỹ thuật tuyệt hảo. As many friends as possible=càng nhiều bạn càng tốt.

Cut 6

Interview:

Larry: Interview

Eliz: Mr. Epstein, why did you want to keep in touch with Mr. Blake?

Epstein: Well, I knew that International Robotics had excellent technology.

And I knew we might want to buy from them in the future.

Eliz: So you're taking a long range view into the future.

Epstein: Yes, you never know where you'll be in the future.

So it helps to have as many friends as possible.

Most of all, I like Charles, and I hope to work with him someday.

Eliz: Thank you very much for talking to us today.

Epstein: It was my pleasure.

MUSIC

Vietnamese Explanation

Quí vị vừa học xong bài 120 trong Chương trình Anh Ngữ Sinh Ðộng New Dynamic English. Phạm Văn xin kính chào quí vị thính giả và xin hẹn gặp lại trong bài học kế tiếp.